product catalogue
HYDROTECHNIK
Industrial test & measurement equipment
FLOWTECHNIK
Flow & process measurement solutions
PRODUCT
CATALOGUE
HYDROTECHNIK
Section 1
MINIMESS® Test points & adaptors
MINIMESS® Gas charging valves, kits & accessories
Microbore Hose, assemblies & accessories
Pressure gauges & accessories
MINIMESS® pressure gauge test kits
Fixed sensors, switches & displays
Section 2
Digital test & datalogging equipment
Software
Measuring Sensors, adaptors & accessories
FLOWTECHNIK
Section 3
Variable Area Flowmeters
Paddle Flow Switch
Pelton Wheel Flowmeters
Axial Turbine Flowmeter
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
Magnetic Inductive Flowmeters
Ultrasonic Flowmeters
Vortex Flowmeters
Coriolis Flowmeters
Sight Flow Indicators
Level Sensors, Switches & Controllers
Temperature Transmitters
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
Hydrotechnik - Contents page
MINIMESS® Test points & Adaptors
- Introduction
- Test point range overview
- Minimess technical data
- 1620 Minimess Test points
- Male swivel female inline adaptors c/w 1620 test points
- Male x swivel female inline adaptors c/w 1620 test points
- Metric DKO (24° sealing cone) standpipe & compression tee adaptors
- 1620 bulkhead & gauge adaptors
- 1620 sensor, hose, 90° & changeover adaptors
- 1620 p/t (pressure & temperature) test points
- 1215 Minimess test points - 1215 bulkhead, gauge & other adaptors
- 1615 Minimess test points
- 1615 bulkhead, gauge & other adaptors
- 1604, Steck & HSP test points
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MINIMESS® Gas charging valves, kits & accessories
- Minimess Gas charging valves introduction
- Minimess Gas charging valves & adaptors
- Accumulator charging & testing kits
16
17
18
Microbore Hose, Assemblies & accessories
- DN2 and DN4 High pressure Microbore hose technical data
- DN2 and DN4 High pressure Microbore hose technical data
- Microbore hose end codes
- Microbore hose end codes
- Loose hose & accessory codes
- DN2 & DN4 hose assembly ordering chart
- Installation of Microbore hose assemblies
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Pressure gauges & accessories
- Analogue pressure gauges
- Analogue pressure gauge accessories
26
27
Minimess® pressure gauge test kits
- Low cost pressure test kit
- BSP pressure test kit
- Metric pressure test kit
- JIC pressure test kit
- ORFS pressure test kit
- Universal pressure test kit
- JCB style pressure test kit
- Caterpillar style pressure test kit
- Fabricated metal 4 gauge pressure test box
- Fabricated metal 6 gauge pressure test box
- Hydraulic and Pneumatic calibration hand pumps
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
Fixed sensors, switches & displays
- Digital pressure gauges & kits
- PS120 Digital Pressure Switch
- SEG 1060 Fixed LED Display
- Patrick series in-line Particle counter
39
40
41
42
Hydrotechnik UK
Hydrotechnik - Contents page
Digital test & datalogging equipment
- Introduction
- Overview of measurement devices
- MultiHandy 2020
- MultiHandy 3020
- MultiBox 3060/3061/3065
- MultiSystem 4010
- MultiSystem 5060
- MultiSystem 8050
43
44
45-46
47-48
49-50
51-52
53-55
56-58
Software
- HYDROcom 6 Analysis Software
- HYDROgen & HYDROrun Operator Software
- HYDROlink & HYDROboot Communication Software
59
60
61
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
- Introduction
- MultiXtend Analogue / Thermo
- MultiXtend F, UI, Split
- MultiXtend Trigger / MultiMeter
- HySense PR100 Mobile Pressure Sensor
- HySense PR300 Mobile Pressure Sensor
- HySense PR130 Industrial Pressure Sensor
- HySense PR140 Industrial Pressure Sensor
- HySense PR150 Pressure Sensor
- HySense PR155 ATEX approved pressure Sensor
- HySense PR190 Pressure Sensor
- Technical Data for PR130, PR140, PR150, PR155 AND PR190 pressure sensors
- HySense TP180 Dual Pressure & Temperature Sensor
- HySense TE101 Temperature Sensor & HySense TE200 Temperature Sensor
- HySense RS110 Infra Red RPM Sensor & HySense RS210 Inductive Speed Sensor
- HySense QT100/QT110 Flow Turbine
- HySense QT200/QT210 Flow Turbine
- HySense QL100/QL110/QL200/QL210 Flow Turbine Sensor with loading valve
- HySense QT300 Flow Turbine Sensor
- HySense QG100/QG110 Gear Flow Turbine
- HySense PO180 displacement sensor
- HySense FO, TQ & VB Sensors
- Minimess® Test Point Sensors Adaptors
- CAN Accessories, Replacement Flow Sensors & SIgnal Generators
- Chargers, Carry Cases & Measuring Cables
- Measuring Cables and RS110 RPM probe accessories
- Notes
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
MINIMESS® Test points & Adaptors
Hydrotechnik UK
Introduction
Minimess® The original and still a market leader
Minimess test points offer uniquely simple method of accessing to low or high pressure
systems for the purpose of pressure testing, oil sampling or gas charging. Developed by
Hydrotechnik more than 50 years ago, they are found worldwide in hydraulic, process
and gas systems. Minimess pressure test points offer the most advanced sealing system
available with working pressures up to 630 bar. A life-time leak free guarantee and suitability
with almost any fluid or gas makes Minimess the most versatile test point available.
Applications
• Hydraulic Testing Points
• Gas Testing
• Gas Charging Valves
One product
Many applications
Lifetime leak-free guarantee
• Bleeding Points
• Oil Sampling Points
When installed in a live system Minimess test points provide an ideal way to obtain random
pressure or temperature checks during servicing or fault finding. Test hoses, gauges or
sensors can be connected or disconnected under full system pressure without loss of
system pressure, media loss or dirt ingress.
Leak free design
Advances in the requirements for leakproof hydraulic systems led Hydrotechnik to design a positive 'O' ring and poppet seal design. This
has also enabled the product to be used with gases as well as fluids. Traditional test points have a metal to metal ball bearing seal that can
give rise to leakage of fluids and one not suitable for gas applications.
Reliability and quality
Minimess test points are manufactured to the highest standards using the latest automated assembly technology with auto in leak testing
to ensure all products are guaranteed.
Minimess is used by globally recognised brands as a trusted method
of connecting test gauges - transducers etc or for test and fault
finding. Millions are sold each year to a multitude of industries.
Material options
• Zinc Nickel plated carbon steel (chrome VI free)
• Stainless steel
• Brass
• Monel
bar
psi
Approved for domestic gas installations
other materials available on request
*Contact Hydrotechnik
1
MINIMESS® Test points & Adaptors
Hydrotechnik UK
Test point series overview
1620
M16x2 Minimess pressure test points
Screw-cap thread
Nominal Bore
Max Pressure
Material
Sealing material
M 16 x 2
DN 2
630 Bar
Free-cutting steel 1.0718
NBR (Perbunan)
M 16 x 2
DN 2
630 Bar
Stainless steel 1.4571
FKM (Viton)
p/t 1620
M16x2 Minimess pressure and temperature test points
Screw-cap thread
Nominal Bore
Max Pressure
Material
Sealing material
M 16 x 2
DN 2
630 Bar
Free-cutting steel 1.0718
NBR (Perbunan)
M 16 x 2
DN 2
630 Bar
Stainless steel 1.4571
FKM (Viton)
Simultaneous connection for pressure
and temperature testing.
1215
M12x1.5 Minimess pressure test points
Screw-cap thread
Nominal Bore
Max Pressure
Material
Sealing material
Fixing thread 12
DN 2
630 Bar
Free-cutting steel 1.0718
NBR (Perbunan)
Fixing thread 12
DN 2
630 Bar
Stainless steel 1.4571
FKM (Viton)
1615
M16x1.5 Minimess pressure test points
Screw-cap thread
Nominal Bore
Max Pressure
Material
Sealing material
M 16 x 1.5
DN 2
630 Bar
Free-cutting steel 1.0718
NBR (Perbunan)
M 16 x 1.5
DN 2
630 Bar
Stainless steel 1.4571
FKM (Viton)
1604
M16 style larger bore (4mm) Minimess pressure test points
Screw-cap thread
Nominal Bore
Max Pressure
Material
Sealing material
Fixing thread 16
DN 4
400 Bar
Free-cutting steel 1.0718
NBR (Perbunan)
Fixing thread 16
DN 4
400 Bar
Stainless steel 1.4571
FKM (Viton)
2
MINIMESS® Test points & Adaptors
Hydrotechnik UK
Minimess Test Point Technical Data
Max. working pressure 63 Mpa (630 bar) according to ISO 15171-2
Material
Coupling body and metal cap made of steel 1.0718
NOTE: UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE, ALL PRODUCTS SHOWN IN THIS CATALOGUE ARE MADE
OF FREE-CUTTING STEEL 1.0718.
Sealing
Internal primary and secondary sealing as well as sealing for screw-in threads are made of
NBR (Perbunan). Option in FKM (Viton). EDM available on request
Vibration
NBR (Perbunan) and/or FKM (Viton) O-ring to prevent cap loosening due to vibration.
Screw-in thread
Large range of threads are available.
Media application
Suitable for hydraulic- and other oils of a mineral oil basis.
Temperature ranges for applications with metal cap (standard)
Sealing made of NBR (Perbunan): -25°C to +100°C, for a short time, can be also used up
to +120°C
Sealing made of FKM (Viton) is an option: -20°C to +200°C
Application with plastic cap (option) and for both sealing materials: -20°C to +100°C
Thread form data
Thread port according to DIN 3852 part
1 and part 2, form Z
(sealed with suitable
sealant)
G
b
t
ISO 7 / I - R1/8
5.5
9.5
ISO 7 / I - R1/4
8.5
13.5
Thread port according to
SAEJ 514 (UNF) or according
to ISO 6149-1 (sealed with
O-ring)
Thread Port up to Ø d
according to DIN 3852
part 1 and part 2, from
X (sealed with flat seal)
Thread Port according
to ANSI/ASME B
1.20.1-1983 (self
sealing thread)
SAE J 514 (UNF)
G
7/16-20 UNF
d1
d2
b
k
t
a
z°
21.0
12.4
11.5
2.4
14.0
1.6
12.0
G
ISO 228-G 1/8
d
a
b
t
d
b
t
15.0
1.0
8.0
13.0
M8x1
9.5
9.0
13.0
1/8 NPTF
12.0
M 10 x 1
11.5
9.0
13.0
1/4 NPTF
17.5
1/2 NPTF
22.9
1/2-20 UNF
23.0
14.0
11.5
2.4
14.0
1.6
12.0
ISO 228-G 1/4
20.0
1.5
12.0
18.5
9/16-18 UNF
25.0
15.6
12.7
2.5
15.5
1.6
12.0
ISO 228-G 3/8
23.0
2.0
12.0
18.5
3/4-16 UNF
30.0
20.6
14.3
2.5
17.5
2.4
12.0
ISO 228-G 1/2
27.0
2.5
14.0
22.0
ISO 6149-1
G
M 10 x 1
3
Thread Port according
to HYDROTECHNIK
standard N901-01-14
(sealed with O-ring)
d1
d2
b
k
t
a
z°
19.0
11.1
10.0
1.6
11.5
1.0
12.0
M 12 x 1.5
19.0
13.8
11.5
2.4
14.0
1.5
15.0
M 14 x 1.5
21.0
15.8
11.5
2.4
14.0
1.5
15.0
M 16 x 1.5
24.0
17.8
13.0
2.4
15.5
1.5
15.0
M 12 x 1.5
18.0
1.5
12.0
18.5
M 14 x 1.5
20.0
1.5
12.0
18.5
M 16 x 1.5
22.0
1.5
12.0
18.5
G
G
t
MINIMESS® Test points & Adaptors
Hydrotechnik UK
1620 Minimess Test Points
MINIMESS® 1620 or ‘Test 20’ is the most commonly
used test point across all industries.
The wide choice of materials and connection threads
make this the most versatile range available
Lifetime leak-free guarantee
H
H +3 mm
ø 20
i
SW
G
Metal cap with anti
vibration O-ring
Plastic cap – Vibration Proof
Free cutting steel 1.0718
Free cutting steel 1.0718
Stainless steel 1.4571
Metal cap
Plastic cap
Metal cap
Part number
with NBR – sealing
Part number
with NBR – sealing
Part number
with FKM – sealing
Thread
G
Seal type
A
Torque
Nm
p max
Bar
H
mm
i
mm
SW
mm
M 8 x 1*
Form G
6
250
41
8.5
17
2103-01-32.00
2103-30-32.00
on request
2103-30-33.00
2703-01-33.10
2103-30-13.00
on request
M 10 x 1
Form G
12
630
37.5
8.5
17
2103-01-33.00
M 12 x 1.5
Form F
30
630
36
10
17
2103-01-13.00
M 14 x 1.5
Form F
40
630
36
10
19
2103-01-14.00
2103-30-14.00
2703-01-14.10
M 16 x 1.5
Form F
60
630
36
10
22
2103-01-15.00
2103-30-15.00
on request
M 14 x 1.5
Form E*
45
630
35.5
11
19
2103-01-96.00
2103-30-96.00
on request
ISO 228-G 1⁄8
Form F
18
400
38
8
17
2103-01-17.00
2103-30-17.00
2703-01-17.10
ISO 228-G 1⁄4
Form F
40
630
36
10
19
2103-01-18.00
2103-30-18.00
2703-01-18.10
ISO 228-G 3⁄8
Form F
60
630
36
10
22
2103-01-16.00
2103-30-16.00
on request
1⁄8 NPTF
Form H
-
400
33
9.5
17
2103-01-46.00
2103-30-46.00
on request
1⁄4 NPTF
Form H
-
630
33
16.5
17
2103-01-47.00
2103-30-47.00
2703-01-47.10
7/16-20 UNF
Form E
20
630
37
9
17
2103-01-21.00
2103-30-21.00
on request
9/16-18 UNF
Form E
35
630
36
10
19
2103-01-53.00
2103-30-53.00
on request
ISO 7/I-R 1⁄8
Form C
-
400
33
13
17
2103-01-40.00
2103-30-40.00
on request
ISO 7/I-R 1⁄4
Form C
-
630
33
13
17
2103-01-41.00
2103-30-41.00
on request
­­Option
For sealing in FKM (Viton) Exchange end digits from 00 to 10
Other materials, designs, sealing and screw-in threads on request.
We reserve the right to carry out technical modifications.
* M8x1 – Please do not use for new machinery design.
** Form E – ISO 6149-2.
4
MINIMESS® Test points & Adaptors
Hydrotechnik UK
Male swivel female inline adaptors c/w 1620 test point
In-line MINIMESS® male x swivel female pressure test point adaptors are a simple and easy method of adding test points into a system.
Suitable for OEM build or retro–fitting to existing systems, between hose joints or manifold and hose. Special configurations are available
for OEM applications.
BSP Parallel male x swivel female (60° cone sealing) test point adaptor c/w 1620 Minimess™ test point fitted
stainless steel
A (BSP size)
L(mm)
A/F(mm)
Part number
(Carbon Steel)
Part number
(Stainless Steel)
1/4"
48
25.4
SNA01
SNA01-SS
SNA02-SS
SNA03-SS
3/8"
54
25.4
SNA02
1/2"
58
27
SNA03
3/4"
64
27
SNA04
SNA04-SS
5/8"
63
30
SNA05
on request
1"
74
41
SNA06
SNA06-SS
1.1/4"
74
50
SNA07
on request
1.1/2"
82
55
SNA08
on request
Also available with 1215 & 1615 test points fitted e.g for 1215 series test point
fitted to SNA01 - order as SNA01-1215.
JIC male x swivel female (37° cone sealing) test point adaptor c/w 1620 Minimess™ test point fitted
A
L(mm)
A/F(mm)
Part number
7/16"-20 UNF
53
25.4
SNA55
1/2"-20 UNF
53
25.4
SNA56
9/16”–18 UNF
55
25.4
SNA57
3/4”–16 UNF
60
32
SNA58
7/8”–14 UNF
64
25.4
SNA59
1.1/16”–12 UNF
70
32
SNA60
1.5/16”–12 UNF
74
38.1
SNA61
1.5/8”–12 UNF
78
50.8
SNA62
1.7/8”–12 UNF
85
55
SNA63
Also available with 1215 & 1615 test points fitted e.g for 1215 series test
point fitted to SNA55 - order as SNA55-1215.
5
MINIMESS® Test points & Adaptors
Hydrotechnik UK
Male x swivel female inline adaptors c/w 1620 test point
ORFS male x swivel female (O-ring face sealing) test point adaptor c/w 1620 Minimess™ test point fitted
A
L(mm)
A/F(mm)
Part number
9/16"-18 UNF
47.55
25.4
SNA70
11/16"-16 UNF
50-60
25.4
SNA71
13/16"-16 UNF
56-66
25.4
SNA72
1"-14 UNF
61-74
28.6
SNA73
1.3/16-12 UNF
65-74
35
SNA74
1.7/16-12 UNF
67-80
41
SNA75
Also available with 1215 & 1615 test points fitted e.g for 1215 series test
point fitted to SNA01 - order as SNA01-1215.
Metric DKO 1620 Male x swivel female Tee Adaptors
For solder free screw-in pipe connections according to DIN 2353
Series
p max
Bar
G1
mm
D1
G2
mm
D2
mm
SW
mm
L
mm
Part number
L6
315
M 12 x 1.5
6
M 12 x 1.5
14
24
44.5
2103-KL-06.00
L8
315
M 14 x 1.5
8
M 14 x 1.5
17
24
44.5
2103-KL-08.00
L 10
315
M 16 x 1.5
10
M 16 x 1.5
19
24
47.5
2103-KL-10.00
L 12
315
M 18 x 1.5
12
M 18 x 1.5
22
24
48.5
2103-KL-12.00
L 15
315
M 22 x 1.5
15
M 22 x 1.5
27
30
51.5
2103-KL-15.00
L 18
315
M 26 x 1.5
18
M 26 x 1.5
32
32
55.5
2103-KL-18.00
L 22
160
M 30 x 2
22
M 30 x 2
36
36
58.5
2103-KL-22.00
160
M 36 x 2
28
M 36 x 2
41
41
59
2103-KL-28.00
160
M 45 x 2
35
M 45 x 2
50
46
68
2103-KL-35.00
L 42
160
M 52 x 2
42
M 52 x 2
60
55
68
2103-KL-42.00
SW
ca.L
G2
D2
D1
G1
37,5
L 28
L 35
S6
630
M 14 x 1.5
6
M 14 x 1.5
6
24
46.5
2103-KS-06.00
S8
630
M 16 x 1.5
8
M 16 x 1.5
8
24
48.5
2103-KS-08.00
S 10
630
M 18 x 1.5
10
M 18 x 1.5
10
24
49.5
2103-KS-10.00
S 12
630
M 20 x 1.5
12
M 20 x 1.5
12
24
50
2103-KS-12.00
S 14
630
M 22 x 1.5
14
M 22 x 1.5
14
27
53.5
2103-KS-14.00
S 16
400
M 24 x 1.5
16
M 24 x 1.5
16
30
56.5
2103-KS-16.00
S 20
400
M 30 x 2
20
M 30 x 2
20
36
64.5
2103-KS-20.00
S 25
400
M 36 x 2
25
M 36 x 2
25
41
66
2103-KS-25.00
6
MINIMESS® Test points & Adaptors
Hydrotechnik UK
Metric DKO (24° sealing cone) standpipe & compression tee adaptors
ø 20
ø 20
ø 20
L0
L0
L0
SW17
SW1
SW17
ød
SW
G
G
SW
SW2
G
Fig.1
Fig.2
ød
ød
L2
ca.L1
Tee adapter c/w cutting rings with union
nuts. Test Points incorporated.
DKO - measuring connection with 24° sealing cone and Test Points
incorporated. Elastic Perbunban O-ring at the sealing cone.
DKO Female
Series
Metric Tee
p max
Bar
Thread
G
Fig.
LO
mm
SW
mm
Part number
L1
L2
Bar
LO
mm
SW1
mm
SW2
mm
Part number
L6
315
M 12 x 1.5
1
52
14
2103-93-06.00
50.5
20.5
49.5
24
14
2103-11-06.00
L8
315
M 14 x 1.5
1
52
L 10
315
M 16 x 1.5
1
52
17
2103-93-08.00
50.5
20.5
49.5
24
17
2103-11-08.00
19
2103-93-10.00
52.5
22.5
49.5
24
19
2103-11-10.00
L 12
315
M 18 x 1.5
1
L 15
315
M 22 x 1.5
1
52
22
2103-93-12.00
52.5
22.5
49.5
24
22
2103-11-12.00
52
27
2103-93-15.00
54.5
24.5
52.5
30
27
2103-11-15.00
L 18
315
M 26 x 1.5
1
L 22
160
M 30 x 2
2
52
32
2103-93-18.00
56.5
23.5
53.5
32
32
2103-11-18.00
60
36
2103-40-22.00
60.5
27.5
55.5
36
36
2103-11-22.00
L 28
160
M 36 x 2
2
61
41
2103-40-28.00
60.5
27.5
58
41
41
2103-11-28.00
L 35
160
M 45 x 2
L 42
160
M 52 x 2
2
63
50
2103-40-35.00
68.5
25.5
60.5
46
50
2103-11-35.00
2
63
60
2103-40-42.00
70.5
24.5
65
55
60
2103-11-42.00
S6
630
M 14 x 1.5
1
52
17
2103-94-06.00
L1
M 16 x 1.5
1
52
19
2103-94-08.00
LO
mm
SW1
mm
SW2
mm
Part number
630
L2
Bar
S8
S 10
630
M 18 x 1.5
1
52
22
2103-94-10.00
54.5
24.5
49.5
24
17
2103-12-06.00
S 12
630
M 20 x 1.5
1
52
24
2103-94-12.00
54.5
24.5
49.5
24
19
2103-12-08.00
S 14
630
M 22 x 1.5
2
63
27
2103-41-14.00
56.5
23.5
49.5
24
22
2103-12-10.00
56.5
23.5
49.5
24
24
2103-12-12.00
62.5
26.5
51
27
27
2103-12-15.00
62.5
25.5
52.5
30
30
2103-12-18.00
68.5
25.5
55.5
36
36
2103-12-22.00
74.5
26.5
58
41
46
2103-12-28.00
80.5
27.5
60.5
46
50
2103-12-35.00
29
65
55
60
2103-12-42.00
S 16
400
M 24 x 1.5
1
52
30
2103-94-16.00
S 20
400
M 30 x 2
2
63
36
2103-41-20.00
S 25
400
M 36 x 2
2
64.5
46
2103-41-25.00
S 30
400
M 42 x 2
2 L6
66
50
2103-41-30.00
S 38
315
M 52 x 2
2
69
60
2103-41-38.00
91
Options
All sealing made of Viton with metal cap (when ordering, exchange end digits from 00 to 10)
10
With mounted plastic cap (when ordering, exchange end digits from 00 to 90)
90
All sealing made of Viton with plastic cap (when ordering, exchange end digits from 00 to 95)
95
7
MINIMESS® Test points & Adaptors
Hydrotechnik UK
1620 bulkhead & gauge adaptors
1620 to metric DIN 2353 bulkhead adaptors
ø 20
Thread
G2
L
SW
L1
13max.
M 12 x 1.5
G
24°
p max
Bar
Connection
L
mm
L1
mm
SW
mm
Part number
315
L6
34
67
17
2103-04-22.00
M 14 x 1.5
315
L8
34
67
19
2103-04-23.00
M 16 x 1.5
315
L10
33.5
66.5
22
2103-04-18.00
M 14 x 1.5
630
S6
36
69
19
2103-04-24.00
M 16 x 1.5
630
S8
33.5
66.5
22
2103-04-25.00
M 18 x 1.5
630
S10
37
70
24
2103-04-26.00
1620 Male/Male bulkhead adaptor
13max.
ø 20
70
SW22
Thread
G2
p max
Bar
Connection
Part number
M 16 x 2
630
Both sides for Minimess 1620 (M 16 x 2)
2103-04-16.00
SW19
G
1620 standpipe adaptor to JIC female 37° cone seal
ø 20
p max
Bar
Pipe Ø
mm
7/16-20 UNF
600
6
1/2-20 UNF
420
8
9/16-18 UNF
315
10
3/4-16 UNF
315
12
Pipe Ø
inches
L
mm
SW
mm
Part number
1/4
55
17
2103-85-21.00
5/16
56.5
17
2103-85-22.00
3/8
57.5
19
2103-85-23.00
1/2
60.5
22
2103-85-24.00
L
Thread
G2
SW
G
1620 to pressure gauge connection for bulkhead fitting
G1
L
10 max.
SW1
SW2
Internal thread
G1
p max
Bar
Connection
G2
L
mm
SW
mm
Note
Part number
ISO 228-G 1/4
630
1620 / M 16 x 2
38
19
Without return valve
2103-05-11.00
ISO 228-G 1/2
630
1620 / M 16 x 2
42.5
27
Without return valve
2103-05-12.00
1/4 NPT
630
1620 / M 16 x 2
-
19
Without return valve
2103-05-23.00
G2
1620 to pressure gauge – direct connection
L
G
Internal thread
G1
p max
Bar
L
mm
SW
mm
Part number
SW
ISO 228-G 1/4
630
14.5
19
2103-07-11.62
SW22
ISO 228-G 1/2
630
17
27
2103-07-12.62
1/4 NPT
630
-
19
2103-07-23.62
8
MINIMESS® Test points & Adaptors
Hydrotechnik UK
1620 sensor, hose 90° & changeover adaptors
1620 to pressure sensor direct connectors
Fig.1
Fig.
Fig.2
Sensor
thread for sensor G2
1
Form
ISO 228-G1/4
internal thread
2
3
ISO 228-G1/4
external thread
4
F
thread G1
MINIMESS®
1620
M 16x2
Fig.3
Fig.4
p max
Part-Number
630 bar
(9000 psi)
straight
2103-07-18.62
90° angle
2146-13-05.00
straight
2103-07-41.62
90° angle
2146-54-19.40
1620 to G ¼" BSP male 90° swivel adaptor
L2
L1
SW
Internal thread
G1
p max
Bar
L1
mm
L2
mm
SW
mm
Part number
ISO 228-G 1/4
630
34.5
64.5
19
2115-22-34.00
Sealing on screw-in thread (hollow screw) via dka-ring, on hexagon via Gi-ring (NBR).
Other options on request
G
1620 male/male hose adaptor
L
G
Internal thread
G1
SW
M 16 x 2
p max
Bar
L1
mm
SW
mm
Note
Part number
630
42
17
Without return valve
2146-01-00.00
G
Minimess test thread changeover adaptors
Adaptor for connection or change-over to various series such as 1620, 1615, 1215
L
G1
Thread
G1
Thread
G2
L
mm
SW
mm
Part number
SW
M 12 x 1.5
M 16 x 2
25.2
17
2103-07-42.62
SW22
M 16 x 2
M 12 x 1.5
32
17
2101-07-44.62
M 16 x 2
31.4
17
2103-07-43.62
M 18 x 1.5
31.4
17
2102-07-44.62
M 16 x 1.5
M 16 x 2
G2
9
5/8" BSF (HSP)
1620
HSPF/1620(M)
MINIMESS® Test points & Adaptors
Hydrotechnik UK
1620 p/T (pressure & temperature) test points
For pressure and temperature measurement
30
ø11,5
M10x1
25,5*
27*)
2,5+0,2
0,5+0,15
12
9
1,5
ø20
G1/4
45°
ø 20
H
Free cutting steel 1.0718
Metal cap
L
L0
i
SW
G
Thread
G
Type of sealing
A
Torque
Nm
p max
mm
H
mm
i
mm
L0
mm
L
mm
SW
mm
Part number
with NBR sealing
ISO 228-G 1/4
Form F
40
630
M 10 x 1
Form G
12
630
36.5
10
16
14.5
19
2149-04-15.13
38
8.5
16
14.5
17
2149-04-19.13
L0 = max. immersion depth in coupled state, L = not coupled state
Option
For FKM (Viton) - exchange end digits from 13 to 53
53
For EPDM
43
- exchange and digital from 13 to 43
Other materials, further options, sealing and screw-in threads on request.
We reserve the right to carry out technical modifications.
10
MINIMESS® Test points & Adaptors
Hydrotechnik UK
1215 Minimess test points
MINIMESS® 1215 or ‘Test 15’ is commonly used in the
construction and gas industries. Small and compact
in design with a 12mm threaded cap, the 1215 test
point is capable of a 630 bar working pressure. The
1215 is available in many materials including Steel,
Stainless Steel and Brass.
Lifetime leak-free guarantee
Metal cap with anti vibration O-ring
Plastic cap with integrated safety
device against vibration
Free cutting steel 1.0718
Free cutting steel 1.0718
Stainless steel 1.4571
Metal cap
Plastic cap
Metal cap
Thread
G
Seal type
A
Torque
Nm
p max
mm
H
mm
i
mm
SW
mm
Part number
with NBR sealing
Part number
with NBR sealing
Part number
with FKM sealing
M 8 x 1*
Form G
6
250
30
8.5
14
2101-06-32.00
2101-01-32.00
on request
M 10 x 1
Form G
12
630
30
8.5
14
2101-06-33.00
2101-01-33.00
2701-06-33.10
M 12 x 1.5
Form F
30
630
29
10
17
2101-06-13.00
2101-01-13.00
on request
M 14 x 1.5
Form F
40
630
29
10
19
2101-06-14.00
2101-01-14.00
on request
ISO 228-G 1/8
Form F
18
400
30
8
14
2101-06-17.00
2101-01-17.00
on request
ISO 228-G 1/4
Form F
40
630
29
10
19
2101-06-18.00
2101-01-18.00
2701-06-18.10
1/8 NPTF
Form H
-
400
26
12
14
2101-06-46.00
2101-01-46.00
on request
1/4 NPTF
Form H
-
630
26
15
14
2101-06-47.00
2101-01-47.00
2701-06-47.10
7/16 - 20 UNF
Form E
20
630
29
9
17
2101-06-21.00
2101-01-21.00
on request
9/16 - 18 UNF
Form E
35
630
28
10
19
2101-06-53.00
2101-01-53.00
on request
ISO 7/I-R 1/8
Form C
-
400
26
12
14
2101-06-40.00
2101-01-40.00
on request
­­Option
For sealing in FKM (Viton) Exchange end digits from 00 to 10
Other materials, designs, sealing and screw-in threads on request.
We reserve the right to carry out technical modifications.
* M8x1 – Please do not use for new machinery design
** Form E – ISO 6149-2
11
MINIMESS® Test points & Adaptors
Hydrotechnik UK
1215 bulkhead, gauge & other adaptors
For solder free screw-in pipe connections according to DIN 2353; execution free-cutting steel 1.0718; sealing NBR
ø 17
L
SW
60,5
13max.
Thread
G
p max
mm
Connection
L
mm
L1
mm
SW
mm
Part number
M 12 x 1.5
315
L6
34
60.5
17
2101-04-22.90
M 14 x 1.5
315
L8
34
60.5
19
2101-04-23.90
M 14 x 1.5
630
S6
36
62.5
19
2101-04-24.90
d
G
24°
SW19
65
13 max.
Thread
G
Fixing thread 12
SW19
p max
mm
630
Connection
Part number
2101-04-16.90
On both sides Minimess® - 1215 connection
G
Pressure gauge connection for bulkhead fitting
G1
Thread
G1
L
10 max.
SW1
SW2
p max
mm
Connection
G2
L mm
(approx)
SW
mm
Note
Part number
ISO 228-G 1/4
630
ISO 228-G 1/2
630
1215
31
19
Without return valve
2101-05-11.00
1215
38.5
27
Without return valve
2101-05-12.00
1/4 NPT
630
1215
-
22
Without return valve
2101-05-23.00
G2
Pressure gauge – direct connection
L
G
Internal thread
G1
p max
Bar
L
mm
SW
mm
Part number
SW
ISO 228-G 1/4
630
14.5
19
2101-07-11.62
SW 22
ISO 228-G 1/2
630
17
27
2101-07-12.62
1/4 NPT
630
-
22
2101-07-23.62
p max
Bar
L1
mm
L2
mm
SW
mm
Part number
630
34.5
46
19
2115-22-13.00
90° Swivel screw connection
L2
SW
L1
Thread
G1
ISO 228-G 1/4
Sealing on screw-in thread (hollow screw) via dka-ring, on hexagon via Gi-ring (NBR). Other options on request.
G
Hose adaptors
G
L
SW
Thread
G1
ISO 228-G 1/4
p max
Bar
L1
mm
SW
mm
Note
Part number
630
29
14
Without return valve
2146-20-00.20
Other materials, further options, sealing and screw-in threads on request.
G
12
MINIMESS® Test points & Adaptors
Hydrotechnik UK
1615 Minimess test points
MINIMESS® 1615 or ‘Test 15’ coupling is used
most commonly in the defence, gas and marine
industries. The 1615 has a green finish and has an
M16 connection thread. Materials available are Steel,
Stainless Steel or Monel.
Lifetime leak-free guarantee
H
ø 20
i
SW
G
Metal cap with anti vibration O-ring
Free cutting steel 1.0718
Stainless steel 1.4571
Metal cap
Metal cap
Thread
G
Seal type
A
Torque
Nm
p max
Bar
H
mm
i
mm
SW
mm
Part number
with NBR sealing
Part number
with FKM sealing
M 10 x 1
Form G
12
630
37.5
8.5
17
2102-01-33.00
2702-01-33.10
M 12 x 1.5
Form F
30
630
36
10
17
2102-01-13.00
on request
M 14 x 1.5
Form F
40
630
36
10
19
2102-01-14.00
on request
M 16 x 1.5
Form B
60
630
36
10
19
2102-01-50.00
on request
ISO 228-G 1/4
Form F
40
630
36
10
19
2102-01-18.00
2702-01-18.10
1/4 NPTF
Form H
-
630
33
16.5
17
2102-01-47.00
on request
­­Option
For sealing in FKM (Viton) Exchange end digits from 00 to 10
Other materials, designs, sealing and screw-in threads on request.
We reserve the right to carry out technical modifications.
Specialised Options
Thread
G
Type of sealing
A
M 14 x 1.5
Gi-ring
M 14 x 1.5
Gi-ring
p max
Bar
63 MPa
Other materials, further options, sealing and screw-in threads on request.
We reserve the right to carry out technical modifications.
13
H
mm
L
mm
SW
mm
Execution all sealing made of Viton
Part number
36
12
19
With anti-vibration O-ring, alternative housing length
2702-01-14.48
36
12
19
WIth sintered bronze filter
2702-72-14.10
MINIMESS® Test points & Adaptors
Hydrotechnik UK
1615 bulkhead, gauge & other adaptors
1615 male/male bulkhead adaptor
12 max.
71
SW19
SW19
Thread (G)
G
16 x 1.5
p max
Bar
Connection
Part number
630
On both sides for series 1615
2102-04-01.00
G
Pressure gauge connection for bulkhead fitting
G1
SW
p max
Bar
Connection
L
mm
SW
mm
Note
Part number
ISO 228-G 1/4
630
1615 / M 16 x 1.5
38
19
Without return valve
2102-05-11.00
ISO 228-G 1/2
630
1615 / M 16 x 1.5
42.5
27
Without return valve
2102-05-12.00
Internal thread
G
p max
Bar
L
mm
SW
mm
Part number
SW
ISO 228-G 1/4
630
14.5
19
2102-07-11.62
SW 22
ISO 228-G 1/2
630
17
27
2102-07-12.62
1/4 NPT
630
-
19
2102-07-23.62
p max
Bar
L1
mm
L2
mm
SW
mm
Part number
630
43
69.5
19
2115-22-24.00
L
10 min.
Thread (G)
G
SW 19
G2
Pressure gauge – direct connection
L
G
90° Swivel screw connection
L2
SW
L1
Thread
G
ISO 228-G 1/4
Sealing on screw-in thread (hollow screw) via dka-ring, on hexagon via Gi-ring (NBR).
Other options on request.
G
Hose adaptors
G
L
Thread
G
SW
M 16 x 1.5
p max
Bar
L
mm
SW
mm
Note
Part number
630
42
17
Without return valve
2146-10-00.00
Other materials, further options, sealing and screw-in threads on request.
G
14
MINIMESS® Test points & Adaptors
Hydrotechnik UK
1604, Steck & HSP test points
1604 Minimess test points - 4mm nom. bore - M16 buttress thread
For use with viscous fluids e.g. gear oils or for quicker flow requirements
H
ø 22
Free cutting steel 1.0718
Stainless steel 1.4571
Metal cap
Metal cap
i
SW
Metal cap with
anti vibration 0-ring
G
Thread
G
Type of sealing
A
Torque
Nm
p max
Bar
H
mm
i
mm
SW
mm
Part number
with NBR sealing
Part number
with NBR sealing
M 10 x 1
Form G
12
400
43
8.5
17
2106-01-33.00
on request
M 14 x 1.5
Form F
40
400
40
10
17
2106-01-14.00
on request
ISO 228-G 1/4
Form F
40
400
40
10
19
2106-01-18.00
2706-01-18.10
­­Option
For FKM (Viton) exchange end digits from 00 to 10
Plug-in test (steck) points – internal ball sealing
ø15
H
Free cutting steel 1.0718
i
SW
G
Thread
G
Type of sealing
A
Torque
Nm
Metal cap
p max
Bar
H
mm
i
mm
SW
mm
Part number
with NBR sealing
M8x1
Form G
6
400
17.5
8.5
12
2104-30-32.00
M 10 x 1
Form G
12
400
17.5
8.5
12
2104-30-33.00
ISO7/l-R 1/8
Suitable sealant
-
400
17.5
8.5
12
2104-30-40.00
1/8 NPT
Suitable sealant
-
400
17.5
8.5
12
2104-30-43.00
HSP style test points (5/8” BSF cap thread)
HSP Test Points
Thread
15
Part number
1/8" BSP
2107-01-17.00
1/4" BSP
2107-01-18.00
Gauge adaptors
HSP(F) to 1/4" Gauge (F)
2107-07-01.62
Changeover adaptor
HSP(F) to 1620(M)
HSPF/1620M
Hydrotechnik UK
Minimess Gas charging valves, kits & accessories
Minimess Gas charging valves introduction
Easy-to-use gas charging valves with a leak proof guarantee are required for charging, discharging and pressure testing of hydraulic
accumulators. HYDROTECHNIK fulfills these requirements with its gas charging valves.
The quality of a gas charging valve is paramount for the long term use in plants with high safety regulations. The valves are easy to use with
a safe and reliable connection.
The essential advantages:
• Excellent leak proof integrity, leakage
<2 x 10-5 mbar l s-1 within operating temperatures of -20°C to +135°C
• Uses the proven Minimess construction process valves open when connecting a microbore hose assembly
• For different accumulator designs, suitable adapters are available
• Military authorised
Gas charging valves can be applied where hydraulic accumulators are used, for example in:
Mobile hydraulics
• Pressure energy source for power brake and steering boosters
• Spring element in the construction of vehicles and in stationary plants
Permanent hydraulic plant
• Maintaining the pressure in fastening devices, presses and pressing devices
• Additional sources of energy in stationary plant
16
Minimess Gas charging valves, kits & accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
Minimess gas charging valves & adaptors
MINIMESS®-gas charging valve 1615
Maximum working pressure 63 MPa
H
ø 22
i
SW
Screw-cap thread:
M 16 x 1,5
G
Compatible with the following media
Inert gases, nitrogen and compressed air. Resistant against antifreeze, oil, anti corrosion oil, grease and fuel.
Execution: Metal cap
Thread
G
Type of sealing
A
M 12 x 1,5
M 14 x 1,5
Torque
in Nm
p max
Bar
30
Form F
ISO 228-G 1/4
40
63MPa
40
H
mm
i
mm
SW
mm
36,5
8,5
17
36,5
10
19
36,5
10
19
Operating
temperature range
-20 °C bis +135 °C
Coupling
material
Part number
with FKM sealing
1.4571
2402-01-13.50
1.4104
2402-01-14.00
2402-01-18.00
Recorded with inspection certificate 3.1 B in accordance to DIN EN 10204, certificate 2.2. in accordance to DIN EN 10204
M 14 x 1,5
Form B
Material
Body: 1.4104 (C4)
Pressure spring: 1.4310
Screw cap: brass (blackened)
40
63 MPa
36,5
10
19
-33 °C bis +135°C
1.4104
2402-01-49.70
Sealing
Internal primary and secondary sealing as well as integral seat seal and anti vibration
O-ring (to prevent loosening of the metal cap) made of Viton.
Attention: Before using oxygen, please ensure you rinse and clean the gas charging valve.
Adapter incorporating gas charging valve 1615 made of stainless steel
Thread of
accumulator
7/8“-14 UNF
M 28 x 1,5
Type of hydraulic
accumulator
Bosch-bubble accumul.
Bosch-diaphragm accumul.
p max
Bar
Material
63MPa
1.4104
p max
Bar
Material
63MPa
1.0718
H
mm
i
mm
SW
mm
Part number
with FKM sealing
73
36
30
2446-16-30.00
63
26
36
2446-18-30.00
H
mm
Part number
with FKM sealing
32
5414-02-00.00
32
5414-02-10.00
Gas charging valve adapter 1615
To be directly screwed on the original valve of the accumulator
17
Thread of
accumulator
Type of hydraulic
accumulator
VG 8 DIN 7756
Langen
5/16“-32 UNEF
US
Minimess Gas charging valves, kits & accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
Accumulator charging & testing kits
Accumulator charging and testing devices
• Charging of the hydraulic accumulator
• Testing and lowering the pressure within the hydraulic accumulator
• Pressure gauge Cl. 1,6 - Ø 63 mm
Pressure gauge
display range
Measuring
connection
Cylinder connection
thread G
H
mm
L
mm
SW
mm
Part number
0–400 bar
MINIMESS® 1615
W 24,32 x 1/14“
124
123
28
5114-01-00.10
0–250 bar
MINIMESS® 1620
W 24,32 x 1/14“
124
123
28
5114-21-03.00
Gas charging and testing device with pressure reducer valve
• Filling, adjusting and controlling gas pressure in hydraulic accumulators with nitrogen filling
• Pressure gauge Cl. 1,6 - Ø 63 mm
• Pressure gauge for primary pressure display 0 to 400 bar
Secondary
adjustment
Pressure gauge
display range,
secondary
Measuring
connection
Cylinder connection
thread G
SW
mm
Part number
1,0–235 bar
0–250 bar
MINIMESS® 1615
W 24,32 x 1/14“
28
5401-02-00.00
1,0–235 bar
0–250 bar
MINIMESS® 1615
W 21,8 x 1/14“
28
5401-02-02.00
Gas charging and flushing device with pressure reducer valve for low pressure
• Pre-adjustment of the flushing- and charging pressure
• Flushing and charging of nitrogen systems
• Pressure gauge Cl. 1,6 - Ø 63 mm
• Pressure gauge for primary pressure display 0 to 250 bar
Secondary
adjustment
0–1,3 bar
Pressure gauge
display range,
secondary
Measuring
connection
Cylinder connection
thread G
SW
mm
Part number
0–1,6 bar
MINIMESS® 1615
W 24,32 x 1/14“
28
5401-07-00.00
Complete measuring equipment with transport case and high pressure hose
5401-07-00.10
18
Microbore Hose, Assemblies & accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
DN2 and DN4 High pressure Microbore hose Technical data
Microbore hose
The microbore hose assembly, most commonly used to connect to a Minimess® test point for pressure testing, has many other diverse
applications.
The hose is available in 2mm and 4mm internal diameter up to 630 bar working pressure. The hose material is extremely flexible, light
weight and can be specified for a large range of uses:
• Oils
• Water
• Bleeding
• Gases
• Sampling
• Aggressive media
• Grease
• Permanent installations
• Pressure testing up to 630 bar
ID
Jacket: Polyamide
Width
Nominal
Internal braid: Polyester fibre
Design
Application
Max
working
Bar
pB
Bar
Id
mm
Ad
mm
DN2
Standard 400
Perforated hose
400
1040
2
5
DN2
Standard 630
Perforated hose
630
1950
2
5
DN2
Low temperature
Perforated hose
630
1950
2
5
DN5
Standard 315
Perforated hose
315
810
4
8
DN4
Standard 450
Perforated hose
450
1500
4
8
Min. Bend
radius
20
(below -20°C 30mm)
Hose Core: Polyamide
Temperature
range
-20°C up to +100°C
short time up to +120°C
-54°C up to +100°C
40
(below -20°C 60)
Reference of the specified data: 20°C – 3 K
pn
= operating pressure
pB
= bursting pressure
ID
= internal diameter
AD
= external diameter
rmin
= Minimum bend radius of hose
Perforated hose = Jacket of hose is perforated for applications using gas
-20°C up to +100°C
short time up to +120°C
0°C
50°C
100°C
122%
100%
77%
30°C
80°C
120°C
110%
86%
68%
Example for calculation:
MINIMESS®-hose DN 2/630 Bar at 30°C
pressure utilisation factor: 630 x 1.10 = 693 Bar
20mm bend radius!
bar
psi
Criteria for selection of hoses and fittings
1. Selection of the hose assembly for the maximum operating pressure (pN):
When ordering a hose assembly, please pay attention to the operating pressures of both the hose
material and the connection fitting. The lowest pressure determines the max. operating pressure of
the complete hose assembly.
2. Selection of hose assembly for use with different media:
Hose assemblies can be used with different media, as long as the end connections are suitable. To
check the compatibility for different media, please contact us.
Hig
Definition for the tightness of a MINIMESS - hose pipe
“Technically tight” describes systems, part systems and functional elements if the leakage rate amounts
to < 0.00001 mbar I s-1.
19
Pressure utilisation factor
le
AD
Technical data
hly lexib
f
Microbore Hose, Assemblies & accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
DN2 and DN4 High pressure Microbore hose Technical data
Pressure loss data of hose & hose assembly with 1620 female and fitting:
Safety note: The hose assemblies have to be protected from flames and sharp-edged, hot objects.
Pressure loss curve of DN 2 hose assemblies
Pressure loss in Bar through a hose assembly with a length
of 1 m, with fittings and Test Points of series 1620 on both
sides, mineral oil: viscosity 30mm2 s-1
1,2
3,0
1,0
2,5
0,8
2,0
0,6
1,5
0,4
0,2
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1,0
1,2
Pressure loss Δp (Bar/m)
Pressure loss Δp (Bar/m)
Pressure loss curve of DN 2 hose only
Pressure loss in Bar per metre of hose length
without fittings, mineral oil: viscosity 30mm2 s-1
1,0
0,5
0,2
Flow rate Q (l/min)
0,4
0,6
0,8
1,0
1,2
Flow rate Q (l/min)
Pressure loss curve of DN 4 hoses
Pressure loss in Bar per metre of hose length without
fittings, mineral oil: viscosity 30mm2 s-1
0,8
Pressure loss curve of DN 4 hose pipes
Pressure loss in Bar through a hose assembly with a length
of 1m, with fittings and test points of series 1604 on both
sides, mineral oil: viscosity 30mm2 s-1
4,0
0,7
0,6
3,0
0,5
2,0
0,3
0,2
0,1
1
2
3
Flow rate Q (l/min)
4
5
6
7
8
Pressure loss Δp (Bar/m)
Pressure loss Δp (Bar/m)
0,4
1,0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Flow rate Q (l/min)
We guarantee a very high quality level of our MINIMESS® systems, as all components are manufactured very precisely and to tight
tolerances. All parts in our MINIMESS® systems are easy and safe to use. We reserve the right to carry out technical modifications!
20
Microbore Hose, Assemblies & accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
Microbore hose end codes
Picture
Continued on next page
21
Description
Hose code
DN2
DN4
1215 swivel female with knurled nut
AA


1615 swivel female with knurled nut
AB


1620 swivel female with knurled nut
AC


1604 swivel female with knurled nut
AD
x

1215 swivel female with in built check valve
AP

x
1615 swivel female with in built check valve
AQ

x
1620 swivel female with in built check valve
AR

x
1604 swivel female with in built check valve
AY
x

1215 swivel female 90° compact hex nut
AJ

x
1615 swivel female 90° compact hex nut
AK

x
1620 swivel female 90° compact hex nut
AL

x
1215 swivel female test point with hex nut
AM

x
1615 swivel female test point with hex nut
AN

x
1620 swivel female test point with hex nut
AO

x
Steck plug-in test point
AI

x
ISO228-G1/4" BSP swivel female gauge
FA


ISO228-G1/2" BSP swivel female gauge
FB

x
ISO228-G1/4" BSP swivel female gauge 90° swept
FC

x
ISO228-G1/2" BSP swivel female gauge 90° swept
FD

x
M12 x 1.5 (6L) Swivel Female 24° Sealing cone
CQ


M14 x 1.5 (8L) Swivel Female 24° Sealing cone
CR


M16 x 1.5 (10L) Swivel Female 24° Sealing cone
CS


M18 x 1.5 (12L) Swivel Female 24° Sealing cone
CT


M14 x 1.5 (6S) Swivel Female 24° Sealing cone
CU


M16 x 1.5 (8S) Swivel Female 24° Sealing cone
CV


M18 x 1.5 (10S) Swivel Female 24° Sealing cone
CW


M20 x 1.5 (12S) Swivel Female 24° Sealing cone
CX


M12 x 1.5 (6L) Swivel Female 24° Sealing cone 90° Swept
DA

x
M14 x 1.5 (8L) Swivel Female 24° Sealing cone 90° Swept
DB

x
M16 x 1.5 (10L) Swivel Female 24° Sealing cone 90° Swept
DC

x
M18 x 1.5 (12L) Swivel Female 24° Sealing cone 90° Swept
DD

x
M14 x 1.5 (6S) Swivel Female 24° Sealing cone 90° Swept
DE

x
M16 x 1.5 (8S) Swivel Female 24° Sealing cone 90° Swept
DF

x
M18 x 1.5 (10S) Swivel Female 24° Sealing cone 90° Swept
DG

x
M20 x 1.5 (12S) Swivel Female 24° Sealing cone 90° Swept
DH

x
Microbore Hose, Assemblies & accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
Microbore hose end codes
Picture
Description
Hose code
DN2
DN4
4mm Standpipe
BA

x
6mm Standpipe
BB


8mm Standpipe
BC


1/4" Standpipe
BD

x
6mm Standpipe 90° Swept
BG

x
1/8" BSP swivel female 60° cone seal
FF

x
1/4" BSP swivel female 60° cone seal
DI


1/8" BSP fixed male 60° cone seal
FM

x
1/4" BSP fixed male 60° cone seal
DM

x
1/8" NPT fixed female
PF

x
1/4" NPT fixed female
PI

x
1/8" NPT fixed male
PA

x
1/4" NPT fixed male
PB

x
7/16" JIC Swivel Female 37° Cone seal
MJ

x
9/16" UNF swivel female ORFS
BM

x
11/16" UNF swivel female ORFS
HC

x
M10 x 1 Banjo to suit M10 x 1 bolt
IB

x
M10 x 1 Banjo c/w 10mm bolt
IA

x
22
Microbore Hose, Assemblies & accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
Loose hose & accessory codes
Hose material DN 2 and DN 4
Hose material for self assembly
Part number
Perforated hose, DN 2
40,0 MPa
2020-01-00.31
Perforated hose, DN 2
63,0 MPa
2020-01-00.30
Low temperature, Perforated hose, DN 2
63,0 MPa
2020-01-00.18
Perforated hose, DN 4
31,5 MPa
2030-01-00.22
Perforated hose, DN 4
45,0 MPa
2030-01-00.24
Anti-buckling spiral
Anti-buckling spiral for self assembly
Part number
Anti-buckling spiral for DN 2
2123-01-00.01
Anti-buckling spiral for DN 4
2133-01-00.01
Aluminium protection braid
Aluminium protection hose for self assembly
2121-01-00.01
End screw sockets DN 2
2121-01-00.02
Aluminium protection hose for self assembly
23
Part number
Aluminium protection hose DN 4
In addition to this, 2 pieces end screw sockets are necessary
2131-01-00.01
End screw sockets DN 4
2131-01-00.02
Other accessories
• Coloured heat shrink jackets
• Hose identification tags
• Customer branded labels
• Hose pressure testing and certification
Contact us for more information
Part number
Aluminium protection hose DN 2
In addition to this, 2 pieces end screw sockets are necessary
Microbore Hose, Assemblies & accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
DN2 & DN4 hose assembly ordering chart
Options
Part number
SXXX
-
XX
-
XX
-
XX X X
Material of the fittings
Zinc Nickle Plated Carbon Steel
1
Stainless Steel
3
DN2 hose options
Perforated standard hose
40,0 MPa (400 bar)
0
Perforated standard hose
63,0 MPa (630 bar)
1
Perforated low temperature hose
63,0 MPa (630 bar)
2
Perforated standard hose
31,5 MPa (315 bar)
5
Perforated standard hose
45,0 MPa (450 bar)
6
DN4 hose options
Accessories
Standard
0
Anti buckling spring, left side (min. hose length 40 cm)
1
Anti-buckling spring, right side (min. hose length 40 cm)
2
Anti-buckling spring both sides (min. hose length 40 cm)
3
Aluminium protection hose (min. hose length 40 cm)
4
Hose ends & hose length
Hose end code 1 (see page 18-19)
Hose end code 2 (see page 18-19)
Length L in cm (e.g. 30 cm = 0030 or 500 cm = 0500)
Input as a 4-digit group of figures
Please note: Aluminium overbraid can not be used in conjunction with anti buckle springs
Ordering example: S110-AC-FA-00.63
DN2 (630bar) hose assembly with 1620 female hose end to G1⁄4” BSP female gauge hose end, 630mm (63cm) long.
Stainless steel wire-braided PTFE bore Microbore hose
Hydrotechnik UK can now offer microbore hose with a stainless steel wire braid & PTFE inner tube. With a large temperature
range and rugged construction, this hose will stand up to the harshest of operating conditions. Suitable for most fluids.
Specifications
Internal diameter
External diameter
Max working pressure
Min Bend Radius
Temperature range
(pressure dependant over 130°C)
2mm
5mm
450 bar
13 mm
-70°C to 260°C
Please use hose code 9 in table above for this hose option e.g S190-AC-FA-00.63
24
Microbore Hose, Assemblies & accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
Installation of microbore hose assemblies
Correct operation & long life is dependent upon the correct installation. Please see below:-
Under load, the length of a hose pipe can change. A shortening causes an additional tensile stress of
the hose and the connections. Therefore, the hose pipe needs “slack” in an unpressurised state. Please
tighten the union nuts only so far using recommended tightening torques.
Further tightening does not improve the operation and can damage the connections.
With curved assemblies, attention has to be paid to the bending radius. Sharp bends should be avoided
wherever possible. When calculating the length of a hose assembly, please to pay attention to the fact
that the connection fittings are not flexible. The correct calculation of the free hose length between the
fittings is therefore essential.
90° hose fittings are also available to aid in the fitting of hose assemblies to maximize life and
operation of the assembly.
90° hose fittings can also aid in the fitting of a tidy hose assembly in the tightest of porting
requirements.
Notes for operation and installation
In order to guarantee the operability of hoses and to not reduce assembly life by introducing additional strains, the following points have to
be taken into consideration:
• Hose assemblies may not be strained during operation by external influences like tension, torsion and upset.
• The smallest mentioned bending radius of the hose must not be exceeded at any time.
• Hose assemblies have to be protected against external damages caused by thermal, chemical or mechanical influences.
• Painting or marking of hose assemblies should be avoided.
Notes for storage of hose and hose assemblies
• Store in cool, dry places and avoid direct UV-irradiation.
• Sources of radiant heat should be avoided.
• Ozone building light fittings and electronic instruments with sparking should be kept away from hoses and hose material (e.g. mercury
vapour discharge lamps)
• Optimum storage conditions are temperatures between +15°C and +25°C, a relative air humidity of 65%, as well as shielding against
UV-radiation by special UV-impervious foils.
• The storage time should not exceed four years for hose and two years for hose assemblies.
25
Pressure gauges & accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
Analogue pressure gauges
Hydrotechnik supply and stock a large range of analogue pressure gauges 63 & 100mm. Manufactured in accordance with BS-EN837-1
specifications, all gauges are to ±1.6% accuracy. Stocked gauges are glycerine-filled as standard with stainless steel casing and brass
connection/internals. Scaling is dual bar (in red – inner scale) and psi (in black – outer scale).
63 mm
100 mm
bar
psi
bar
psi
G1/4”
BSP
bar
psi
bar
psi
9801 series - 63mm bottom entry
G1/2”
BSP
9803 series - 100mm bottom entry
G1/4”
BSP
G1/2”
BSP
63 mm
100 mm
bar
psi
bar
psi
9807 series - 63mm rear entry
Series
see illustration above
9801
9803
9807
9808
9808 series - 100mm rear entry
Code
PSI
Bar
60C
-15 to 60
-1 to 4
15
0 to 15
0 to 1
30
0 to 30
0 to 2
60
0 to 60
0 to 4
100
0 to 100
160
0 to 160
200
0 to 200
0 to 14
300
0 to 300
0 to 20
400
0 to 400
0 to 28
500
0 to 500
0 to 35
600
0 to 600
0 to 40
1000
0 to 1000
0 to 70
1500
0 to 1500
0 to 100
2000
0 to 2000
0 to 140
2500
0 to 2500
0 to 170
3000
0 to 3000
0 to 200
4000 0 to 4000
0 to 280
5000
0 to 5000
0 to 350
6000
0 to 6000
0 to 400
10000
0 to 10000
0 to 700
Accessories if applicable
Protective rubber gauge cuff for 9801 series only
GC
Front panel mounting three
bolt fixing flange for 9807
and 9808 series only
FF
0 to 7
Rear fixing clamp for 9807
RC
0 to 11
and 9808 series only
Hydrotechnik also supply a full
range of pressure gauges from
40mm to 150mm and all stainless
steel gauges. Please contact us for
your requirements.
26
Pressure gauges & accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
Analogue pressure gauge accessories
Pressure limiting valves
Used for protection of pressure gauges against overload
16,2
Adjustable pressure range
Bar
ø19+0,4
G
1
65 max.
15
30
G2
Gauge connection
G1 according to DIN 16288
Connection
G2 according to DIN 3852
Part number
Form X
5-9
ISO 228-G 1/4
ISO 228-G 1/4
5110-01-20.00
1 - 25
ISO 228-G 1/4
ISO 228-G 1/4
5110-02-20.00
2.5 - 63
ISO 228-G 1/4
ISO 228-G 1/4
5110-03-20.00
63 - 100
ISO 228-G 1/4
ISO 228-G 1/4
5110-04-20.00
100 - 250
ISO 228-G 1/4
ISO 228-G 1/4
5110-05-20.00
250 - 600
ISO 228-G 1/4
ISO 228-G 1/4
5110-07-20.00
5-9
ISO 228-G 1/2
ISO 228-G 1/4
5110-01-20.00
1 - 25
ISO 228-G 1/2
ISO 228-G 1/4
5110-02-20.00
25 -63
ISO 228-G 1/2
ISO 228-G 1/4
5110-03-20.00
63 - 100
ISO 228-G 1/2
ISO 228-G 1/4
5110-04-20.00
100 - 250
ISO 228-G 1/2
ISO 228-G 1/4
5110-05-20.00
250 - 600
ISO 228-G 1/2
ISO 228-G 1/4
5110-07-20.00
Pressure restrictor valve
Thread
G1
Thread
G2
H
mm
p max
mm
Description
Part number
ISO 228-G 1/4
ISO 228-G 1/4
53
630
5104-03-00.00
ISO 228-G 1/2
ISO 228-G 1/4
58
630
Adjustable under pressure
up to 150 Bar in-line
connection
5104-02-00.00
Damping cartridge (snubber)
Borehole: nozzle
Ø
0.5
Material
2.0401
Application
Choking element for dampening of fluidity vibrations
Gauge thread reducing adaptor
G1
Thread
G1
Thread
G2
Part number
Brass
G 1/2"
G 3/8"
16GF-12GM
G 1/2"
G 1/4"
16GF-08GM
G 3/8"
G 1/4"
12GF-08GM
Other threaded adaptors available on request
G2
27
Part number
2100-24-01.00
Minimess® pressure gauge test kits
Hydrotechnik UK
Low cost pressure test kit
bar
psi
life-time leak free guarantee
Model: 3101-16-XX.LC
Features:
• Test under pressure using Hydrotechnik leak free Minimess connections up to 630 bar
• Everything you need to get two pressure readings
• Ultra low cost - ideal for OEM’s
• Printed logo & contact details on kit box*
Kit contents
• 2 x 63mm glycerine filled pressure gauges user selectable up to 700 bar.
• 2 x Minimess™ 1620 test points - 1/4” BSP & M10x1 threaded. 1 x G1/4” BSP to 1620 gauge adaptor.
• 1 x 630 bar rated Minimess™ pressure test hose - 1.5 meters long.
• Additional 3/8” & 1/2” BSP male threaded adaptors & seals.
Order code:
3101-16-
X
X
.LC
Replace X in above code with pressure gauges required
from the following options:
0 = 0 to 7 bar 1 = 0 to 14 bar 2 = 0 to 28 bar 3 = 0 to 40 bar 4 = 0 to 70 bar 5 = 0 to 100 bar
6 = 0 to 170 bar
7 = 0 to 280 bar
8 = 0 to 400 bar
9 = 0 to 700 bar
All pressure gauges have dual bar / psi scale. ±1.6% acc.
Special gauge ranges available on request
* Minimum orders of 5 kits.
28
Minimess® pressure gauge test kits
Hydrotechnik UK
BSP pressure test kit
bar
psi
life-time leak free guarantee
Model: 3101-16-XX.50
Features:
• Test under pressure using Hydrotechnik leak free minimess connections up to 630 bar
• Additional In-line test point tees offer excellent system access versatility
• Printed logo & contact details on kit box*
Kit contents
• 2 x 63mm glycerine filled pressure gauges user selectable up to 700 bar.
• 3 x Minimess™ Male/Swivel Female 1620 inline test point adaptors. 1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2” BSP.
• 1 x Minimess™ 1620 test point - 1/4” BSP. 1 x G1/4” BSP to 1620 gauge adaptor.
• 1 x 630 bar rated Minimess™ pressure test hose - 1.5 meters long.
• Additional 3/8” & 1/2” BSP male threaded adaptors & seals.
Order code:
3101-16-
X
X
.50
Replace X in above code with pressure gauges required
from the following options:
0 = 0 to 7 bar 1 = 0 to 14 bar 2 = 0 to 28 bar 3 = 0 to 40 bar 4 = 0 to 70 bar 5 = 0 to 100 bar
6 = 0 to 170 bar
7 = 0 to 280 bar
8 = 0 to 400 bar
9 = 0 to 700 bar
All pressure gauges have dual bar / psi scale. ±1.6% acc.
Special gauge ranges available on request
* Minimum orders of 5 kits.
29
Minimess® pressure gauge test kits
Hydrotechnik UK
G2
D2
D1
G1
37,5
Metric pressure test kit
bar
psi
SW
ca.L
life-time leak free guarantee
Model: 3101-16-XX.MET
Features:
• Test under pressure using Hydrotechnik leak free minimess connections up to 630 bar
• Connect & disconnect under full system pressure. Lifetime leak free guarantee
• Additional In-line test point tees offer excellent system access versatility
• Printed logo & contact details on kit box*
Kit contents
• 2 x 63mm glycerine filled pressure gauges user selectable up to 700 bar.
• 3 x Minimess™ Male/Swivel Female 1620 inline test point adaptors. 6S, 8S & 12S metric DKO.
• 2 x Minimess™ 1620 test points - M10 x1 & M12x1.5.
• 1 x G1/4” BSP to 1620 gauge adaptor.
• 1 x 630 bar rated Minimess™ pressure test hose - 1.5 meters long.
Order code:
3101-16-
X
X
.MET
Replace X in above code with pressure gauges required
from the following options:
0 = 0 to 7 bar 1 = 0 to 14 bar 2 = 0 to 28 bar 3 = 0 to 40 bar 4 = 0 to 70 bar 5 = 0 to 100 bar
6 = 0 to 170 bar
7 = 0 to 280 bar
8 = 0 to 400 bar
9 = 0 to 700 bar
All pressure gauges have dual bar / psi scale. ±1.6% acc.
Special gauge ranges available on request
30
Minimess® pressure gauge test kits
Hydrotechnik UK
JIC pressure test kit
bar
psi
life-time leak free guarantee
Model: 3101-16-XX.JIC
Features:
• Test under pressure using Hydrotechnik leak free minimess connections up to 630 bar
• Connect & disconnect under full system pressure. Lifetime leak free guarantee
• Additional In-line test point tees offer excellent system access versatility
• Printed logo & contact details on kit box*
Kit contents
• 2 x 63mm glycerine filled pressure gauges user selectable up to 700 bar.
• 3 x Minimess™ Male/Swivel Female 1620 inline test point adaptors. 7/16”, 9/16” & 7/8” JIC.
• 2 x Minimess™ 1620 test points - 7/16”& 9/16” UNF.
• 1 x 1/4” NPT to 1620 gauge adaptor.
• 1 x 630 bar rated Minimess™ pressure test hose - 1.5 meters long.
Order code:
3101-16-
X
X
.JIC
Replace X in above code with pressure gauges required
from the following options:
0 = 0 to 7 bar 1 = 0 to 14 bar 2 = 0 to 28 bar 3 = 0 to 40 bar 4 = 0 to 70 bar 5 = 0 to 100 bar
6 = 0 to 170 bar
7 = 0 to 280 bar
8 = 0 to 400 bar
9 = 0 to 700 bar
All pressure gauges have dual bar / psi scale. ±1.6% acc.
Special gauge ranges available on request
31
Minimess® pressure gauge test kits
Hydrotechnik UK
ORFS pressure test kit
bar
psi
life-time leak free guarantee
Model: 3101-16-XX.ORFS
Features:
• Test under pressure using Hydrotechnik leak free minimess connections up to 630 bar
• Connect & disconnect under full system pressure. Lifetime leak free guarantee
• In-line test point tees offer excellent system access versatility
• Printed logo & contact details on kit box*
Kit contents
• 2 x 63mm glycerine filled pressure gauges user selectable up to 700 bar.
• 3 x Minimess™ Male/Swivel Female 1620 inline test point adaptors. 9/16”, 11/16” & 13/16” ORFS.
• 2 x Minimess™ 1620 test points - 7/16”& 9/16” UNF.
• 1 x 1/4” NPT to 1620 gauge adaptor.
• 1 x 630 bar rated Minimess™ pressure test hose - 1.5 meters long.
Order code:
3101-16-
X
X
.ORFS
Replace X in above code with pressure gauges required
from the following options:
0 = 0 to 7 bar 1 = 0 to 14 bar 2 = 0 to 28 bar 3 = 0 to 40 bar 4 = 0 to 70 bar 5 = 0 to 100 bar
6 = 0 to 170 bar
7 = 0 to 280 bar
8 = 0 to 400 bar
9 = 0 to 700 bar
All pressure gauges have dual bar / psi scale. ±1.6% acc.
Special gauge ranges available on request
32
Minimess® pressure gauge test kits
Hydrotechnik UK
Universal pressure test kit
bar
psi
 1620
 1615
 1215
 Steck (Push in)
 HSP (5/8” BSF)
life-time leak free guarantee
Model: 3101-16-XX.UTK
Features:
• All major test point variants covered with one kit. The ultimate service tool
• Connect & disconnect under full system pressure. Lifetime leak free guarantee
• In-line test point tees offer excellent system access versatility
• Amazing value for range of testing capabilities included
• Printed logo & contact details on kit box*
Kit contents
• 2 x 63mm glycerine filled pressure gauges user selectable up to 700 bar.
• 3 x Minimess™ Male/Swivel Female 1620 inline test point adaptors. 1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2” BSP.
• 3 x Minimess™ 1620 changeover adaptors from 1215, 1615 & HSP(5/8”BSF)
• 1 x Minimess™ 1620 test point - 1/4” BSP. 1 x G1/4” BSP to 1620 gauge adaptor.
• 2 x 630 bar rated Minimess™ pressure test hoses (1620 & Steck) - 1.5 meters long.
• Additional 3/8” & 1/2” BSP male threaded adaptors & seals.
Order code:
3101-16-
X
X
.UTK
Replace X in above code with pressure gauges required
from the following options:
0 = 0 to 7 bar 1 = 0 to 14 bar 2 = 0 to 28 bar 3 = 0 to 40 bar 4 = 0 to 70 bar 5 = 0 to 100 bar
6 = 0 to 170 bar
7 = 0 to 280 bar
8 = 0 to 400 bar
9 = 0 to 700 bar
All pressure gauges have dual bar / psi scale. ±1.6% acc.
Special gauge ranges available on request
33
Minimess® pressure gauge test kits
Hydrotechnik UK
JCB style pressure test kit
bar
psi
Model: 3101-16-XX.JCB
Features:
• Test under pressure using JCB style test point plugs (5/8” BSF test thread)
• Connect & disconnect under full system pressure
• In-line test point tees offer excellent system access versatility
• A must have kit for any service engineer working on JCB machinery
• Printed logo & contact details on kit box*
Kit contents
• 2 x 63mm glycerine filled pressure gauges user selectable up to 700 bar.
• 3 x Male/Swivel Female inline test point plug adaptors. 1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2” BSP.
• 1 x JCB style test point plug - 1/4” BSP. 1 x G1/4” BSP to JCB style test point plug female.
• 1 x 400 bar rated pressure test hose - 1.5 meters long.
• Additional 3/8” & 1/2” BSP male threaded adaptors & seals.
Order code:
3101-16-
X
X
.JCB
Replace X in above code with pressure gauges required
from the following options:
0 = 0 to 7 bar 1 = 0 to 14 bar 2 = 0 to 28 bar 3 = 0 to 40 bar 4 = 0 to 70 bar 5 = 0 to 100 bar
6 = 0 to 170 bar
7 = 0 to 280 bar
8 = 0 to 400 bar
9 = 0 to 700 bar
All pressure gauges have dual bar / psi scale. ±1.6% acc.
Special gauge ranges available on request
34
Minimess® pressure gauge test kits
Hydrotechnik UK
Caterpillar style pressure test kit
bar
psi
Model: 3101-20-XX.CAT
Features:
• Compatible with most Caterpillar machines
• Connect & disconnect under full system pressure
• Large selection of In-line test point tees offer excellent system access versatility
• A must have kit for any service engineer working on CAT machinery
• Printed logo & contact details on kit box*
Kit contents
• 2 x 63mm glycerine filled pressure gauges user selectable up to 700 bar.
• 7 x Male/Swivel Female QRC (flat faced quick release) inline adaptors. 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 3/4”, 7/8”, 1.1/16” & 1.5/16” JIC.
• 2 x Minimess™ to QRC socket test adaptors.
• 1 x 400 bar rated Minimess™ pressure test hose - 1.5 meters long.
Order code:
3101-20-
X
X
.CAT
Replace X in above code with pressure gauges required
from the following options:
0 = 0 to 7 bar 1 = 0 to 14 bar 2 = 0 to 28 bar 3 = 0 to 40 bar 4 = 0 to 70 bar 5 = 0 to 100 bar
6 = 0 to 170 bar
7 = 0 to 280 bar
8 = 0 to 400 bar
9 = 0 to 700 bar
All pressure gauges have dual bar / psi scale. ±1.6% acc.
Special gauge ranges available on request
35
Minimess® pressure gauge test kits
Hydrotechnik UK
Fabricated metal 4 gauge pressure test box
bar
psi
life-time leak free guarantee
Model: 3101-MB-4
Box dimensions: (385 x 250 x 85mm)
Features:
• New addition to our popular pressure test kit series, 4 or 6 fixed gauge test kits allow for pressure testing of multiple lines or a full
range of pressure testing capabilities in one kit.
• Robust multi-gauge measuring kit for rapid pressure testing of hydraulic system pressures
• Test under pressure using Hydrotechnik leak free minimess connections up to 630 bar
• Large sturdy metal carry case with hose and adaptor compartments in base, 4 fixed gauges in lid
• Ideal for the mobile construction and agricultural service engineers
• Laser etched customer logos available*
Kit contents
• 4 x 63mm glycerine filled pressure gauges user selectable up to 700 bar - 1620 male connectors.
• 6 x Minimess® 1620 test points - 1/8” & 1/4” BSP, 1/8” & 1/4” NPT, M12x1.5 & M14x1.5 threaded.
• 4 x 630 bar rated Minimess® pressure test hoses - 2 meters long.
• Additional 3/8” & 1/2” BSP xmale threaded adaptors.
Order code:
3101-MB-4-
X
X
X
X
Replace X in above code with pressure gauges required
from the following options:
0 = 0 to 7 bar 1 = 0 to 14 bar 2 = 0 to 28 bar 3 = 0 to 40 bar 4 = 0 to 70 bar 5 = 0 to 100 bar
6 = 0 to 170 bar
7 = 0 to 280 bar
8 = 0 to 400 bar
9 = 0 to 700 bar
All pressure gauges have dual bar / psi scale. ±1.6% acc.
Special gauge ranges available on request
36
Minimess® pressure gauge test kits
Hydrotechnik UK
Fabricated metal 6 gauge pressure test box
bar
psi
Model: 3101-MB-6
Box dimensions: (570 x 250 x 85mm)
life-time leak free guarantee
Features:
• New addition to our popular pressure test kit series, 4 or 6 fixed gauge test kits allow for pressure testing of multiple lines or a full
range of pressure testing capabilities in one kit.
• Robust multi-gauge measuring kit for rapid pressure testing of hydraulic system pressures.
• Test under pressure using Hydrotechnik leak free minimess connections up to 630 bar.
• Large sturdy metal carry case with hose and adaptor compartments in base, 6 fixed gauges in lid.
• Ideal for the mobile construction and agricultural service engineers.
• Laser etched customer logos available*
Kit contents
• 6 x 63mm glycerine filled pressure gauges user selectable up to 700 bar - 1620 male connectors.
• 6 x Minimess® 1620 test points - 1/8” & 1/4” BSP, 1/8” & 1/4” NPT, M12x1.5 & M14x1.5 threaded.
• 6 x 630 bar rated Minimess® pressure test hoses - 2 meters long.
• Additional 3/8” & 1/2” BSP and 7/16” & 9/16” JIC male threaded adaptors.
Order code:
3101-MB-6-
X
X
X
X
X
X
Replace X in above code with pressure gauges required
from the following options:
0 = 0 to 7 bar 1 = 0 to 14 bar 2 = 0 to 28 bar 3 = 0 to 40 bar 4 = 0 to 70 bar 5 = 0 to 100 bar
6 = 0 to 170 bar
7 = 0 to 280 bar
8 = 0 to 400 bar
9 = 0 to 700 bar
All pressure gauges have dual bar / psi scale. ±1.6% acc.
Special gauge ranges available on request
37
Minimess® pressure gauge test kits
Hydrotechnik UK
Hydraulic and Pneumatic Calibration Hand Pumps
High Quality Hand Pump Kits for Hydraulic or Pneumatic testing & calibration.
The M-10 pump is for Hydraulic use and can test up to 700 bar utilising standard adaptors or Minimess® test points.
The MVP-600 is for Pneumatic use and can test Vacuum 28”Hg up to pressure 40 bar.
M-10 Hydraulic Calibration Hand Pump
Features
• Patented protective cage around vent knob
• Priming feature for fast air purge
• Patented triple filtration (prevents pump failure caused by dirt)
• Shatter proof reservoir
• Oversized check valves for smooth controlled operation
Specifications
• 0-10,000 psi (700 Bar)
• Compatible with most hydraulic fluids, oils nd water
• Connections (2 ports) 1/4 inch and 3/8 inch NPT/ BSP
• Weight 3lbs
Part Number
M-10KT
Kit includes: Pump, black padded canvas case embroidered in orange thread, 3ft high pressure
hose, fittings, adaptors, (3) spare filters, fluid bottle and a test point.
MVP-600 Pneumatic Calibration Hand Pump
Features
• Contoured cushion handles.
• Oversized vernier for smooth controlled operation.
• Mash proof vent valve (No Needle Valve).
• Does both pressure and vacuum.
• Dual 0-Rings on all pistons to ensure zero leakage.
Specifications
• Vacuum 28”Hg to pressure 600psi (combination pump)
• Compatible with all gauges and calibrators
• Connections (2 ports) 1/4 inch and 1/8 inch NPT/BSP
• Weight 2lbs
Part Number
MVP-600KT
Kit includes: Pump, black padded canvas case embroidered in orange thread, 2ft non-stretch
hose, fittings, additional rubber bonded washers and (2) adaptors.
Hand Pump Kits can also be supplied with our Digital Gauges and supplied with Calibration Certificates on request. Available in 60, 250 or 600 bar
options. Calibrated analogue gauges are also available up to 700 bar.
38
Fixed Sensors, switches & displays
Hydrotechnik UK
Digital pressure gauges & kits
Digital pressure gauges
The ideal low cost solution to digital pressure testing. With display of pressure and pressure
peaks, digital pressure gauges offer excellent accuracy and peak capture which a standard
pressure gauge simply can not provide. The unit comes with a rotatable face for better
reading. Simple operation via a 3 button panel. Min/Maximum values displayed with each
test.
• Great Accuracy
• Easy to read
• Rotate display
• Easy to use
• Peak min/max storage
• Low cost
Technical data
Display:
4-digit, 7-segment LCD display, 11 mm height,
additional bar graph with 10 segments scale
Accuracy:
± 0.5% of F.S. Convertion rate: 5/sec
Measuring range:
0 to 60 bar, 0 to 250 bar or 0 to 600 bar
Units:
MPa, PSI and bar
Overload limit:
Proof pressure, 2.0x, 1000 bar max
Pressure connection:
ISO 228-G 1⁄4
Wetted parts:
Stainless steel 1.4571
Power supply:
9 V monoblock battery, 5000 h
Pressure range
Bar
Protection type:
IP 65 accord. to EN 60529/IEC 529
0 - 60
9801-99-00.60
Case:
Stainless steel
0 - 250
9801-99-02.50
Weight:
0.4 kg
0 - 600
9801-99-06.00
Options & Ordering Information
Part number
Brass
MINIMESS®- digital pressure test kits
One or two digital pressure gauges with Minimess test points, adaptors & hose in carry case
Single gauge kit Part codes
Pressure range
Bar
Part number
0 - 60
3101-81-04.50
0 - 250
3101-81-07.50
0 - 600
3101-81-09.50
Double gauge kit Part codes
Part number
Pressure ranges
Bar
39
Identification
0–60
4
0–250
6
0–600
9
3101 - 81 - X X.50
Gauge 1
Gauge 2
Fixed Sensors, switches & displays
Hydrotechnik UK
PS120 Digital Pressure Switch
Digital pressure gauge display & pressure switch with analogue output.
Available in standard and DESINA version with stylish rotatable casing and 4 digit easy to read pressure display. Optional with one or two
independently programmable switching values and an analogue output of pressure values.
Technical data
Measuring principle
piezo-resistive
Pressure type
relative pressure
Standard output signal
4 ... 20 mA / 0 ... 20 mA (settable)
DESINA output signal
4 ... 20 mA
Electrical measuring connector
5 pole device connector, M12 x 0.75
Mechanical measuring connector
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
Switching outputs
ISO 228 – G ¼ A
IP 67 (only with screwed cable box)
2 Mosfet high side switch PNP
Contact function
closer / opener
Switching voltage (VDC)
Supply voltage minus 1.5 VDC
Switching current
max. 0.7 A / switch
Short-circuit current
2.4 A / switch
Material casing / Membrane
PS120 (formerly known as Multi-EPC)
GD-ZnAl4Cu1/ 1.4542
Weight
~ 350 g
Supply voltage Ub
15 ... 30 VDC, nominal 24 VDC (ripple < 5 % VSS of UD)
Current consumption
< 100 mA
Error limit (of final value)
± 0.5 %
Response time
≥ 10 ms
Medium temperature
-20 ... +85 °C
Environmental temperature
-20 ... +85 °C
Storage temperature
-30 ... +100 °C
Mounting orientation
arbitrary
Options & Ordering Information
Measuring range
Order number
bar
MPa
PS 120
PS 129 (DESINA)
0 ... 25
0 ... 2.5
3160-10-40.01
3160-11-40.02
0 ... 100
0 ... 10
3160-10-16.01
3160-11-16.02
0 ... 250
0 ... 25
3160-10-17.01
3160-11-17.02
0 ... 400
0 ... 40
3160-10-15.01
3160-11-15.02
0 ... 700
0 ... 70
3160-10-39.01
3160-11-39.02
Connection cables for PS120
Description
pic 1
pic 2
Picture
Measuring instrument
Length
Meters
Part number
5 pin M12x1 to
open cable ends
1
PS120 / PS129
2.0
8824-L0-02.00
90° 5 pin M12x1
to open cable ends
2
PS120 / PS129
2.0
8824-L1-02.00
40
Fixed Sensors, switches & displays
Hydrotechnik UK
SEG 1060 Fixed LED Display
The SEG 1060 is designed for fixed display & output of measurements from analogue or
frequncy sensors. Compact panel mounting assure easy system integration with simple
programming from the 4 front keys.
Channels
Analogue inputs
Frequency inputs
Switching outputs
1
1
1
2
Channels and outputs
Measuring channels, analog/frequency
1 (switchable)
Signals
0/4 ... 20 mA, 0 ... 10 V, 0 Hz ... 10 kHz
A/D converter
12 bit
Measuring rate
100 Hz (analog and f > 100 Hz), 1/f + 15 ms (f < 100 Hz)
Error limit
± 0.2 % FS + 1 digit
Electrical connection
clamping bar
Digital output channels
1 (option)
Signals
Relais output (opener / closer)
Max. load
250 VAC / 10 A
Reaction time
≤ 25 ms (standard signal), ≤ 0.5 Sek. (frequency > 4 Hz)
Analog output channels
1 (option)
Signals
0/4 ... 20 mA
D/A-converter
12 bit
Refresh rate
100 Hz or measuring rate
Error limits
± 0.3 % FS
Technical Specifications
Display
7-segment LED, red, 4-digit, height 14 mm
Power supply
230 VAC (type 1), 24 VDC (type 2)
Sensor power supply
24 V / 22 mA (type 1), 18 V / 35 mA (type 2), galvanically separated
Casing
ABS plastics
Dimensions (L x W x H)
115 x 48 x 96 mm
Front frame
48 x 96 mm
Weight
151 g (with option 182 g)
Protections type (front, mounted)
IP 54 (option IP 65)
Operation temperature
-20 ... +50 °C
Storage temperature
-30 ... +70 °C
Relative humidity
0 ... 80 % r. H. (not condensing)
Analogue input
Frequency
input
Analog output
Threshold
Ub 24 VDC
Ub 230 VAC
Options & Ordering Information
•
•
-
-
•
-
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
-
-
-
•
3192-04-20.00
Many more fixed displays are available:• Low cost OEM displays with outputs
• Differential / Calculation displays
• Batching / Totalising displays
•
•
•
•
-
•
3192-04-21.00
....please see our Display & Instrumentation section on page 170
41
3192-04-10.00
3192-04-11.00
Fixed Sensors, switches & displays
Hydrotechnik UK
Patrick series in-line Particle Counter
Patrick ... the Particle Counter
Patrick is a laser particle counter giving ISO4406:99 or SAE A540595 cleanliness code
readings all in one display.
Patrick is specifically designed to be a stand alone reader or integrated into our
MultiSystem 5060 & HYDROlink software for log in & analysing of cleanliness data.
Dimensional Information
• Detects particles in liquids, especially trends and changes
• Recording and readout of current and
historic measured values
• Monitoring and display of the volume flow
rate range
• Rotatable display
• Easy operation & clear ISO or SAE cleanliness data
• Can connect to MultiSystem 5060 or 8050 for increased diagnostics
Technical Information
Max. operation pressure
420 bar (dynamic) / 600 bar (static)
Fluid operation temperature
-20 ... +85 °C
Environmental temperature / humidity
-20 ... +85 °C / 0 ... 95 %
Storage temperature / humidity
-20 ... +85 °C / 0 ... 95 %
Pressure fluids
Mineral and esther fluids, Polyalphaolefines
Wettened materials / sealing material
High-grade steel, Sapphire, Kalrez, PTFE
Power supply
9 ... 36 VDC
Current consumption
65 ... 180 mA (due to supply voltage)
Current output
4 ... 20 mA
Interfaces
RS 232, CANopen
Alarm contact
potential-free contact
Fluid connector
¼“, Minimess 1620
Electrical connector
8-pole plug, M12 x 1
Allowed volume flow
50 ... 500 ml/min
Measuring range
4 ... 25 (purity grade acc. to ISO 4406:99)
Measuring accuracy
± 0.5
Options & Ordering Information
Description
Part number
Patrick Particle Counter
3160-00-76.00
Multi Country Power Supply Unit M12x1
8812-00-00.36
Further accessories available. Contact your nearest dealer for more information
42
Digital test and datalogging equipment
Hydrotechnik UK
Introduction
Today’s fluid power systems are more sophisticated and more powerful than ever before. These advanced systems require accurate test
and analysis data in order to truly understand and optimise performance.
Test and high speed data aquisition also help to fault find when performance drops off or components are faulty.
With the wide range of instrumentation and sensors available from Hydrotechnik, we can offer you the perfect test solution to suit your
budget. High scanning rates, excellent accuracy and proven reliability make Hydrotechnik test equipment the natural choice within the
industry. From component manufacturers to system builders, Hydrotechnik is the defacto standard.
All our hand held data logging instruments are compatible with the powerful HYDROcom6 analysis software package. HYDROcom6 is
undoubtedly one of the most powerful hydraulic diagnostic software packages available today. The combination of accurate instrumentation
and powerful software are proving to be invaluable tools to R&D and service engineers in the quest for greater component efficiency and
overall system performance. HYDROcom6 allows detailed analysis, zoom, overlay and archiving for historical reporting.
43
Digital test and datalogging equipment
Hydrotechnik UK
Overview of measurement devices
Multi System units
Advanced, multi-channel measuring systems
Advanced, Multi channel test and data acquisition
units designed to integrate into production test, R&D
or end of line production testing Hydrotechnik can
test and log up to 24 channels at 100ms.
MultiSystem 4010
MultiSystem 5060
MultiHandy 2020
MultiHandy 3020
MultiBox
3060/3061/3065
MultiControl 8050
MultiSystem 8050
Multi Handy units
Industrial measuring systems
A range of hand held test and high speed data
acquisition, priced for all budgets and system
requirements.
Multi Box & Multi Control units
Blind Data logger systems
Well protected black box measuring units for the use
under demanding conditions, e.g. during test runs
or the all-day use of a machine. Various instrument
versions for different requirements.
All Hydrotechnik instruments support ISDS functionality. ISDS is the automatic transmission of parameters and calibration
data from Hydrotechnik sensor to the measuring instrument: Connect – Switch on – Measure.
This ensures a higher degree of accuracy as all transducer linearisation data is automatically transferred to the test units and
eliminates potential programming error.
Custom built measurement systems
Hydrotechnik can also provide bespoke test rigs
and software systems for production or end of line
testing for quality and performance testing. Systems
can be designed and built to suit specific customer
requirements both in rig design and software
functionality. Contact us for more details.
44
Digital test & datalogging equipment
Hydrotechnik UK
MultiHandy 2020
Low cost, robust 2 channel test and data logging, setting new standards
The 2020 digital pressure test kit has powerful features giving excellent 2 channel test and system analysis. The 2020 kit is supplied
with two pressure transducers which the unit recognises when plugged in (ISDS - Automatic transfer of pressure sensor data- range
and lineration diagnostics ensures higher accuracy and ease of use). The 2020 has a 60,000 readings memory and backlit display, 1ms
scanning rate and also can be used with a Hydrowin software all for an unbelievable low price. Other ISDS sensors such as flow meters or
temperature probes can be used with the 2020 to extend its useability.
Ordering Information
Pressure ranges
Part number
2x 0 to 600 bar
3160-18-18-69.00
2x 0 to 400 bar
3160-15-15-69.00
2x 0 to 200 bar
3160-10-10-69.00
1x 0 to 60 bar
1x 0 to 600 bar
3160-21-18-69.00
2x 0 to 60 bar
3160-21-21-69.00
1x -1 to 6 bar
1x 0 to 60 bar
3160-32-21-69.00
All models are 2x analogue
Only available in Measuring Kit
Everything included
The measuring case contains
everything you need.
Everything provided
Sensor connectors USB interface and
power input.
• Two analogue measuring inputs for 0 or 4 to 20 mA
• 12 bit Analog/Digital-converter
• Automatic calculation of the difference of two measuring
channels Δ P
• LCD graphic display with switchable backlight and automatic
display adaption
• 128 kB of measuring memory (60.000 readings)
45
Simply good
Easy to operate selectable menus via 4
buttons.
• Scanning rate from 1 ms up to 1 minute
• Min & Max readings
• Simple operation with only four keys
• Light plastic housing with battery compartment for
rechargeable batteries
• Fast data transmission via USB
Digital test & datalogging equipment
Hydrotechnik UK
MultiHandy 2020
Technical Data
Channels
Analogue channels
2 (0/4 ... 20mA or Hydrotechnik ISDS)
measuring rate
1 kHz
error limit
± 0.2% FS
electrical connection
6-pole jack, compatible to DIN 45 322, IEC 60130-9
Virtual channels
1 (differential calculation)
Memory value
Type
Flash 128 kB
Max. number of measuring series
1
Max. number of values per series
60,000
Recording rate
1 ms / 10 ms / 100 ms / 1 s / 10 s
Recording time (at recording rate 10 ms)
300 s (2 channels); 600 s (1 channel)
Equipment and features
Display
2.5“ sw-LCD, illuminated
Interface
USB 2.0 VART (virtual COM interface)
Power supply
Power pack (6 VDC / 850 mA), Batteries (NiMH / 2x AA / 2.4 V / 2,500 mAh)
battery performance1
10 h
Sensor power supply
12 V, 100 mA
Casing
ABS plastic
Dimensions (L x W x H)
~ 185 x 90 x 46 mm
Weight
~ 292 g
Protection type
IP 40
Operation temperature
0 ... 60 °C
Storage temperature
-20 ... +70 °C
Relative humidity
0 ... 80% r.H. (not condensing)
PC software options
Execute online measurements
Download measurement data
HYDROcom
yes1
8874-13-01.02
Evaluate and present measurement data
1: HYDROcom Basic
Full (Standard) HYDROcom6
Basic to full software upgrade*
8874-19-01.04
* Special upgrade package only when ordered with new instrument or kit
Spares & Accessories
Spares & Accessories
2020 Handheld unit only
3160-00-69.00
100 ... 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz – 6 VDC/850 mA
8812-00-00.33
12 VDC – 6 VDC; cable length 4.0 m
8812-09-04.00
Batteries
2x AA, 1.2 V
8873-02-00.08
Transport case
Plastic, red
3160-00-69.01
USB-A / USB-B: cable length 2.0 m
8824-F4-02.00
Power pack
Car power supply
USB cable
46
Digital test & datalogging equipment
Hydrotechnik UK
MultiHandy 3020
Robust 3 channel data logger, entry level unit for detailed hydraulic diagnosis
This is the entry level instrument for real detailed hydraulic diagnosis. The 3020 comes with three channels, internal memory of up to
1,000,000 readings, 1mS scanning rate, multi line backlit display and the basic version of HYDROcom6 making the unit an economic
solution for measuring multiple channels simultaneously.
• 1,000,000 memory readings, 5 test memory
• Measuring rate: up to 1 ms
• Direct or menu controlled operation
• Robust aluminium housing
• Data transmission with USB interface
State-of-the-Art
Ready for everything
Two analogue, a frequency input and
a calculated channel with min & max
values
When the going gets tough
Fast data downloaded via USB
Solid aluminium casing protects the
electronics.
Easy to operate
Easy to use interface.
Pressure sensor
PR 100 (HT-PD)
Temperature sensor
TE 100
Measuring turbine
QT 100 (RE4)


x
x
x
x
x
x
3160-00-72.00



2x
2x
x
x
2x

3020-pp-xx1-xx1
3020 pressure & temperature
measuring kit



1x
1x

x
2x

3020-pT-xx1-xx1
3020 pressure, temperature &
flow measuring kit



1x
1x


3x

3020-pTQ-xx1-xx1-yy²
Transport case,
plastic
Data CD

3020 pressure measuring kit
Measuring cable,
5.0 m
USB cable 2.0 m
MultiHandy 3020
Minimess® 1620
direct connector
Power pack with
adaptors
Ordering Information
1: xx is the measuring range code, see order data pressure sensor HySense© PR 100
2: yy is the measuring range code, see order data volume fl ow rate sensor HySense© QT 100
• Two analogue measuring inputs for 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA
• LCD display with eight lines
• One frequency input to max. 5 kHz
• Calculated values from two measuring channels for pressure difference, sum, power and the function y = f (t)
47
Digital test & datalogging equipment
Hydrotechnik UK
MultiHandy 3020
Technical Data
Channels
Analogue channels
2 (0/4 ... 20mA or Hydrotechnik ISDS)
measuring rate
1 kHz
error limit
± 0.2% FS
electrical connection
6-pole jack, compatible to DIN 45 322, IEC 60130-9
Frequency channels
1 (Standard or Hydrotechnik ISDS)
signals
0.25 Hz ... 5 kHz
measuring rate
~10 ms
error limit
± 0.2% of measured value
electrical connection
6-pole jack, compatible to DIN 45 322, IEC 60130-9
Virtual channels
1 (difference, sum or hydraulic power)
Memory values
Type
Flash 2 MB
Max. number of measuring series
14
Max. number of values per series
1,000,000 (analog), 333,000 (frequency)
Recording rate
1 ms ... 10 min
Recording time (at recording rate 10 ms)
1 s ... 999 h
Number of triggers
1
Pretrigger
0 ... 100%
PC software options
Firmware update

HYDROboot
8874-14-11.01
Execute online measurements
1

HYDROcom
8874-13-01.02
Download measurement data
1

HYDROcom
8874-13-01.02
Evaluate and present measurement data
1
HYDROcom
8874-13-01.02
1: HYDROcom Basic
Full (Standard) HYDROcom6
Basic to full software upgrade*
8874-19-01.04
* Special upgrade package only when ordered with new instrument or kit
Spares & Accessories
Power pack
110/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz – 24 VDC/630 mA
8812-20-02.00
Table-top power pack
100/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz – 24 VDC/630 mA
8812-02-01.00
12 VDC – 24 VDC; cable length 5.0 m
8824-64-05.00
Car power supply
Batteries
NiMH; 14.4 V; 1,100 mAh
8873-08-02.00
USB cable
Plug USB-A/-B; highspeed USB 2.0; 2.0 m
8824-F4-02.00
Transport case
Plastic, black, with volume flow sensor box
3160-00-62.06
Protective bag
Nylon, black, front transparent film
8875-01-02.00
48
Digital test & datalogging equipment
Hydrotechnik UK
MultiBox 3060 / 3061 / 3065
User friendly 4 channel Black Box datalogger
The MultiBox 3060 series of instruments are robust 4 channel "Black Box" Dataloggers, designed for in house diagnostic measuring or long
term measurements in the field. Set up and control is made via the attractive HYDROwork software for real time monitoring or datalogging.
Units can be powered from the PC/Laptop USB port, individual power charger or stand alone battery.
• MultiBox 3060
• MultiBox 3061 • MultiBox 3065 Universal use
Well protected
Stable metal casing, edge protectors and
IP 54 protection against humidity.
the measuring box with four channels; power supply from Computer via USB
the data logger with internal memory; power supply via USB, or from optional
Battery pack or power pack
the flexible with internal memory and Ethernet interface; can be used as
measuring box or data logger, too
Three device versions for different
requirements. Mobile or stationary, as
measuring box or as data logger.
Independent data logger
Easy operation
The optional battery pack allows use
anywhere in demanding environmental
conditions.
HYDROwork is the intuitive software for
PC. For configuration, download and
online measurements.
Power pack with
adaptors
USBcable 2.0 m
Data CD
Minimess® 1620
direct connector
Pressure sensor
PR 100
Temperature sensor
TE 100
Measuring turbine
QT 100
Measuring cable,
5.0 m
Transport case,
plastic
Ordering Information
MultiHandy 3060
x


x
x
x
x
x
x
3160-00-00.85 / .953
3060 pressure measuring kit
x


2x
2x
x
x
2x

3060-pp-xx1-xx1
3060 pressure & temperature measuring kit
x


2x
2x

x
3x

3060-ppT-xx1-xx1
3060 pressure, temperature & flow measuring kit
x


2x
2x


4x

3060-ppTQ-xx1-xx1-yy²
MultiHandy 3061
x


x
x
x
x
x
x
3160-00-00.86/.963
3061 pressure measuring kit



2x
2x
x
x
2x

3061-pp-xx1-xx1
3061 pressure & temperature measuring kit



2x
2x

x
3x

3061-ppT-xx1-xx1
3061 pressure, temperature & flow measuring kit



2x
2x


4x

3061-ppTQ-xx1-xx1-yy²
MultiHandy 3065
x


x
x
x
x
x
x
3160-00-00.87 /.973
3065 pressure measuring kit



2x
2x
x
x
2x

3065-pp-xx1-xx1
3065 pressure & temperature measuring kit



2x
2x

x
3x

3065-ppT-xx1-xx1
3065 pressure, temperature & flow measuring kit



2x
2x


4x

3065A-ppTQ-xx1-xx1-yy²
1: xx is the measuring range code, see order data pressure sensor HySense© PR 100
2: yy is the measuring range code, see order data volume flow rate sensor HySense© QT 100
3: .8x for analogue mA inputs, .9x for analogue V inputs
49
Digital test & datalogging equipment
Hydrotechnik UK
MultiBox 3060 / 3061 / 3065
Technical Data
Channels
Analogue channels standard signals
3 (0/4 ... 20mA or Hydrotechnik ISDS), 0....10V
measuring rate
1 kHz
error limit
± 0.1% FS
electrical connection
6-pole jack, compatible to DIN 45 322, IEC 60130-9
Measuring channels frequency
1 (Frequency/analogue switchable, with Hydrotechnik ISDS and direction detection)
signals
0/4 ... 20 mA, 0 ... 10 V / 1 Hz ... 5 kHz (w.o.d.d.), 1 Hz ... 10 kHz (w.d.d.)
measuring rate
1 kHz
error limit
± 0.2% of measured value
electrical connection
6-pole jack, compatible to DIN 45 322, IEC 60130-9
Virtual channels
2 (difference, sum, hydraulic power)
Memory values
Type
SD card 2 GB (MB 3061 / 3065)
Max. number of measuring series
200
Max. number of values per series
115 million
Recording rate
1 ms ... 1 min (in steps)
Individual scan rate
channel-related, settable in steps
Recording time
1 s ... 48 h (in steps)
Number of triggers
1 ... 4, linkable
Pretrigger
0 /10 /20 ... 100%
PC software options
Firmware update
HYDROboot

8874-14-11.01
HYDROwork

8874-14-17.01
HYDROcom
1
8874-13-01.02
Instrument remote configuration
Instrument remote operation
Execute online measurements
Download measurement data
Evaluate and present measurement
data
1: HYDROcom Basic
Full (Standard) HYDROcom6
Basic to full software upgrade*
8874-19-01.04
* Special upgrade package only when ordered with new instrument or kit
Accessories
Power pack
Car power supply
Power supply cord
BatteryPack
USB cable
Transport case
110/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz – 24 VDC/630 mA
8812-00-00.35
12 ... 24 VDC; cable length 5.0 m
8824-P5-05.00
open cable ends; cable length 5.0 m
8824-P6-05.00
IN 24 VDC / 600 mA; OUT 14.4 VDC; ~ 2 Ah
8873-30-01.00
USB-A / Mini-USB-B; IP 67; 2.0 m
8824-P4-02.00
Plastic, black, with box for measuring turbine
3160-00-62.09
Additional accessories (cables, Minimess© products, a.s.o.) in the section "Accessories“
50
Digital test & datalogging equipment
Hydrotechnik UK
MultiSystem 4010
Professional 5 channel data logger, perfect choice for detailed field service hydraulic diagnosis
The 4010 is our newest field service diagnostic instrument with a rugged, compact design and powerful internal memory (2Gb micro
SD card), 5 channel input for multiple diagnosis, optional 5 CAN BUS channels, 1ms scanning rate and is supplied with HYDROcom6 full
software making it the instrument of choice for all mobile engineers as well as R&D.
Great variety
Five channels
Great usability
USB, digital I/O & optional CAN/RS232
interfaces.
Three or four analogue and one or
two frequency channel inputs (using a
freely selectable analogue or frequency
channel)
Easy to use ergonomic keypad &
interface.
Clear display
Large, easy to read colour display.
Power pack with
adaptors
USB cable 2.0 m
Data CD
Minimess® 1620
direct connector
Pressure sensor
PR 100 (HT-PD)
Temperature sensor
TE 100
Measuring turbine
QT 100 (RE4)
Measuring cable,
5.0 m
Transport case,
plastic
Ordering Information
MultiSystem 4010



x
x
x
x
x
x
3160-00-75.00
MultiSystem 4010 with CAN



x
x
x
x
x
x
3160-00-75.10
4010 pressure measuring kit



2x
2x
x
x
2x

4010-pp-xx1-xx1
4010 pressure & temperature
measuring kit



2x
2x

x
3x

4010-ppT-xx1-xx1
4010 pressure, temperature &
flow measuring kit



2x
2x


4x

4010-ppTQ-xx1-xx1-yy²
1: xx is the measuring range code, see order data pressure sensor HySense© PR 100
2: yy is the measuring range code, see order data volume flow rate sensor HySense© QT 100
• Up to four analogue measuring inputs for mA or V signals
• Up to two frequency input to max. 10 kHz
• Additionally 5 virtual calculation or CAN channels
• Colour display
51
• 2Gb memory
• Measuring rate 1ms
• Robust plastic housing
Digital test & datalogging equipment
Hydrotechnik UK
MultiSystem 4010
Technical Data
Channels
Analogue channels
4* (0/4 ... 20mA, 0...5/10V or Hydrotechnik ISDS)
measuring rate
1 kHz
error limit
± 0.2% FS
electrical connection
6-pole jack, compatible to DIN 45 322, IEC 60130-9
Frequency channels
2* (Standard or Hydrotechnik ISDS)
signals
1 Hz ... 10 kHz
measuring rate
~18 ms
error limit
± 0.2% of measured value
electrical connection
6-pole jack, compatible to DIN 45 322, IEC 60130-9
Virtual channels
5 (difference, sum, hydraulic power or optional CAN)
* 1 channel is selectable between analogue or frequency
Memory values
Type
2Gb micro SD RAM card
Max. number of measuring series
100
Max. number of values per series
2 million
Recording rate
1 ms ... 10 min
Recording time (at recording rate 10 ms)
1 s ... 999 h
Number of triggers
1
Pretrigger
0 ... 100%
PC software options
Firmware update
HYDROboot

8874-14-11.01
HYDROcom
1
8874-13-01.02
Execute online measurements
Download measurement data
Evaluate and present measurement data
1: HYDROcom full (standard)
Accessories
Power pack
110/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz – 24 VDC/630 mA
8812-20-02.00
Table-top power pack
100/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz – 24 VDC/630 mA
8812-02-01.00
Power cord USA
... for table-top power pack, cord length 2.0 m
8824-G6-02.00
Car power supply
12 VDC – 24 VDC; cable length 5.0 m
8824-64-05.00
Plastic, black, with measuring turbine box
3160-00-70.01
Aluminium, red, without measuring turbine box
3160-00-70.02
Aluminium, red, with measuring turbine box
3160-00-70.03
Transport case
Protective bag
USB cable
Nylon, black, front transparent film
8875-01-05.00
Mini Plug USB-A/-B; highspeed USB 2.0; 2.0 m
8824-R4-02.00
Additional accessories (cables, Minimess© products, a.s.o.) in the section "Accessories“
52
Digital test & datalogging equipment
Hydrotechnik UK
MultiSystem 5060
The mobile all rounder instrument of choice for industry professionals
The 5060 is the most advanced hand held data logger made by Hydrotechnik. Using the latest technology it is the benchmark for mobile
hydraulic diagnostic measurement and logging. The unit has eight channels, 14 CAN Bus channels, 2Gb of internal memory, 0.1mS scanning
rate, hi-res colour screen, graph, text, pictorial outputs, sleek design and much much more making it the must have instrument and choice
for all hydraulic professionals. The 5060 has established itself as a standard for component manufacturers as well as OEM research &
development or end of line testing.
Connectivity
frequency input (e.g. volume flow rate, rotational speed)
Analog input signal (e.g. pressure, temperature)
Highspeed sensors with an analog signal (e.g. for pressure peaks)
USB host device (e.g. printer)
USB device interface (e.g. PC connection, USB stick)
Multi-functional interface (e.g. CAN bus, RS 232)
Digital I/O interface (e.g. external trigger)
Power supply jack (e.g. power pack, car power adaptor)
Pressure sensor
PR 100
Temperature sensor
TE 100
Measuring turbine
QT 100


x
x
x
x
x
x
3160-00-70.00



2x
2x
x
x
2x

5060-pp-xx1-xx1
5060 pressure & temperature
measuring kit



2x
2x

x
3x

5060-ppT-xx1-xx1
5060 pressure, temperature &
flow measuring kit



2x
2x


4x

5060-ppTQ-xx1-xx1-yy²
Transport case,
plastic
Data CD

5060 pressure measuring kit
Measuring cable,
5.0 m
USBcable 2.0 m
MultiHandy 5060
Minimess® 1620
direct connector
Power pack with
adaptors
Ordering Information
1: xx is measuring range code, see order data pressure sensor HySense© PR 1xx
2: yy is measuring range code, see order data volume flow rate sensor HySense© QT 1xx
• Six analogue measuring inputs for 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA, 0 to
10 V, 0.5 to 4.5 V, ±10 Vw
• Two frequency inputs to max. 10 kHz
• Trigger input and output
• 14 CAN bus signal inputs
• 13 bit Analog/Digital-converter
• Calculated channels with fixed or freely definable formulas
• 3.5” colour display with full graphical abilities and 4.096
colours (320 x 240 pixel)
• 2 GB measurement value memory (SD card)
• 200 measurement series with the total of two million values
per measurement
• Measuring rate down to 0.1 ms
• Menu controlled operation
53
• Light plastic housing
• Data transmission with USB interface (device and host
interface)
• Hardware and software filter
• CAN database to store the parameters of CAN sensors
• Sensor database to store sensor parameters
• PASS function for the execution of automated measuring tasks
• Project management for the storing of max. 20 instrument
configurations
• Help function
• Mains power pack and USB data cable included as part of
delivery
• Also available as Measuring Kit in a case. See sensor section for
suitable sensors for your kit needs.
Digital test & datalogging equipment
Hydrotechnik UK
MultiSystem 5060
Open system architecture
Multiple input signals possible from
analogue, Digital, Frequency and CAN.
Full CAN bus functionality
Independent data logger
Display and record signals from CAN
bus systems (e.g. CANopen, J1939) on
up to 14 channels.
Mobile test bench for serial testing or for
troubleshooting complex systems.
Networkability
USB stick for
data exchange
Colour display with
graphical abilities
Perfect display of graphical elements
(e.g. diagrams, images) with freely
selectable colours.
Measuring system with 48 channels:
Full performance and synchornised
data for easy evaluation on PC.
Easy transfer of measuring data
or device configurations between
measuring systems and PCs.
14 special channels
Virtual calculation channels allow for
increased variable measurement as
well as CAN buses or Multimeters
Unique hardware filter
Processing and smoothing of
measuring data in real time.
Technical Data
Channels
Analogue channels standard signals
6 (0/4 ... 20mA, 0 ... 10 V, ±10 V, 0.5 ... 4.5 V, 1 ... 5 V, 2 ... 10 V with Hydrotechnik ISDS)
measuring rate
10 kHz
error limit
± 0.15% FS
Measuring channels frequency
2 (with Hydrotechnik ISDS and direction detection)
signals
0.25 Hz ... 20 kHz (w.o.d.d.), 0.25 Hz ... 5 kHz (w.d.d.)
measuring rate
10 ms
error limit
± 0.2% of measured value
electrical connection
6-pole jack, compatible to DIN 45 322, IEC 60130-9
Further channels
Digital input channels
1, galvanically separated
signals
3.5 ... 30 VDC (high)
Digital output channels
1
signals
NPN transistor output, max. 30 VDC / 10 mA
Special channels
14 (for CAN, MultiXtend or calculations)
MultiMeter connector
RS 232
CAN measuring rate / protocols
10 ms / CANopen, SAE J1939, a.o.
Calculations
Difference, sum, 1. derivation, hydraulic power, freely definable formulas
54
Digital test & datalogging equipment
Hydrotechnik UK
MultiSystem 5060
Technical Data (continued)
Memory values
Type
SD card 2 GB
Max. number of measuring series
200
Max. number of values per series
200 million
Recording rate
0.1 ms ... 999 min
Individual scan rate
2 selectable, factor 1 ... 5,000
Recording time
1 s ... 999 h (in steps)
Number of triggers
2, linkable
Pretrigger
0 /10 /20 ... 100%
Equipment and features
Display
3.5“ color TFT, QVGA
Interface
USB 2.0/FS device/host, RS232, CAN
Power supply
Power pack (24 VDC / 340 mA), Batteries (NiMH / 14.4 V / 1,100 mAh)
Batteries
NiMH 14.4 V / 2,150 mAh
Battery performance
8h
Sensor power supply
> 13 V (battery operation) / 18 V (power pack operation)
CAN power supply
~13 VDC / 80 mA (batteries), ~ 20 VDC / 80 mA (power pack)
USB host power supply
~ 5 VDC / 75 mA
Casing (L x W x H) / Weight
ABS plastics (~ 240 x 130 x 60 mm) / ~ 1.1 kg
Protection type
IP 40
Operation / storage temperature
-10 ... 50 °C / -20 ... +50 °C
1
PC software options
Firmware update
HYDROboot
Instrument remote configuration
HYDROlink
Instrument remote operation


8874-00-06.01
8874-00-07.01
Execute online measurements
Download measurement data
Evaluate and present measurement
data
Execute measurement procedures
HYDROcom
1
8874-13-01.02
HYDROrun
23
8874-01-01.55
1: 3 licenses HYDROcom Standard
2: only for procedures in the instrument; PC software not contained
3: a license code is required to load new procedures into the instrument
Accessories
Power pack
110/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz – 24 VDC/630 mA
8812-20-02.00
Table-top power pack
110/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz – 24 VDC/630 mA
8812-02-01.00
12 VDC – 24 VDC; cable length 5.0 m
8824-64-05.00
Car power supply
Battery pack
USB cable
Connection cable
Transport case
Protective bag
55
NiMH, 2,150 mAh
8873-07-01.00
Plug USB-A/-B; highspeed USB 2.0; 2.0 m
8824-F4-02.00
Parallel link 2x MS 5060
8824-F2-00.50
External trigger, open cable ends
8824-D8-01.00
Trigger cable for impulse counting
8824-R3-00.35
Plastic, black, with space for turbines
3160-00-70.01
Aluminium, red, without space for turbines
3160-00-70.02
Aluminium, red, with space for turbines
3160-00-70.03
Nylon, black, front transparent film
8875-01-07.00
Digital test & datalogging equipment
Hydrotechnik UK
MultiSystem 8050
The stand alone solution for complex measurement & control
This is our largest single measuring unit with up to 40 channels.
All measured values are displayed on a large touch screen display,
numerically or graphically . The 8050 is unique in its flexibility with
multiple integrated inputs and outputs. The units are even more
powerful when used with HYDROgen test software in addition to the
excellent HYDROcom 6 that comes with each unit.
The 8050 can be integrated into existing test environments due to
the various connection possibilities and interfaces including CANbus
measuring capability.
MultiControl 8050
If you have a PC available as part of your test environment, a version without display is an economic
option with identical performance to the MultiSystem 8050. Connect the MultiControl via USB to your
PC, operation is done in an easy and comfortable way using the software package HYDROlink delivered
with the instrument.
At a glance
Great variety
Predefined measuring
programs
Up to 30 channels can be displayed
simultaneously on a high resolution TFT
display.
Ready for all duties with the total of 32
analog, frequency and digital inputs and
outputs.
Measuring programs created with
HYDROgen ensure faultless simple
testing for use by any level of operator.
More possibilities
Peak performance
Always in the picture
Independent inputs for the direct measuring of current and voltage.
Two high speed inputs to measure
analogue signals with a scan rate of up
to 0.1 ms.
An additional LED indicator gives
information on the status of the
instrument.
Very open
A great number of interfaces and
connection possibilities ease the
integration into existing environments.
Easy operation
The operation software requires little
training to understand configuration and
daily operation.
56
Digital test & datalogging equipment
Hydrotechnik UK
MultSystem 8050
Technical Data
Measuring channels
Analogue channels standard signals
10 (with Hydrotechnik ISDS)
signals
0...20mA, 4...20mA, 0 ... 10V, ±10V
A/D converter
16 bit
measuring rate
1 kHz (channels 1 ... 8), 10 kHz (channels 9 + 10)
error limit
± 0.1% FS
electrical connection
6-pole yesck, compatible to DIN 45 322, IEC 60130-9
Analog channels current/voltage
1 x current measuring
1x voltage measuring
signal
± 2 ADC
± 48 VDC
A/D-converter
12 bit
measuring rate
1 kHz
error limit
< 1% FS
Measuring channels frequency
4 (with Hydrotechnik ISDS and direction detection)
signals
0.05 Hz ... 20 kHz (w/o.d.d.), 0.05 Hz ... 5 kHz (w.d.d.)
measuring rate
~10 ms
error limit
± 0.2% of measured value
electrical connection
6-pole connection, compatible to DIN 45 322, IEC 60130-9
Further channels
Digital input channels
4, 1 separated galvanically
signal
3.5 ... 30 VDC (high)
Digital output channels
4
signal
NPN transistor output, max. 30 VDC / 10 mA
Analog output channels
2
signal
0 ... 20 mA (channel 25); ± 20 mA (channel 26)
D/A-converter
12 bit
Special channels
6, optional 14 (for CAN or calculations)
CAN measuring rate
10 ms
CAN protocols
CANopen, SAE J1939, a.o.
Calculations
Difference, sum, 1. derivation, hydraulic power, free definable formulas
Memory values
Type
CF-card 256 MB
Max. number of measuring series
200
Max. number of values per series
6 million
Recording rate
0.1 ms ... 999 min
Recording time
1 s ... 999 h (in steps)
Number of triggers
2 (optional 6), linkable
Pretrigger
0 /10 /20 ... 100%
57
Digital test & datalogging equipment
Hydrotechnik UK
MultiSystem 8050
Equipment and features
Display
10.4“ color-TFT, VGA (MultiSystem 8050)
Interfaces
USB 1.1 / FS device, RS232, Centronics, CAN, LVDS
Power supply
Power pack (24 VDC / 2 A)
Sensor power supply
18 V / 100 mA
Casing
Steel sheets with impact protections
Dimensions (L x W x H)
~ 310 x 254 x 60 mm
Weight
~ 3.1 kg (MultiSystem 8050)
Protection type
IP 40
Operation temperature
0 ... 40 °C (MultiSystem 8050), 0 ... 60 °C (MultiControl 8050)
Storage temperature / relative humidity
-20 ... +60 °C / 0 ... 80% r.H. (not condensing)
Ordering Information
Power pack with
adaptors
USBcable 2.0 m
Data CD
MultiSystem 8050



3160-00-65.00
MultiControl 8050



3160-00-66.00
MultiPanel 8050 (8 displays)



3165-11-01.00
MultiPanel 8050 (16 displays)



3165-11-02.00
Versions with 14 CAN channels on request
PC software options
Firmware update
HYDROboot
Instrument remote configuration
HYDROlink
Instrument remote operation
8874-00-06.01


8874-00-07.01
Execute online measurements
Download measurement data
HYDROcom
8874-13-01.02
1
Evaluate and present measurement data
Program measurement procedures
HYDROgen

8874-01-01.55
Execute measurement procedures
HYDROrun
23
8874-01-01.55
1: 3 licenses HYDROcom Standard
2: only for procedures in the instrument; PC software not contained
3: a license code is required to load new procedures into the instrument
Accessories
Table-top power pack
Car power supply
Connection cables
Protection bag
Transportation box
110/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz – 24 VDC/630 mA
8812-00-00.27
12 VDC – 24 VDC; cable length 5.0 m
8824-79-05.00
Linkage of two MS/MC 8050
8824-F2-00.50
PC connection for firmware update
8824-F8-01.50
Nylon, black, front transparent film
8875-01-06.00
Aluminium, red
3160-00-65.03
58
Software
Hydrotechnik UK
HYDROcom 6 Analysis Software
The new standard for measurement data analysis
HYDROcom 6 is the powerful analysis software provided with all Hydrotechnik datalogging instruments. Improvements have been made to
useability with intuitive Windows explorer style menus and easy drag and drop operation. Analysis, editing and file management is made
easy in a user friendly environment making test evaluation and reporting simpler and more powerful than ever before.
• Windows explorer based file viewer
• Transfer, import, export measuring data
• Drag & drop measurement files
• Evaluate, edit, present measurements
• Line diagrams, tables, histograms, ...
• Execute online measurements
• Create reports and test protocols
• Modern, user-friendly program surface
• Overlay tests on top of each other for comparison analysis
HYDROcom 6 comes in 3 versions
Version comparison
Basic
Full
Professional
HYDROcom Explorer



Search function
x
x

Save presentation
x


Viewer: number of layout sections
1
6
24
Line diagram: number of channels
12
12
24
Format / smooth / move / use elements
x


Spot / difference spot
x


Difference measuring lines / classifications
x
x

Histogram: number of bars
x
4
8
Table: number of columns
3
13
25
Texts / pictures
x


Configuration files
x


Connect instrument / transfer measurements / online measuring



Online measuring: analog (gauge style) / bargraph / mini-app
x
x

Device information / device list
x


Data exchange in txt- / csv-format
x


Data exchange in xml-format
x
x

Software module‚ Report‘
x
x

Options & Ordering Information
HYDROcom 6 Professional (3 licenses)
8874-19-01.01
HYDROcom 6 Full (3 licenses)
8874-19-01.02
HYDROcom 6 Basic
8874-19-01.03
Upgrade HYDROcom 6 Full to Professional (3 licenses)
8874-19-02.01
HYDROcom 6 Professional (15 licenses)
8874-19-03.01
HYDROcom 6 Full (15 licenses)
8874-19-03.03
59
Software
Hydrotechnik UK
HYDROgen & HYDROrun Operator Software
HYRDOgen & HYDROrun is a software program that can be integrated
into 5060 or 8050 units allowing for bespoke test programs to be
written according to customer requirements. Test steps can be written
allowing for graphical representation of medium or component test
procedures with pass/go or failure protocols allowing fast and error
free testing for operators or engineers.
HYDROgen
• Compose measuring and test sequences
• Standardise measuring tasks
• Map test specifications and norms
• Evidential documentation of measurements
• Executable via instrument or via PC
• Low training requirement
Single user license
8874-01-01.55
Compatible with
MultiSystem 8050
MultiControl 8050
MultiSystem 5060
HYDROrun
• Execution of HYDROgen test sequences
• Self-explanatory program surface
• Compatible with many operation systems
Single user license
Compatible with
contained in HYDROgen
MultiSystem 8050
MultiControl 8050
MultiSystem 5060
60
Software
Hydrotechnik UK
HYDROlink & HYDROboot Communication Software
HYDROlink
HYDROlink is a software program which allows 2 way communication
between 5060 or 8050 instrument. Settings for your instrument can
be changed remotely from your PC and PC display can be configured
to show all active channel readings for remote display in a test room
or office.
• Remotely connect and control measuring systems
• Full instrument functionality all via your PC
• Large Online measurements display
• For all MultiSystem / MultiControl instruments
• Easy operation
• Clearly arranged user interface
Options & Ordering Information
Single user license
8874-01-01.55
Compatible with
MultiSystem 8050
MultiControl 8050
MultiPanel 8050
MultiSystem 5060
HYDROboot
HYDROboot is a freely downloadable software program which allows
you to upgrade the firmware (if necessary) of your Multihandy or
Multisystem devices.
• Firmware update software for your instrument
• Displays your current firmware version
• Compatible with USB and serial interfaces
• Data transfer via network
• Free download from www.hydrotechnik.com
Options & Ordering Information
Single user license
Compatible with
8874-00-06.01
MultiHandy 302x
MultiHandy 3050
MultiBox 306x
MultiControl 8050
MultiSystem 8050
MultiSystem 5060
Firmware update for
MultiHandy 2020
61
on request
Hydrotechnik UK
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Introduction
The following section offers a massive choice of equipment for extending measurement capabilities of your chosen measuring system, kit
or equipment. Many of the sensors are designed as stand alone equipment for OEM design or end user requirements.
HySense®
The new name for our family of measurement sensors. The HySense® range includes a wide range of
pressure & temperature sensors, flow turbines & circular gear flowmeters, RPM infra-red & inductive
sensors as well as a new family of position, vibration, torque and force sensors
Hydrotechnik offer a vast range of sensors with most signal output requirements catered for. Many of
our sensors also have ISDS functionality for use with Hydrotechnik test equipment. ISDS is the automatic
transmission of parameters and calibration data from the Hydrotechnik sensor to the measuring
instrument. This helps save time, elimate potential user error and improves accuracy (due to the multiple
calibration points stored within the sensor EPROM) providing auto linearisation.
MultiXtend is the name of the extension boxes for Hydrotechnik MultiHandy & MultiSystem measuring
instruments. Use them to increase the number of analogue or frequency inputs, measure new signals,
or convert existing signals. MultiXtend CAN signal adaptor boxes enable addition of further channels on
Multisystem instruments.
62
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
MultiXtend Analogue / Thermo
MultiXtend is the name of the extension boxes for Hydrotechnik MultiHandy & MultiSystem measuring instruments. Use them to increase
the number of analogue or frequency inputs, measure new signals, or convert existing signals.
MultiXtend Analogue
4 extra analogue input channels 0 or 4 ... 20 mA
Connect four more analogue sensors of any measurand. The measuring data will
be transferred to the measuring system via CAN bus on your MultiSystem 5060
or 8050.
Options & Ordering Information
4x analog (0 ... 20 mA)
3160-00-00.72A0
4x analog (4 ... 20 mA)
3160-00-00.72A4
Sensor cable (5.0 m)
8824-S1-05.00Y
MS 8050 cable (1.0 m)
8824-N1-01.00
MS 5060 cable (1.0 m)
8824-M5-01.00
1
Input signal
0/4 ... 20 mA
Resolution
16 bit
Scan rate (each channel)
200 Hz
Measuring error
0.01 % of EV
Operation temperature
–40 ... +85 °C
Storage temperature
–40 ... +85 °C
Protection type
IP 65 (plugged)
Casing
Aluminium die-cast
Dimensions (L x W x D)
125 x 57 x 80 mm
MultiXtend Analogue or Thermo boxes can be connected in series adding further channels to
MultiSystem 5060 or 8050 test systems.
Further technical information on request.
1: other cable lengths available
MultiXtend Thermo
4 thermal elements or sensors Pt 100
Four temperature signals are converted into CAN data and transferred to your
MultiSystem 5060 or 8050.
Options & Ordering Information
3160-00-00.73J
4x thermal element type J
Input signal
Pt100 / J Type / K Type
Measuring Range Pt100
-100...+850°C
Measuring Range Type J / K
-200...+1200°C
Resolution
16 bit
Scan rate (each channel)
100 Hz
Measuring error
0.01 % of EV
4x thermal element type J Mini
3160-00-00.73JB
Operation temperature
–40 ... +85 °C
4x thermal element type K
3160-00-00.73K
Storage temperature
–40 ... +85 °C
3160-00-00.73KB
Protection type
IP 65 (plugged)
3160-00-00.73PT
Casing
Aluminium die-cast
Dimensions (L x W x D)
125 x 57 x 80 mm
1
4x thermal element type K Mini
1
4x Pt 100
MS 8050 cable (1.0 m)
8824-N1-01.00
MS 5060 cable (1.0 m)
8824-M5-01.00
63
1: other cable lengths available.
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
MultiXtend F, UI, Split
MultiXtend F
1 extra frequency input
The measuring data of a sensor with frequency output are transmitted to the
MultiSystem via CAN bus.
Input signal
Frequency (square wave)
Resolution
16 bit
Scan rate
100 Hz
Operation temperature
–20 ... +80 °C
Storage temperature
–20 ... +80 °C
Dimensions (L x W x D)
125 x 57 x 80 mm
Options & Ordering Information
1x frequency (square wave signal)
3160-00-00.51
MS 8050 cable (3.0 m)
8824-F8-03.00
MultiXtend UI
1 input for voltage or current measurement
Galvanically separated inputs to measure voltage or current. With switchable PWM
filter and available in two versions.
Options & Ordering Information
Version
low resistive
high resistive
Meas. range voltage
±60 VDC
± 30 VDC
Meas. rang current
± 4 ADC
± 2 ADC
Input resistor
1 kΩ/V
10 kΩ/V
Supply voltage
13 ... 30 VDC
Supply current
40 mA (without signal)
High resistive, meas. range 2A / 30V
3160-00-00.80
Measuring error
< ± 1% of final value
Low resistive, meas. range 4A / 60V
3160-00-00.81
Output signal
0 ... 20 mA
Extension cord MK01 (5.0 m)
8824-26-05.00
Zero value
at output signal 10 mA
MultiXtend Split
1 analogue input split in to 2 separate analogue outputs.
Galvanically separated signal splitter (potential free and non-reactive) to connect
one sensor to two recipients. e.g an output for a fixed display and Datalogger
simultaneously from one sensor.
Options & Ordering Information
Input signal
0/4 ... 20 mA
Connection voltage
12 ... 30 V DC
Current cons. (without signal) OUT2
30 mA
Linearity error1
± 0.3 % FS
Warm-up time
5 Min
Operation temperature
–40 ... +85 °C
Storage temperature
–40 ... +85 °C
125 x 57 x 80 mm
MultiXtend Split
3160-00-00.84
Dimensions (L x W x D)
Extension cord MK01 (5.0 m)
8824-26-05.00
1: @ 23 °C, loop resistance 10 Ω
64
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
MultiXtend Trigger / MultiMeter
MultiXtend Trigger
1 trigger input – 4 trigger outputs
A trigger box for operating in series up to 4 MultiSystem 5060 units simultaneously.
Signal
HT-specific trigger signal
Supply voltage
9 ... 36 VDC
Operation / storage temperature
-40 ... +85 °C
Protection type
IP 40
Dimensions (L x W x D)
125 x 57 x 80 mm
MultiXtend Trigger
3160-00-00.45
Cable Master – MXTrigger
8824-R3-00.35
Cable MXTrigger – slave; 0.5 m
8824-F2-00.50
MultiXtend Thermocouple measuring converter
An adaptor box to convert 1 x Type J or Type K thermocouple measurement in to a
0...20mA analogue output for Hydrotechnik measuring instruments.
Description
Measuring instrument
Part number
For Ni-Cr-Ni thermal element 0 to 1000°C, type K
All Hydrotechnik
3160-00-00.47
For Fe-Cu-Ni thermal element 0 to 500°C, type J
All Hydrotechnik
3160-00-00.50
MultiXtend MultiMeter
Voltcraft VC 900 series Digital Multimeters
Measure multiple Multi meter electrical information such as voltage, current, frequency,
capacitance, resistance etc. to your MultiSystem 5060 through the CAN bus connection.
These units are specially designed to work with the 5060
Further technical details on request.
Options & Ordering Information
Voltcraft VC 9201
8877-00-04.00
Voltcraft VC 9401
8877-00-05.00
Voltcraft VC 960
8877-00-06.00
1
Conn. cable MS 5060 (2.0 m)
1: incl. connection cable for MS 5060 (2.0 m)
65
8824-N9-02.00
Multiple meter data is transferred to the 5060 using CAN bus & 1 simple cable.
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
HySense PR100 Mobile Pressure Sensor
The HySense PR100 (formerly known as HT-PD) is our most popular pressure sensor for
mobile applications. Also popular in stationary industrial applications, it is available from -1
up to 4000 bar and comes with a 5 or 6(ISDS) psi connection for quick secure connection
and disconnection.
• Our most popular test sensor
• Designed for mobile use
• For all Hydrotechnik measuring instruments
• Short response time
• High-pressure version up to 4,000 bar on request
PR100 (formerly known as HT-PD)
Features
Measuring principle
The PR126 pressure sensor
is now available on request
with CANopen signal output for
integration in to your existing
CAN line opening up further
measuring possibilities.
piezo-resistive (poly-cristalline silicon thin film structure on highgrade steel membrane)
Pressure type
relative pressure
Output signal
0 ... 20 mA (ISDS) or 4 ... 20 mA
Electrical meas. connector
6 pole device connector, M16 x 0.75
Mechanical connection
ISO 228 – G ¼ A
Sealing material
profile seal ring acc. to DIN 3869, FKM
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
IP 67 (plugged)
Material casing / membrane
non-corrosive high-grade steel
Weight
~ 85 g
Technical data
Overload range
1.5 times nominal pressure
Burst pressure
3 times nominal pressure
Mounting orientation
arbitrary
Supply voltage Ub
10 ... 30 VDC
Current consumption
6.5 mA
Over-voltage protection
32 VDC
Response time
Error limit (of fi nal value)1
≤ 1 ms (10 ... 90 %)
≤ ± 0.25 % (with ISDS, linearised) / ≤ ± 0.5 % (without ISDS)
Medium temperature
-40 ... +125 °C
Environmental temperature
-40 ... +105 °C
Storage temperature
-40 ... +125 °C
Options & Ordering Information
Suited for
all measuring instruments,
except MultiHandy 2020
MultiHandy 2020
Measuring range
ISDS 0..20mA output
standard 4-20mA output
-1 ... 6 bar
-0.1 ... 0.6 MPa
3403-32-S-E5.33
3403-32-C3.37
0 ... 60 bar
0 ... 6.0 MPa
3403-21-S-E5.33
3403-21-C3.37
0 ... 200 bar
0 ... 20 MPa
3403-10-S-E5.33
3403-10-C3.37
0 ... 400 bar
0 ... 40 MPa
3403-15-S-E5.33
3403-15-C3.37
0 ... 600 bar
0 ... 60 MPa
3403-18-S-E5.33
3403-18-C3.37
0 ... 1000 bar
0 ... 100 MPa
3403-29-S-E5.33
3403-29-C3.37
-1 ... 6 bar
-0.1 ... 0.6 MPa
3403-32-S-N4.37
-
0 ... 60 bar
0 ... 6.0 MPa
3403-21-S-N4.37
-
0 ... 200 bar
0 ... 20 MPa
3403-10-S-N4.37
-
0 ... 400 bar
0 ... 40 MPa
3403-15-S-N4.37
-
0 ... 600 bar
0 ... 60 MPa
3403-18-S-N4.37
-
66
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
HySense PR300 Mobile Pressure Sensor
The Hysense PR300 (formally known as PR15) is a popular alternative to our PR100
sensor due to the heavy duty design and high accuracy, giving this sensor long life
in harsh, demanding conditions.
• Fast, highly accurate sensor
• Very good noise qualities
• Ideal for Hydrotechnik measuring instruments
• Short response time
• Many pressure ranges
• Formerly known as PR15
Features
Measuring principle
piezo-resistive (silicon chip embedded in transmission
fluid contained in high-grade steel casing)
Pressure type
relative pressure
Output signal
0 ... 20 mA
Electrical meas. connector
6 pole device connector, M16 x 0.75
Mechanical meas. connector
ISO 228 – G ¼ internal thread
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
Material casing
IP 40
1.4104, 1.4301
Material membrane
1.4435
Weight
~ 120 g
Technical data
Overload range
1.5 times nominal pressure
Burst pressure
2.5 times nominal pressure
Mounting orientation
arbitrary
Supply voltage Ub
6.5 ... 30 VDC
Current consumption
<10 mA
Over-voltage protection
36 VDC
Response time
1 ms (10 ... 90 %)
Error limit (of final value)
≤ ± 0.25 % (with ISDS, linearised) / ≤ ± 0.25 % (without ISDS)
Medium temperature
-20 ... +80 °C
Environmental temperature
-20 ... +80 °C
Storage temperature
-20 ... +85 °C
Options & Ordering Information
Measuring range
with ISDS
without ISDS
-1 ... 6 bar
-0.1 ... 0.6 MPa
3403-32-S-71.33A
3403-32-71.33A
0 ... 60 bar
0 ... 6.0 MPa
3403-21-S-71.33A
3403-21-71.33A
0 ... 200 bar
0 ... 20 MPa
3403-10-S-71.33A
3403-10-71.33A
0 ... 400 bar
0 ... 40 MPa
3403-15-S-71.33A
3403-15-71.33A
0 ... 600 bar
0 ... 60 MPa
3403-18-S-71.33A
3403-18-71.33A
0 ... 1000 bar
0 ... 100 MPa
3403-29-S-71-33.A
3403-29-71.33A
67
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
HySense PR130 industrial pressure sensor
Industrial pressure sensor with 4 pole M12 x1 electrical connection.
The HySense PR130 pressure sensor (formally part of the HT-PD
family) is a sensor designed for OEM systems and industrial
applications. The popular M12 x 1 connection thread, wide range
of pressure ranges and output signals make this a popular choice
in conjunction with the low cost, good availability and renowned
Hydrotechnik quality.
PR130 (formerly known as HT-PD)
Technical Information
Measuring principle
piezo-resistive (poly-cristalline silicon thin film structure
on high-grade steel membrane)
Pressure type
relative pressure
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA / 0 ... 10 VDC
Electrical measuring connector
4 pole device connector, M12 x 1
Mechanical connection thread
ISO 228 – G ¼ A
Sealing material
profile seal ring acc. to DIN 3869, FKM
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
IP 67 (when connector is screwed)
Casing material
non-corrosive high-grade steel
Membrane material
non-corrosive high-grade steel
Tightening torque
40 Nm (± 5 Nm)
Weight
~ 85 g
Wiring Information
Pin assignment
Pin
4 ... 20 mA (two wire)
0 ... 10 V (three wire)
1
– Ub / signal –
Signal +
2
free
– Ub / signal – / GND
3
+ Ub / signal +
free
4
free
+ Ub
Options & Ordering Information
Measuring range
Order number
bar
MPa
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
-1 ... 6
-0.1 ... 0.6
3403-32-I5.37
3403-32-I5.39
0 ... 10
0 ... 1.0
3403-26-I5.37
3403-26-I5.39
0 ... 25
0 ... 2.5
3403-40-I5.37
3403-40-I5.39
0 ... 60
0 ... 6.0
3403-21-I5.37
3403-21-I5.39
0 ... 100
0 ... 10
3403-16-I5.37
3403-16-I5.39
0 ... 250
0 ... 25
3403-17-I5.37
3403-17-I5.39
0 ... 400
0 ... 40
3403-15-I5.37
3403-15-I5.39
0 ... 600
0 ... 60
3403-18-I5.37
3403-18-I5.39
0 ... 1000
0 ... 100
3403-29-I5.37
3403-29-I5.39
Further pressure ranges, signal outputs & connection types available on request
Further technical data on page 73
68
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
HySense PR140 industrial pressure sensor
Industrial pressure sensor with 4 pole DIN EN 175301-803 type A, Pg9 electrical connector
The HySense PR140 (formerly part of the HT-PD family) is a
sensor designed for OEM systems and industrial applications. The
Hirschmann connections fits in with modern system design with a
wide range of pressures. and output signals make this a popular
choice in conjunction with a low cost, good availability and renowned
Hydrotechnik quality.
PR140 (formerly known as HT-PD)
Features
Measuring principle
piezo-resistive (poly-cristalline silicon thin film structure
on high-grade steel membrane)
Pressure type
relative pressure
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA / 0 ... 10 VDC
Electrical measuring connector
4 pole device connector,
DIN EN 175301-803, type A, Pg9
Mechanical connection thread
ISO 228 – G ¼ A
Sealing material
profile seal ring acc. to DIN 3869, FKM
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
IP 65 (with connecting cable Ø 6 ... 8 mm)
Casing material
non-corrosive high-grade steel
Membrane material
non-corrosive high-grade steel
Tightening torque
40 Nm (± 5 Nm)
Weight
~ 117 g
Wiring Information
Pin assignment
Pin
4 ... 20 mA (two wire)
0 ... 10 V (three wire)
1
+ Ub / signal +
+ Ub
2
- Ub / signal -
– Ub / signal – / GND
3
free
Signal +
Options & Ordering Information
Measuring range
Order number
bar
MPa
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
-1 ... 6
-0.1 ... 0.6
3403-32-D1.37
3403-32-D1.39
0 ... 10
0 ... 1.0
3403-26-D1.37
3403-26-D1.39
0 ... 25
0 ... 2.5
3403-40-D1.37
3403-40-D1.39
0 ... 60
0 ... 6.0
3403-21-D1.37
3403-21-D1.39
0 ... 100
0 ... 10
3403-16-D1.37
3403-16-D1.39
0 ... 250
0 ... 25
3403-17-D1.37
3403-17-D1.39
0 ... 400
0 ... 40
3403-15-D1.37
3403-15-D1.39
0 ... 600
0 ... 60
3403-18-D1.37
3403-18-D1.39
0 ... 1000
0 ... 100
3403-29-D1.37
3403-29-D1.39
Further pressure ranges, signal outputs & connection types available on request
69
Further technical data on page 73
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
HySense PR150 pressure sensor
Industrial pressure sensor with 4 pole DIN EN 175301-803 type C, Pg7 electrical connector
The HySense PR150 (formerly part of the HT-PD family) is a sensor
designed for OEM systems and industrial applications. The Mini
Hirschmann connector is popular in compact or smaller systems.
PR150 (formerly known as HT-PD)
Features
Measuring principle
piezo-resistive (poly-cristalline silicon thin film structure
on high-grade steel membrane)
Pressure type
relative pressure
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA / 0 ... 10 VDC
Electrical measuring connector
4 pole device connector,
DIN EN 175301-803, type C, Pg7
Mechanical connection thread
ISO 228 – G ¼ A
Sealing material
profile seal ring acc. to DIN 3869, FKM
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
IP 65 (with connecting cable Ø 4,5 ... 6 mm)
Casing material
non-corrosive high-grade steel
Membrane material
non-corrosive high-grade steel
Tightening torque
40 Nm (± 5 Nm)
Weight
~ 97 g
Wiring Information
Pin assignment
Pin
4 ... 20 mA (two wire)
0 ... 10 V (three wire)
1
+ Ub / signal +
+ Ub
2
– Ub / signal –
– Ub / signal – / GND
3
free
Signal +
Options & Ordering Information
Measuring range
Order number
bar
MPa
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
-1 ... 6
-0.1 ... 0.6
3403-32-D5.37
3403-32-D5.39
0 ... 10
0 ... 1.0
3403-26-D5.37
3403-26-D5.39
0 ... 25
0 ... 2.5
3403-40-D5.37
3403-40-D5.39
0 ... 60
0 ... 6.0
3403-21-D5.37
3403-21-D5.39
0 ... 100
0 ... 10
3403-16-D5.37
3403-16-D5.39
0 ... 250
0 ... 25
3403-17-D5.37
3403-17-D5.39
0 ... 400
0 ... 40
3403-15-D5.37
3403-15-D5.39
0 ... 600
0 ... 60
3403-18-D5.37
3403-18-D5.39
0 ... 1000
0 ... 100
3403-29-D5.37
3403-29-D5.39
Further pressure ranges, signal outputs & connection types available on request
70
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
HySense PR155 ATEX approved pressure sensor
4 pole device connector, DIN EN 175301-803 type C, Pg7
The HySense PR155 is an ATEX approved version of our PR150
sensor for hazardous area pressure measurement.
Our standard version utilises a Mini Hirschmann connector but many
other connectors are available on request.
Qualities
Measuring principle
piezo-resistive (poly-cristalline silicon thin film structure
on high-grade steel membrane)
Pressure type
relative pressure
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA
Electrical measuring connector
4 pole device connector,
DIN EN 175301-803, type C, Pg7
Mechanical connection thread
ISO 228 – G ¼ A
Sealing material
profile seal ring acc. to DIN 3869, FKM
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
IP 65 (with connecting cable Ø 4.5 ... 6 mm)
Casing material
non-corrosive high-grade steel
Membrane material
non-corrosive high-grade steel
Tightening torque
40 Nm (± 5 Nm)
Weight
~ 100 g
Ex-approval
Ex II 2G
Explosion protection
EEx ia IIC T4
Approval number
IBExU 06 ATEX 1159
Wiring Information
Pin assignment
Pin
4 ... 20 mA (two wire)
1
free
2
- Ub / signal - / GND
3
+ Ub / signal +
Options & Ordering Information
Measuring range
Order number
bar
MPa
4 ... 20 mA
-1 ... 1
-0.1 ... 0.1
3X03-20-03.37
0 ... 25
0 ... 2.5
3X03-40-03.37
0 ... 60
0 ... 6.0
3X03-21-03.37
0 ... 100
0 ... 10
3X03-16-03.37
0 ... 250
0 ... 25
3X03-17-03.37
0 ... 400
0 ... 40
3X03-15-03.37
0 ... 600
0 ... 60
3X03-18-03.37
0 ... 1.000
0 ... 100
3X03-29-03.37
Further pressure ranges, signal outputs & connection types available on request
71
Further technical data on page 73
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
HySense PR190 pressure sensor
Open cable ends, 4 wire
The HySense PR190 (formerly part of the HT-PD family) is a pressure
sensor designed for OEM systems or industrial use. The version
comes supplied with a 1.5m moulded flying lead.
PR190 (formerly known as HT-PD)
Qualities
Measuring principle
piezo-resistive (poly-cristalline silicon thin film structure
on high-grade steel membrane)
Pressure type
relative pressure
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA / 0 ... 10 VDC
Electrical measuring connector
open ends, 4 wires, connection cable 1.5 m
Mechanical connection thread
ISO 228 – G ¼ A
Sealing material
profile seal ring acc. to DIN 3869, FKM
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
IP 68 K
Casing material
non-corrosive high-grade steel
Membrane material
non-corrosive high-grade steel
Tightening torque
40 Nm (± 5 Nm)
Weight
~ 120 g
Wiring Information
Wire colour
4 ... 20 mA (two wires)
0 ... 10 V (three wires)
white
free
Signal +
black
– Ub / signal –
– Ub / signal – / GND
green
free
free
red
+ Ub / signal +
+ Ub
Options & Ordering Information
Measuring range
Order number
bar
MPa
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
-1 ... 6
-0.1 ... 0.6
3403-32-D6.37
3403-32-D6.39
0 ... 10
0 ... 1.0
3403-26-D6.37
3403-26-D6.39
0 ... 25
0 ... 2.5
3403-40-D6.37
3403-40-D6.39
0 ... 60
0 ... 6.0
3403-21-D6.37
3403-21-D6.39
0 ... 100
0 ... 10
3403-16-D6.37
3403-16-D6.39
0 ... 250
0 ... 25
3403-17-D6.37
3403-17-D6.39
0 ... 400
0 ... 40
3403-15-D6.37
3403-15-D6.39
0 ... 600
0 ... 60
3403-18-D6.37
3403-18-D6.39
0 ... 1000
0 ... 100
3403-29-D6.37
3403-29-D6.39
Further pressure ranges, signal outputs & connection types available on request
Further technical data on page 73
72
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
Technical Data for PR130, PR140, PR150, PR155 and PR190 pressure sensors
Further technical data shown here is valid for all sensors in the HySense® range below:• PR 130
• PR 140
• PR 150
• PR 155
• PR 190
Technical data
PR 130 / PR 140 / PR 150 / PR 190
Overload range
1.5 x nominal pressure
Burst pressure
3 x nominal pressure
Signal type
Two wire analog (4 ... 20 mA), three wire analog (0 ... 10 VDC)
PR 155
Supply voltage Ub
... at 4 ... 20 mA
10 ... 30 VDC
30 V
... at 0 ... 10 VDC
12 ... 32 VDC
-
Current consumption
6.5 mA
50 mA
Overvoltage protection
32 VDC
Error limit (of final value)
comprises the influences non-linearity, hysterese, repeatability, zero-point- and span error
... at +22 °C (room temperature)
± 0.5 %
... at -15 ... +85°C
< ± 1.0 %
... at +85 ... +100°C
< ± 2.5 %
... at -40 ... -15°C
< ± 2.5 %
Compensation temperature range
-40 ... +100 °C
Non-linearity
< ± 0.4 % of final value
Reproducability
< ± 0.1 % of final value
Hysterese
< ± 0.1 % of final value
Long-term stability
< ± 0.1 % of final value/year
Response time
< = 1 ms (10 ... 90 %)
Frequency range
< = 1 kHz
Isolation resistance
min. 100 MOhm
Total resistance
RG = (Ub -10 V) / 20 mA (at output signal 4 ... 20 mA)
Load resistance
RL = > 5 kOhm (at output signal 0 ... 10 VDC)
Number of load cycles
> 1 x 107
Medium temperature
-40 ... +125 °C
Environmental temperature
-40 ... +105 °C (short term +125 °C)
Storage temperature
-40 ... +125 °C
EMV test
EN 50081-2, EN 50082-2
Vibrational stability
5 mm 10 ... 32 Hz, 20 g 32 ... 500 Hz, DIN EN 60068-2-6
Shock stability
50 g (11 ms half-sine)
Mounting orientation
arbitrary
73
-40 ... +85 °C
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
HySense TP 180 Dual Pressure & Temeperature Sensor
The HySense TP180 is a dual pressure & temperature sensor for
mobile testing purposes. The sensor is designed to fit on to our 1620
p/T Minimess test points and gives two output signals for pressure
& temperature via a splitter cable to suitable measuring device or
displays.
• Simultaneous measuring of pressure + temperature
• Highly accurate through measurement in medium
• Arbitrary mounting orientation
• Ideal for Hydrotechnik measuring instruments
• Requires a Minimess® p/T test point
Features
Measuring principle
Pressure type
Pressure sensor
Temperature sensor
piezo-resistive
Pt 1004
relative pressure
-
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA
Electrical meas. connector
8 pole device connector, M16 x 0.75
Mechanical meas. connector
Minimess® p/T test point 1620
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
IP 40
Material casing
1.4571
Material membrane
1.4435
Weight
~ 255 g
Technical data
Pressure sensor
Temperature sensor
Overload range
1.5-fold nominal pressure
Burst pressure
2.5 times nominal pressure
Mounting orientation
arbitrary
Supply voltage Ub
10 ... 30 VDC
Current consumption
4 mA
Over voltage protection
36 VDC
Response time
≥ 1 ms
Error limits (of final value)1
± 0.5 %
<±1%
Medium temperature
-50 ... +200 °C
Environmental temperature
-20 ... +80 °C
Storage temperature
-20 ... +85 °C
Options & Ordering Information
Pressure measuring range
Temperature measuring range
Order number
0 ... 6 bar
0 ... 6 MPa
-50 ... +200 °C
3763-04-34.00
0 ... 600 bar
0 ... 60 MPa
-50 ... +200 °C
3763-03-34.00
Please see page 87 for suitable measuring cables
74
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
HySense TE 101 Temperature Sensor
• Screw-in sensor
• Measures directly in the medium for accurate temperature
measurements
• With ISDS ideal for mobile use
• Suited for all Hydrotechnik instruments
• Requires a Minimess® 1620 p/T test points
Features
Measuring principle
Output signal
Electrical meas. connector
Mechanical meas. connector
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
Technical data
Pt 100 (platinum meas. resistor acc. to
DIN 43760, class B)
0 ... 20 mA ISDS or 4...20 mA
6 pole device connector, M16 x 0.75
Minimess® 1620 p/T
IP 67 (screwed connector)
Material casing
1.4104
Weight
~ 230 g
Supply voltage Ub
10 ... 30 VDC
Over-voltage protection
36 VDC
≤ ± 1.0 %
Error limits (of final value)
1
Medium temperature
-50 ... +200 °C
Environmental temperature
-20 ... +80 °C
Storage temperature
-20 ... +85 °C
Options & Ordering Information
Measuring range
Output signal
Order number
-50 ... +200 °C
0 ... 20 mA ISDS
3973-04-S-01.00
-50 ... +200 °C
4 ... 20 mA
3969-04-01.00
HySense TE 200 Temperature Sensor
• Hand-held sensor
• Measures fluids or surfaces
• Ideal for mobile use
• Suited for all Hydrotechnik instruments
• With Hydrotechnik ISDS
• Instantly ready to use
Technical data
Supply voltage Ub
12 ... 30 VDC
Current consumption
4 mA
Over-voltage protection
36 VDC
< ± 1,0 %
Fehlergrenze (of final value)1
Medium temperature
Features
Measuring principle
Output signal
Electrical meas. connector
Connection wire
Sensor
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
Weight
75
Pt 100 (platinum meas. resistor acc.
to DIN 43760, class B)
4...20 mA
6 pole device connector, M16 x 0.75
see measuring range
Options & Ordering Information
Measuring range
Sensor tip
Order number
spiral cable 1.2 m
-50 ... +200 °C
3170-01-S-03.00
high-grade steel 1.451, 150 mm
-50 ... +400 °C
3170-01-S-07.00
IP 67 (screwed connector)
-50 ... +200 °C
3170-01-S-06.00
~ 207 g
-50 ... +400 °C
3170-01-S-08.00
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
HySense RS 110 Infra Red RPM Sensor
The HySense RS110 (formerly known as DS03) provides frequency
of rotation via infra red reflection reflective tape supplied with the
sensor. Sensors are available with frequency or 4-20mA analogue
input.
• Sensor with reflection mark detection
• Works with pulsating red light (LED)
• Polarisation filter eliminates spurious reflections
• Measures from distances 0 ... 500 mm
• Suited for all Hydrotechnik instruments
• Comes with 25 reflection foils
RS110 (formerly known as DS-03)
Features
Measuring principle
Output signal
Electrical meas. connector
Measuring range
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
Technical data
auto-collimation
frequency / 4 ... 20 mA
5 pole device connector, M16 x 0.75
0 ... 500 mm
IP 67 (screwed connector)
Material casing
plastic
Weight (frequency)
~ 141 g
Weight (4...20 mA)
~ 320 g
Supply voltage Ub
10 ... 30 VDC
Current consumption
30 mA
Response time
500 µs
Environmental temperature
-40 ... +60 °C
Storage temperature
-40 ... +75 °C
Options & Ordering Information
Output signal
Order number
Frequency
3130-02-01.00
4 ... 20 mA
3130-06-01.00
HySense RS 210 Rotational Inductive Speed Sensor
• Inductive rotational speed sensor
• Measuring for special fields-of-use
• Detects e.g. cogs of geared rings
• Suited for all Hydrotechnik instruments
• Used in HySense® QT and QG sensors
Technical data
Supply voltage Ub
6.5 ... 30 VDC
Over-voltage protection
Features
Measuring principle
Output signal
Electrical meas. connector
Mechanical meas. connector
Material
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
Weight
inductive with integrated amplifier circuit
frequency (square wave)
5 pole device connector, M16 x 0.75
M 10 x 0.75
Aluminium, anodised
36 VDC
Current consumption
12 ... 15 mA
Mounting orientation
arbitrary
Environmental temperature
-20 ... +85 °C
Storage temperature
-20 ... +85 °C
Options & Ordering Information
IP 67 (screwed)
Output signal
Order number
~ 50 g
Frequency
3107-00-09.00
76
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
HySense QT100 / QT110 Flow Turbine
The HySense QT range (formerly known as RE3,4 & 6) is an axial
turbine flow rate meter. The turbine blade wheel is axially driven by
the flow stream, rotating in proportion to the mean flow velocity. A
non-contacting inductive pickup generates a pulse signal.
These pulses are then directly converted into a flow measurement
by the associate electronic instrumentation. An advantage of our
flow measuring turbine are the integrated test points which enable
additional measurements of pressure & temperature.
The QT106 is now available with CANopen sensors fitted for
integration in to your existing CAN line opening up further
measuring possibilities.
• Output signal analog or frequency
• Developed for mineral oils
• Allows bi-directional volume flow rate measurement
• Supplied with Pressure and Temperature Test Points
• Optional with Hydrotechnik ISDS
• Compact, high pressure design
QT100/QT110 (formerly known as RE4 )
Technical data
Features
Calibration viscosity
Mounting orientation
30 cSt1
Output signal
frequency (square wave) / 4 ... 20 mA
Electrical meas. connector
Supply voltage Ub
6-pole (ISDS) or 5-pole device plug, M16
x 0.75
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC
529)
IP 40
Material casing / turbine wheel
Aluminium AlZnMgCu 1.5 / 1.4122 or
1.0718
arbitrary
12 ... 24 VDC
Current consumption
12 ... 15 mA (frequency) / 24 ... 31
mA (4 ... 20 mA)
Over-voltage protection
36 VDC
Response time
Material sealing
FKM
none (frequency) / 250 ms
(4 ... 20 mA)
Medium temperature
max. 120 °C
Environmental / storage temperature
-20 ... +85 °C
Options & Ordering Information
... with ISDS
Output
signal
QT 100
frequency
(square
wave)
... without ISDS
QT 110
analog
4 ... 20 mA
QT 100
frequency
(square
wave)
QT 110
analog
4 ... 20 mA
²
of current reading
77
³
Measuring
range
Viscosity
range
(l/min)
mm²/s (cSt)
1 ... 10
1 ... 30
ISO228-G¼
Measuring
connector
2 ... 75
1 ... 100
ISO228-G¾
9 ... 300
1 ... 100
ISO228-G1
16 ... 600
1 ... 100
ISO228-G1¼
1 ... 10
1 ... 30
ISO228-G¼
2 ... 75
1 ... 100
ISO228-G¾
9 ... 300
1 ... 100
ISO228-G1
16 ... 600
1 ... 100
ISO228-G1¼
1 ... 10
1 ... 30
ISO228-G¼
2 ... 75
1 ... 100
ISO228-G¾
9 ... 300
1 ... 100
ISO228-G1
16 ... 600
1 ... 100
ISO228-G1¼
1 ... 10
1 ... 30
ISO228-G¼
2 ... 75
1 ... 100
ISO228-G¾
9 ... 300
1 ... 100
ISO228-G1
16 ... 600
1 ... 100
ISO228-G1¼
of final value
Allowed working pressure
bar
420
350
MPa
42
35
Error limits
PSI
6,000
42
6,000
350
35
5,000
Order number
g
± 0.5 %²
5,000
420
Weight
± 0.7 %³
630
31V7-01-S-35.030
785
31V7-70-S-35.030
1,125
31V7-71-S-35.030
1,380
31V7-72-S-35.030
740
31G7-01-S-35.030
895
31G7-70-S-35.030
1,235
31G7-71-S-35.030
1,490
31G7-72-S-35.030
630
31V7-01-35.030
420
42
6,000
± 2.5 %²
785
31V7-70-35.030
1,125
31V7-71-35.030
350
35
5,000
± 2.0 %²
1,380
31V7-72-35.030
740
31G7-01-35.030
420
42
6,000
± 2.7 %³
895
31G7-70-35.030
1,235
31G7-71-35.030
350
35
5,000
± 2.2 %³
1,490
31G7-72-35.030
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
HySense QT200 / QT210 Flow Turbine Sensor
The HySense QT200/210 operates in the same manner as the QT100/
QT110 flow turbine but is manufactured in non corrosive materials
and calibrated to work with water or other low viscosity media.
• Output signal analog or frequency
• Developed for water and watery media
• Allows bi-directional flow rate measurement
• Supplied with Pressure and Temperature Test Points
• Optionally with Hydrotechnik ISDS
• Compact high pressure design
QT200/QT210 (formerly known as RE6)
Features
Technical data
Calibration viscosity
1 mm²/s (cSt)
Output signal
Mounting orientation
frequency (square wave) / 4 ... 20 mA
Electrical meas. connector
6-pole (ISDS) or 5-pole device plug, M16
x 0.75
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
Material casing / turbine wheel
IP 40
Supply voltage Ub
12 ... 24 VDC
Current consumption
12 ... 15 mA (frequency) / 24 ... 31
mA (4 ... 20 mA)
Over-voltage protection
high-grade steel X12CrNiS18 8
(passivated) / 1.4122 or 1.0718
Material sealing
arbitrary
36 VDC
Response time
FKM
none (frequency) / 250 ms
(4 ... 20 mA)
Medium temperature
max. 120 °C
Environmental / storage temperature
-20 ... +85 °C
Options & Ordering Information
... with ISDS
Output
signal
QT 200
frequency
(square
wave)
... without ISDS
QT 210
analog
4 ... 20 mA
QT 200
frequency
(square
wave)
QT 210
analog
4 ... 20 mA
²
of current reading
³
Measuring
range
Viscosity
range
(l/min)
mm²/s (cSt)
Measuring
connector
1 ... 10
1 ... 30
ISO228-G¼
5 ... 100
1 ... 10
ISO228-G¾
9 ... 300
1 ... 10
ISO228-G1
16 ... 600
1 ... 10
ISO228-G1¼
1 ... 10
1 ... 30
ISO228-G¼
2 ... 75
1 ... 10
ISO228-G¾
9 ... 300
1 ... 10
ISO228-G1
16 ... 600
1 ... 10
ISO228-G1¼
1 ... 10
1 ... 30
ISO228-G¼
7.5 ... 75
1 ... 10
ISO228-G¾
15 ... 300
1 ... 10
ISO228-G1
25 ... 600
1 ... 10
ISO228-G1¼
1.... 10
1 ... 30
ISO228-G¼
7.5 ... 75
1 ... 10
ISO228-G¾
15 ... 300
1 ... 10
ISO228-G1
25 ... 600
1 ... 10
ISO228-G1¼
Allowed working pressure
Error limits
Weight
Order number
bar
MPa
PSI
g
690
33V7-01-S-35.001
420
42
6,000
1,930
33V7-77-S-35.001G
3,300
33V7-78-S-35.001G
350
35
5,000
4,035
33V7-79-S-35.001G
800
33G7-01-S-35.001
420
42
6,000
2,040
33G7-77-S-35.001G
3,410
33G7-78-S-35.001G
4,145
33G7-79-S-35.001G
630
33V7-01-35.001
350
35
± 0.5 %²
± 0.7 %³
5,000
420
42
6,000
± 2.5 %²
785
33V7-77-35.001G
1,125
33V7-78-35.001G
350
35
5,000
± 2.0 %²
1,380
33V7-79-35.001G
420
42
6,000
± 2.7 %³
350
35
5,000
± 2.2 %³
740
33G7-01-35.001
895
33G7-77-35.001G
1,235
33G7-78-35.001G
1,490
33G7-79-35.001G
of final value
78
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
HySense QL100 / QL110 / QL200 / QL210 Flow Turbine Sensor with loading valve
• With manual restrictor valve for pump loading
• Output signal analogue or frequency
• Developed for low to medium viscosity mineral oils
• Optionally with Hydrotechnik ISDS
QL100 / QL110
Technical data
Features
Mounting orientation
Calibration viscosity
30 mm²/s (cSt)
Output signal
Supply voltage Ub
Material casing / turbine wheel
36 VDC
Response time
IP 40
high-grade steel X12CrNiS18 8 (passivated) /
1.4122 or 1.0718
Material sealing
12 ... 15 mA (QL 100) / 24 ... 31
mA (QL 110)
Over-voltage protection
6-pole (ISDS) or 5-pole device plug, M16 x 0.75
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
12 ... 24 VDC
Current consumption
QL 100: frequency (square wave) /
QL 110: 4 ... 20 mA
Electrical meas. connector
arbitrary
FKM
0.5 ms (QL 100) / 250 ms (QL 110)
Medium temperature
max. 120 °C
Environmental / storage
temperature
-20 ... +85 °C
Options & Ordering Information
no
yes
ISDS
Output
signal
Measuring
range
Viscosity
range
(l/min)
mm²/s (cSt)
Measuring
connector
Allowed working pressure
bar
MPa
Error limits
PSI
Frequency
15 ... 300
1 ... 100
ISO228-G1
350
35
Order number
g
Frequency
4 ... 20 mA
Weight
5,000
4 ... 20 mA
± 0.5 %²
4,325
31VB-71-S-35.030
± 0.7 %³
4,425
31GB-71-S-35.030
± 2.5 %²
4,325
31VB-71-35.030
± 2.7 %³
4,425
31GB-71-35.030
• Specially designed measuring turbine for high flows
• With manual restrictor valve for pump loading
• Output signal analogue or frequency
• Developed for low to medium viscosity mineral oils
• Optionally with Hydrotechnik ISDS
Features
Calibration viscosity
30 mm²/s (cSt)
Output signal
QL 200: frequency (square wave) /
QL 210: 4 ... 20 mA
Electrical meas. connector
6-pole (ISDS) or 5-pole device plug, M16 x 0.75
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
QL200 / QL210
IP 40
Material casing / turbine wheel
Material sealing
Options & Ordering Information
no
yes
ISDS
²
Output
signal
Measuring
range
Viscosity
range
(l/min)
mm²/s (cSt)
Measuring
connector
FKM
Allowed working pressure
bar
MPa
4 ... 20 mA
Frequency
12 ... 600
4 ... 20 mA
³
of final value
1 ... 100
ISO228-G1¼
420
42
Error limits
PSI
Frequency
of current reading
79
3.4365 / 1.0718
6,000
Weight
Order number
g
± 0.5 %²
6,520
31VB-72-35.030S2
± 0.7 %³
6,630
31GB-72-35.030S2
± 2.5 %²
6,520
31VB-72-35.030A2
± 2.7 %³
6,630
31GB-72-35.030A2
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
HySense QT300 Flow Turbine Sensor
• The new HySense® QT 300 measures volume flow rates up
to 1,000 l/min and has a working pressure up to 420 bar.
• Two MINIMESS® test points serially enable problem free
collection of further measurands (pressure & temperature)
simultaneously.
• Safe integration into existing pressure systems is possible with the 2" SAE flange connectors delivered with the turbines.
• Further models with BSP or NPT connections are also available
with higher flows or pressure ratings on request.
Contained in delivery:
• 4 pc. SAE-flange halfs 2“, straight (420 bar)
• 1 pc. SAE-sealing (O ring) ID 56.74 x 3.53 90 shore A, NBR
• 8 pc. cylinder screws DIN 912 (ISO4762) M20 x 70 – 8.8
QT300
Features
Measuring principle
volume flow
Viscosity range
1 ... 100 mm²/s (cSt)
Medium temperature
max. +120 °C
Environmental temperature
-20 ... +85 °C
Storage temperature
-20 ... +85 °C
Output signal
frequency (rectangular signal)
Supply voltage Ub
6.5 ... 30 VDC
Error limit
± 3.0 % of current value
Electrical measuring connector
5 pole device connector, M16 x 0.75
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
IP 40
Tightening torque
10 Nm (± 2 Nm)
Calibration viscosity
30 mm²/s (cSt)
Material turbine casing
high-grade steel X10CrNiS189 (1.4305)
Material turbine wheel
1.4104
Material sealings
FKM
Material sensor casing
3.1645
Suitable measuring cable
MK 01
Special design for high pressure (500 bar) and
fitted with pressure & temperature test points.
Contact us for non standard requirements.
Options & Ordering Information
Measuring range
Maximum working pressure
Error limit
Weight
l/min
bar
MPa
of current value
g
45 ... 1,000
420
42
± 3.0 %
11,440*
Order number
31W7-88-35.030
80
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
HySense QG100 / QG 110 Gear Flow Meter
The HySense QG range (formerly known as GFM) measuring system works accordingly to the positive
displacement principle. The measuring accuracy is largely independent of the fluid viscosity and provides
further measuring possibilities with high accuracy vs an axial turbine or similar. Low flow rates are easily
measured with this design. The QG range is useful for accurate measurement of pump case drains or
leakage flows or example.
• Positive displacement Gear wheel volume flow rate sensor
• Output signal analog or frequency
• Broad viscosity range
• Direction detection and impulse doubling possible
• Optionally with Hydrotechnik ISDS
• High Temperature version available on request
QG100/QG110 (formerly known as GFM)
4...20mA output models supplied with f/I convertor
Features
Technical data
Viscosity range / calibration
viscosity1
Output signal
5 ... 500 mm²/s (cSt) / 30 mm²/s (cSt)
frequency (sqaure wave) / 4 ... 20 mA
Electrical meas. connector
6-pole (ISDS) or 5-pole device plug, M16
x 0.75
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
FKM
Tightening torque sensor
12 ... 24 VDC
Current consumption
15 mA (frequency) / 27 ... 31 mA
(4 ... 20 mA)
36 VDC
Response time
1.4305, 0.7060 / 1.7131
Material sealing
arbitrary
Supply voltage Ub
Over-voltage protection
IP 40
Material casing / cogs
Mounting orientation
< 0.5 Nm, thread pin (collet) T 3362000
2 kHz (frequency) / 2.5 sec.
(4 ... 20 mA)
Medium / environmental /
storage temp.
-20 ... +120 °C / -20 ... +80 °C /
-20 ... +85 °C
Options & Ordering Information with ISDS sensors
Output
signal
QG 100
frequency
(square wave)
QG 110
Analogue
4 ... 20 mA
Measuring
range
Geom. cog
volume
(l/min)
cm³
Measuring connector
0.05 ... 5
~ 0,191
ISO228-G¼
0.2 ... 30
~ 0,609
ISO228-G3/8“
0.7 ... 70
~ 2,222
ISO228-G¾“
3 ... 300
~ 8,750
SAE flange 1¼“
0.05 ... 5
~ 0,191
ISO228-G¼
0.2 ... 30
~ 0,609
ISO228-G3/8“
0.7 ... 70
~ 2,222
ISO228-G¾“
3 ... 300
~ 8,750
SAE flange 1¼“
Allowed working pressure
bar
MPa
PSI
630
63
9,100
420
630
420
42
63
42
6,000
9,100
6,000
Error limits
Weight
Order number
g
3,000
3143-02-S-35.030
4,075
3143-03-S-35.030
± 0.4 %²
9,000
3143-04-S-35.030
± 0.5 %²
32,330
3143-05-S-35.030
3,110
3185-02-S-35.030
± 0.5 %²
± 0.7 %³
4,185
3185-03-S-35.030
± 0.6 %³
9,110
3185-04-S-35.030
± 0.7 %³
32,440
3185-05-S-35.030
3,000
3143-02-35.030
4,075
3143-03-35.030
Options & Ordering Information with standard sensors
QG 100
frequency (square
wave)
QT 110
Analogue
4 ... 20 mA
² of current reading
81
1.0 ... 10.0
~ 0,191
ISO228-G¼
0.2 ... 30
~ 0,609
ISO228-G3/8“
0.7 ... 70
~ 2,222
ISO228-G¾“
3 ... 300
~ 8,750
SAE flange 1¼“
1.0 ... 10.0
~ 0,191
ISO228-G¼
0.2 ... 30
~ 0,609
ISO228-G3/8“
0.7 ... 70
~ 2,222
ISO228-G¾“
3 ... 300
~ 8,750
SAE flange 1¼“
³ of final value
630
63
9,100
420
42
6,000
630
63
9,100
420
42
6,000
± 0.5 %²
± 0.4 %²
9,000
3143-04-35.030
± 0.5 %²
32,330
3143-05-35.030
3,110
3185-02-35.030
4,185
3185-03-35.030
± 0.7 %³
± 0.6 %³
9,110
3185-04-35.030
± 0.7 %³
32,440
3185-05-35.030
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
HySense PO180 displacement sensor
Highly accurate position measurement
The HySense P0180 displacement sensor is a compact string potentiometer used for
measuring displacement of cylinders boom arms and other linear devices. Developed for use
with Hydrotechnik instruments, such useful information can now be measured and analysed
in conjunction with pressure, temperature, RPM and flow data.
• The HySense PO180 works on the measuring wire principle. It can be easily mounted and
does not need linear guiding. It is suitable for use at load cranes, hydraulic presses and
other installations where distances need to be measured or changes of position detected.
All mechanical and electronic components are protected by a solid casing.
• A specially manufactured and calibrated wire is tightly wound around a high-precision
drum that is driven against the pulled direction by a spring motor. Through the detection of
the winding process the sensor converts the linear movement into an electrical signal.
• The sensor is compact, has a very high resolution and accuracy. It is highly dynamic and
is insensitive to environmental influences.
PO180 string potentiometer
Technical Data
Measuring principle
measuring wire
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA
Protection type (EN 60529 / IEC 529)
Material casing / measuring wire
IP 65 (only with serial cable box)
aluminium and high-grade steel / high-grade steel
Signal type
two wires
Supply voltage Ub
12 ... 27 VDC
Current consumption
max. 35 mA
Temperature coefficient
±0.01 % / K
Nonlinearity
< ±0.1 % of the measuring range
Output noise
50 mVeff
Resolution
quasi infinite
Environmental temperature
-20 ... +85 °C
Storage temperature
-20 ... +85 °C
EMV test
IEC 1000-4-2, -4, -5
Vibrational stability
on request
Shock stability
on request
Options & Ordering Information with standard sensors
Measuring range
Extraction force
(max.)
Retraction force
(max.)
Measure A
Weight
Order Number
mm
N
N
mm
g
0 ... 100
4.7
3.0
8.0
681
3183-13-03.37
0 ... 375
7.4
3.9
12.5
869
3183-13-05.37
0 ... 1,000
5.3
2.9
8.0
1,206
3183-13-02.37
0 ... 3,000
6.2
3.0
10.0
1,498
3183-13-02.37
82
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
HySense FO, TQ & VB Sensors
VB110 Vibration sensor
The PO180 vibration sensor comprises a capacitive acceleration sensor for data collection with short
response time under serious environmental conditions. It is mounted on a magnetic foot that can be used
to attach the sensor to any metallic surfaces. The frequency output allows connection to all Hydrotechnik
measuring instruments.
Measuring range
Weight
g
g
± 50
1,498
Order Number
3183-13-02.37
Further technical information on request
FO110 Force sensor according to the deflecting beam principle
Since a force and the deflection of a beam is proportional, the FO110 sensor is able to determine a force
by measuring its elongation or change in length.
Due to its compact design, these traction pressure force sensors can be used in the laboratory, as
well as in industrial environments. Made with corrosion proof steel, the sensors have a standardised
nominal characteristic value with a standard 4-20mA output. They can be mounted easily allowing
simple integration into existing structures.
Available Ranges: 0...1, 1.5, 2, 5, 10 & 20 kN
Further technical information on request
FO210 Traction force sensor
The FO210 force sensor works to centre line force measurement principles. for recording of traction
forces on lifts, cranes, housings or twisting of masts, towers or platforms.
Connected using a threaded road for easy fastening, the housing for the resistance strain gauge is
protected from mechanical or chemical damage by an aluminium tube formed from a highly elastic
compound. Full bridges of resistance strain gauges measure the elongation and lateral expansion
caused by traction forces.
Available Ranges: 0...5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 150 & 200 kN
Further technical information on request
FO310 Force sensors according to pressure force principle
Very small pressure force sensor for measuring ranges up to 100 kN that can be used to check moulding
force (for example). It is manufactured with corrosion-free high-grade steel and protected in accordance
to IP 65. It can be equipped with an overload protection on request.
Available Ranges: 0...1, 5, 10, 20, 50 & 100 kN
Further technical information on request
TQ110 Rotating torque sensors with friction ring
Highly accurate torque sensor, equipped with a cylindric shaft with feather keys on both ends. It is
available for several measurement ranges and is designed for continuous rotational speed of 1,500 to
2,000 rpm.
Available Ranges: 0...50, 100, 200 & 500 Nm
Further technical information on request
83
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
Minimess® Test Point Sensor Adaptors
•Minimess® test points offer uniquely simple access to high pressure systems. Developed by Hydrotechnik more than 50 years ago,
you can find it today million fold in hydraulic and other high-pressure systems.
• Minimess® test points makes measuring easy: screw sensor into the direct connector, remove cap and then screw the direct connector on our test point. The sensor comes in contact with the medium for instant pressure or temperature measurements - without leakages – guaranteed.
90° Minimess direct connectors
Straight Minimess direct connectors
For PR100 series
For sensor ...
G1/4" BSP
Female for
HySense PR100
series
G1/4" BSP Male
for HySense
PR300
For PR300 series
Screw series
Pmax
For sensor ...
630 bar
2101-07-18.62N
400 bar
2106-07-18.62N
G1/4" BSP
Female for
HySense PR100
series
2102-07-18.62
1615
1604
2103-07-41.62N
1620
1215
For PR100 series
2103-07-18.62N
1620
1215
Order No
630 bar
2101-07-41.62N
2102-07-41.62N
1615
For PR300 series
Screw series
Pmax
2146-13-05.00N
1620
1215
G1/4" BSP Male
for HySense
PR300
Order No
630 bar
2146-14-02.00N
1615
2146-57-05.00
1620
2146-54-19.40N
1215
1615
630 bar
2146-54-19.20N
2146-54-19.30
Minimess® p/T test points
p/T test points connect temperature and dual pressure/temperature sensors with high pressure systems.
For sensor ...
HySense PR 1xx,
TP 180, TE 101
For sensor ...
HySense PR 1xx,
TP 180, TE 101
Connecting
thread
ISO 228-G¼
Connecting
thread
M10x1
Sealing
TKZ
NBR
2149-04-15.13N
FKM
2149-04-15.53N
Sealing
TKZ
NBR
2149-04-19.13N
FKM
2149-04-19.13N
Minimess® Microbore Hoses
You can use Minimess® microbore hoses in case of limited space or to access awkward to reach
testing points
• Please refer to our microbore hose section on page 19 for more information and ordering options
• Allows access to all Minimess® test point series as well as many other industrial thread standards
such as BSP, NPT, JIC etc.
84
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
CAN Accessories, Replacement Flow Sensors & Signal Generators
CAN cables & accessories
CAN lines can be constructed with several sensors, MultiXtend devices and the measuring instruments MultiSystem 5060 and 8050.
Here you can find accessories required for connecting and extinding CANbus measuring lines.
Connection cable MS 5060 to
MultiXtend or sensor
Beginning
End
8-pole circ. connector
M12 jack CAN
Sub-D plug
M12 jack CAN
M12 plug CAN
M12 jack CAN
M12 plug CAN
Connection cable MS 8050 to
MultiXtend or sensor
Length
Order No.
1.00 m
8824-M5-01.00
1.00 m
8824-N1-01.00
1.00 m
8824-N3-01.00
x2
M12 jack CAN
-
8808-50-01.01
-
-
8872-02-01.01
-
-
8812-00-00.34
Cable to build up a CAN line
Y-splitter for CAN line
Terminal resistor 120 Ω
M12 plug CAN
MultiXtend CAN box mains power
charger
M12 plug CAN
Spare Sensors for HySense Flow Meter Series
Spare part
... for HySense® sensor
ISDS (6 pin)
Standard (5 pin)
Inductive sensor, IP 67, frequency
QT 100 / QT 200
3107-00-S-09.00
3107-00-09.00
Inductive sensor, dampened, frequency
QT 100 / QT 200
3107-00-S-09.30
3107-00-09.30
QL 100 / QL 200 / QL 300
3107-00-S-09.70
3107-00-09.70
QG 100
3107-00-S-45.00
3107-00-45.00
Inductive sensor with integrated f/I converter,
0 ... 20 mA
QT 110 / QT 210
3107-00-S-25.00
3107-00-25.00
Inductive sensor with integrated f/I converter,
4 ... 20 mA
QT 110 / QT 210
3107-00-S-26.00
3107-00-26.00
Inductive sensor, frequency
GMR sensor, frequency
Signal generator
Device to generate simulated measuring signals with two analogue (0-20mA) and one frequency signal output, suitable for all Hydrotechnik
instruments.
Product
Signal generator
85
Order No.
3160-00-00.43
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
Chargers, Carry Cases & Measuring Cables
Power pack for MH 2020, 3010, 3050, 5060
Description
Sensor
Part number
100 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz)
6 VDC/850 mA; with country
adaptor EU, UK, US
Multi-Handy 2020
8812-00-00.33
100 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz)
24 VDC/630 mA; with country
adaptor EU, UK, US, AUS
Multi-Handy 3010
Multi-Handy 3050
Multi-Handy 5060
8812-20-02.00
Carry cases for MH 2020, 3010, 3050, 5060
Description
Colour
Part number
Plastic case, complete, for Multi-Handy 2020
Red
3160-00-69.01
Plastic case, complete, with measuring turbine box
for Multi-Handy 3020
Blue
3160-00-25.02
Plastic case, complete, with measuring turbine box
for Multi-Handy 3010 & Multi-Handy 5060
Black
3160-00-70.01
Aluminium transportation case, complete for
Multi-Handy 3050
Red
3160-00-62.02
Aluminium transportation case, complete, with
measuring turbine box for Multi-Handy 3050
Red
3160-00-62.03
Aluminium transportation case, complete, without
measuring turbine box for Multi-Handy 3050
Red
3160-00-70.02
Aluminium transportation case, complete, with
measuring turbine box for Multi-Handy 5060
Red
3160-00-70.03
Measuring Cables for Hydrotechnik 5 pin & ISDS (6 pin) sensors
Description
Standard
Length
in m
Part number
Measuring cable MKS- 5-pole/5-pole (plug/socket)
2,5
8824-91-02.50
Measuring cable MKS- 5-pole/5-pole (plug/socket)
5,0
8824-91-05.00
Measuring cable MKS- 5-pole/5-pole (plug/socket)
10,0
8824-91-10.00
2,5
8824-S1-02.50
Measuring cable MKS- 6-pole/6-pole (plug/socket)
5,0
8824-S1-05.00
Measuring cable MKS- 6-pole/6-pole (plug/socket)
10,0
8824-S1-10.00
ISDS
Measuring cable MKS- 6-pole/6-pole (plug/socket)
USB data download cable for MH 2020, 3020, 3050, 5060, 8050
Description
Measuring instrument
Length in m
Part number
2,0
8824-F4-02.00
Multi-Handy 2020
Multi-Handy 3020
USB-A/USB-B plug
Multi-Handy 3050
Multi-System 5060
Multi-System 8050
86
Measuring Sensors, Adaptors & Accessories
Hydrotechnik UK
Measuring Cables and RS110 RPM probe accessories
Measuring Cable for HySense Pressure/Temperature Sensor TP180
Description
Measuring instrument
Length
Meters
Part number
8-pole cable socket/ 2x 5-pole plug
All Hydrotechnik
2.5
8824-D6-02.50
8-pole cable socket/ 2x 5-pole plug
All Hydrotechnik
5.0
8824-D6-05.00
Reflection foil for RS110 RPM Sensor
Description
Reflective Foils, 50 piece pack
Measuring instrument
Part number
RS110 RPM sensor
8840-02-01.01
Magnetic holder for RS110 RPM Sensor
Description
Magnetic holder for RS110 RPM Sensor
87
Measuring instrument
Part number
RS110 RPM sensor
3130-03-01.00
Hydrotechnik UK
Notes
88
Hydrotechnik UK
Flowtechnik Catalogue - Contents
Variable Area Flowmeters
- Variable area flowmeters - Principle of Operation
91
- M10, M11, M12 & M13 series float style variable area flowmeters
92
- M123 series plastic float style variable area flowmeters & switches
93
- M123 series plastic float style variable area flowmeters & switches
94
- M335 series plastic float style variable area flowmeters & switches
95
- M335 series plastic float style variable area flowmeters & switches
96
- CV series ClearView Variable Area flowmeter
97
- B series Variable Area flowmeter for liquids 98-99
- G series Variable Area flowmeter for air & gases
100-101
- H & J series Variable Area flowmeter for liquids or gases (High Temperature)
102
- M & N series Variable Area switching flowmeter for liquids & gases
103
- R series Variable Area flow transmitter for liquids & gases
104
- C series Variable Area flowmeter for case drain monitoring
105
- HYDRAPRO Flow, Pressure & Temperature test kit with loading valve
106
Paddle Flow Switch
- PSF50 Paddle flow switch
107
Pelton Wheel Flowmeters
- Pelton Wheel flowmeter - Principle of Operation
- Flowstat Pelton Wheel flowmeter
- TM Mini Turbopulse Pelton Wheel flowmeter
- SPX, SPT & SES series Pelton wheel flowmeter
- IP80 Insertion Paddlewheel flow sensor
- DP series Insertion Pelton Wheel flowmeter
108
109
110
111
112
113-114
Axial Turbine Flowmeter
- Axial turbine flowmeters - principle of operation
115
- TM, 01A & 01N series low cost turbine flowmeters
116
- A1 commercial grade LCD turbine flowmeters
117
- G2 series industrial LCD turbine flowmeters
118-119
- RN3, 4 & 7 Stainless Steel turbine flowmeters
120-121
- RN3 & 4 Stainless Steel turbine flowmeters for Subsea applications
122
- TP Turbopulse series Turbine flowmeters
123-124
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
- Positive displacement flowmeters - principle of operation
- LLJ-120L Nutating disc positive displacement fuel totalising flowmeter
- FM-300 Nutating disc flowmeter for chemicals
- EM series OEM style Oval gear positive displacement flowmeters
- LM50 series Oval gear positive displacement flowmeters with LCD or Mechanical display
- 0M004, 006 & 008 Small capacity Oval gear positive displacement flowmeters
- 0M015, 025, 040 & 050 Medium capacity Oval gear positive displacement flowmeters
- 0M080 & 0M100 Large capacity Oval gear positive displacement flowmeters
- Y Strainers for Positive displacement meters
- Flowal series Oval gear positive displacement flowmeters in PP & PVDF
- OAP series Large diameter Oval gear positive displacement flowmeters
- ZHA series Aluminium circular gear positive displacement flowmeter
- ZHM series Stainless steel circular gear positive displacement flowmeter
- VS series Cast iron or Stainless steel circular gear positive displacement flowmeter
- SRZ series Helical screw positive displacement flowmeter
125
126
126
127
128
129-130
131-132
133-134
135
136
137-138
139
140
141
142
Magnetic Inductive Flowmeters
- Magnetic Inductive Flowmeters - principle of operation
- PE102 series PVDF low flow magnetic inductive flowmeters
- WMP series polypropylene magnetic inductive flowmeters
89
143
144
145
Hydrotechnik UK
Flowtechnik Catalogue - Contents
- WMP series polypropylene magnetic inductive flowmeters
- EX80 series insertion style magnetic inductive flowmeters
- FN20 series industrial magnetic inductive flowmeters
- FF10 series hygenic magnetic inductive flowmeters
146
147
148
149
Ultrasonic Flowmeters
- Ultrasonic flowmeters - principle of operation
- SL1168P Portable clamp on ultrasonic flowmeter kit
- FL series in-line Ultrasonic flowmeter
150
151
152
Vortex Flowmeters
- Vortex flowmeters - principle of operation
- VA series Vortex flowmeters
153
154
Coriolis Flowmeters
- Coriolis flowmeters - principle of operation
- KCM C-flow series Coriolis flowmeters 155
156
Sight Flow Indicators
- Sight Flow Indicators - principle of operation
- Vista Ball sight flow indicators
- GP, GR & GP series Gunmetal sight flow indicators
- 881 series sight glass flowmeters in cast iron, steel or stainless steel
- 880 series flanged sight glass flowmeters in cast iron, steel or stainless steel
157
158
159
160
161
Level Sensors, Switches & Controllers
- LCSFS series side mounted float level switches
- LCSF series top & side mounting float level switches
- LCF series two point float level controller
- LCSF100 series float level transmitter
- MG1 series guided wave radar level sensor
- LCSP series Hydrostatic level sensor
162
163
164
165
166
167
Temperature Transmitters
- TSOK series OEM style temperature transmitter
- PPL8 series Pt100 & Pt1000 temperature transmitter
- PPL8 series type J, K & T thermocouple temperature transmitter
168
169
170
Instrumentation
- RT38 low cost miniature DIN programmeable LED display
171
- TI08 low cost programmeable LED display
172
- CUB5 low cost dual input LCD rate & total display
173
- PAX series analogue, frequency single & dual input LED rate & total display
174
- FT400 series wall mounting frequency LCD rate & totalising display
175
- BT universally mounting totalising LCD display
176-177
- RT universal or DIN mount dual input rate & total LCD display
178-179
- CT34 low cost pulse counter, RPM meter & batch controller
180
- FT500 series wall mount batch controller
181
- EB series two stage batch controller
182-183
- A055 series Wall mount frequency to analogue convertor
184
- PS40 wall mounted pulse splitter & PD10 wall mounted pulse divider
185
- DL76 Wall mounting pulse datalogger
186
- SRD-99 series multichannel analogue datalogging LCD display & software
187-188
- Notes
189
90
Variable Area Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
Variable Area flowmeters - Principle of Operation
Principle of operation
Variable Area Flowmeters or Rotameters as they are sometimes known were first patented at the turn of the 19th Century. Consisting of a
conical shaped tube, in which a spherical or conical float moves up and down, the distance the float moves up the tube being proportional
to the flow rate of the fluid passing.
Generally they are used for low viscosity liquids (water like) or gases, must be installed vertically with flow from below and are either viewed
by looking through the clear body (made of glass or plastic) across the top of the float or via a magnetically coupled pointer against a scale
for metal bodied version.
Common variations include cylindrical metal tube versions with an internal cone, with the addition of a spring, the flowmeter can be
mounted horizontally or vertically with flow downwards. A sharp edged orifice can also be included in the float which in combination with
the spring allows the VA meter to reliably measure higher viscosity media such as oils. Inductive proximity switches, reed contacts or micro
switches are often fitted to provide an alarm if the flow rates is below or exceeds a certain value.
Principle of Variable Area flow movement
Media application guide
Oils 
91
Water 
Air/Gases 
Fuels 
Chemicals 
Variable Area Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
M10, M11, M12 & M13 series float style variable area flowmeters
M10 to M13 flow meters work on the float principle and are used
to measure the flow rate in closed pipelines. The medium flows
through the vertically installed flow meter from bottom to top. This
raises the float and shows the current flow rate on the scale on the
measuring device. The read-off edge corresponds to the largest
diameter of the float (ball).
• OEM Low cost design
• Clear indication of flow rate
• Optional needle valve
• Water and air scales
M10
M11
M12
M13
Material Data
Designation
Housing
Material
PMMA (Plexiglas)
Float
Ball Stst 1.4571
Flow control
PVC Stst 1.4571
O-ring (control)
EPDM or FPM
Dimensional Information
Options & Ordering Information
Measuring
range H2O l/h
1.5 – 15
Measuring range
air l/h, 0 bar
AxB
L
G
G1
M 10 with
control
M11
M12
M 13 with
control
100 – 700
25 x 25
105
R 1/4"
R 5/8"
17.001.584
17.001.588
17.001.596
17.001.620
25 x 25
120
R 1/4"
R 5/8"
17.001.565
17.001.589
17.001.597
17.001.621
25 x 25
120
R 1/4"
R 5/8"
17.001.590
17.001.590
17.001.598
17.001.622
25 x 25
120
R 1/4"
R 5/8"
17.001.591
17.001.591
17.001.599
17.001.623
2.5 – 25
5 – 50
10 – 100
100 – 2,000
92
Variable Area Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
M123 series Plastic float style variable area flowmeters & switches
M123 series plastic flow meters and switches are based on the well known suspended float principle. They are used
for measuring and monitoring flows in closed pipes for both liquids & gases.
The media flows, from below, through a conical plastic measuring tube. This raises the float and the flow rate can be
read off against the scale. The instruments can be fitted with bistable switches. The use of the high-quality material
PVDF (model M123 3...) means that this type is suited for service with corrosive media
• Simple and clear to use
• Good for polluted media (as long as not opaque)
• Long scale length for good viewing
• Chemically resistant materials for acids and bases
Technical Details
Materials
Measuring tube: Float: O-rings: Max. operating pressure: Max. operating temperature: Accuracy class: Trogamide T (M123 1..) or polysulfone (M123 2..) or PVDF (M123 3..)
PVDF
EPDM (M123-1..; M123-2..) FPM (M123-3..)
PN 10
M123 1... max. 60°C (0...60°C) M123 2... max. 100°C (0...100°C)
(60°C with PVC screwed fitting) M123 3... max. 140°C
4 (accord. to VDE/ VDI 3513, sheet 2)
Reed contacts (bistable)
Switching voltage *: Allowed ambient temperature:
Protection:
Contact hysteresis:
max. 130 VAC/0.5A/10 VA
0...+55°C
IP65
approximately 5-7mm
Movement
Flow Range Information for Water or Gases
Water
l/h
0 bar
N m3/h
1 bar
N m3/h
2 bar
N m3/h
3 bar
N m3/h
4 bar
N m3/h
5 bar
N m3/h
6 bar
N m3/h
7 bar
N m3/h
1.5-1.5
0.10-0.55
0.15-0.80
0.17-0.9
0.20-1.1
0.25-1.20
0.25-1.3
0.26-1.45
0.30-1.5
2.5-2.5
0.20-0.95
0.25-1.3
0.3-1.6
0.4-1.9
0.4-2.1
0.5-2.4
0.5-2.5
0.5-2.7
8 bar
N m3/h
9 bar
N m3/h
10 bar
N m3/h
0.3-1.6
0.3-1.7
0.35-1.8
0.6-2.9
0.6-3.0
0.6-3.2
1.6-6.4
5-50
0.5-1.9
0.7-2.7
0.8-3.4
1.0-3.8
1.2-4.2
1.2-4.6
1.2-5.0
1.4-5.4
1.4-5.8
1.6-6.0
10-100
0.8-3.0
1.0-4.2
1.2-5.4
1.4-6.4
1.6-7.0
1.6-7.4
2.0-8.0
2-8.8
2.0-9.0
2-10
2-10
8-80
0.6-2.8
0.8-4
1.0-5.0
1.2-5.6
1.4-6.4
1.4-7.0
1.5-7.5
1.5-8.0
1.5-8.5
2.0-9.0
2.0-9.5
15-150
1.4-5.6
2-8
2-10
3-12
3-13
3-14
3.5-15
3.5-16.5
4-17
4-18
4-19
20-200
1.5-7.0
2-10
3-13
3-15
4-17
4-18
4-20
5-21
5-23
5-23
5-25
15-150
1.0-6.5
1-9
1.5-11
2-13
2-14.5
2-16
2-17
2.5-18
2.5-19.5
3-20
3-21
30-300
1.5-11
2-15
2.5-18
3-22
3-24
4-26
4-28
4-30
4-33
5-34
5-35
50-500
3-18
4-25
5-30
5-35
6-40
6-44
8-48
8-50
8-54
8-56
10-60
100-1000
6-30
8-44
10-54
12-62
12-70
15-75
15-80
15-85
20-90
20-95
20-100
93
Variable Area Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
M123 series Plastic float style variable area flowmeters & switches
Options & Ordering Information
Size
Switch
DN10
M123.1
1X MAX
1
DN15
M123.2
1X MIN
2
DN25
M123.3
Flow range
Material
1.5-15 L/HR (SIZE 1)
A
Trogamide
1
2.5-25 L/HR (SIZE 1)
B
Polysulfone
2
5-50 L/HR (SIZE 1)
C
PVDF
3
10-100 L/HR (SIZE 1)
D
8-80 L/HR (SIZE 2)
E
15-150 L/HR (SIZE 2)
F
20-200 L/HR (SIZE 2)
G
15-150 L/HR (SIZE 3)
H
30-300 L/HR (SIZE 3)
I
50-500 L/HR (SIZE 3)
J
100-1000 L/HR (SIZE 3)
K
Connection type
DN16 PVC Solvent weld (size 1)
A
DN16 PVDF Weld (size 1)
B
3/8” BSP in PVC (size 1)
C
3/4" BSP in PVC (size 1)
D
3/8” BSP in Cast Iron (size 1)
E
3/8” BSP in StSt (size 1)
F
DN20 PVC Solvent weld (size 2)
G
DN20 PVDF Weld (size 2)
H
Scale Type
1/2” BSP in PVC (size 2)
I
L/Hr Water
1” BSP in PVC (size 2)
J
M3/Hr Air @ 0 bar g
A
1/2” BSP in Cast Iron (size 2)
K
M3/Hr Air @ 1 bar g
B
1/2” BSP in StSt (size 2)
L
M3/Hr Air @ 2 bar g
C
M
M3/Hr Air @ 3 bar g
D
DN32 PVDF Weld (size 3)
N
M3/Hr Air @ 4 bar g
E
1” BSP in PVC (size 3)
O
M3/Hr Air @ 5 bar g
F
11/2” BSP in PVC (size 3)
P
M3/Hr Air @ 6 bar g
G
Q
M3/Hr Air @ 7 bar g
H
R
M3/Hr Air @ 8 bar g
I
M3/Hr Air @ 9 bar g
DN32 PVC Solvent weld (size 3)
1” BSP in Cast Iron (size 3)
1” BSP in StSt (size 3)
W
M3/Hr Air @ 10 bar g
J
K
94
Variable Area Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
M335 series plastic float style variable area flowmeters & switches
The plastic flow meters of model M335 are based on the float principle with the float moving freely without
friction in the measuring tube. The indication point is at the greatest diameter of the float.
The standard flow meters are supplied with a scale for water (+20°C), a percentage scale, O-rings, two setpoint
indicators and a guide rail for accessories. The measuring tube is available in PVDF (model M335-3...) for
service with highly aggressive media, in polysulfone (M335-2...) for less aggressive media or in Trogamide
(model M335-1...) for simple water or air applications.
The materials are resistant to impact, bending and compressive stresses. Optional threaded fittings can be
fitted on the external threads. The floats are supplied with an integrated magnet for operation with a bistable
reed contact.
Technical Information
Housing: Connections: Float: Seals: Max. temperature: Max. pressure: Accuracy: Reproducibility: M335-1...: Trogamide-T, M335-2...: Polysulfone, M335-3...: PVDF (translucent)
G 1 1/2 to G 3 1/2 depending on the size
PVDF, PVC (M335-x600...)
EPDM (M335-1... / M335-2...) Viton (M335-3...)
M335-1...: 0-60°C, M335-2...: 0-100°C, M335-3...: 0-140°C
M335-1...: PN 16, M335-2...: PN 16, M335-3...: PN 10
±4% f. s.
1%
Reed contact option
Bistable reed contact N/O contact with increasing flow
Max. ambient temperature: 0-55°C
Max. power: 230 VAC
10 W / 12 VA
0.5 A
Hysteresis: approx. 3-12 mm float travel
Protection: IP 65
(To retrofit an instrument with a contact the float must be replaced with a float with integral magnet)
Flow Range Information for Water or Gases
Measuring
range
H2O l/h
50-500
100-1000
150-1500
250-2500
200-2000
300-3000
600-6000
600-6000
1000-10000
1500-15000
2000-20000
3000-30000
8000-60000
95
Air 0 bar
N m3/h
Air 1 bar
N m3/h
Air 2 bar
N m3/h
Air 3 bar
N m3/h
Air 4 bar
N m3/h
Air 5 bar
N m3/h
Air 6 bar
N m3/h
Air 7 bar
N m3/h
Air 8 bar
N m3/h
HCI 30-33%
NaOH 30%
NaOH 50%
l/h
l/h
l/h
1.5-14
2.5-29
3-20
4-41
3-24
5-50
3-28
5-58
4-31
6-65
4-34
7-71
5-37
7-76
5-39
8-82
4.5-42
7.5-87
20-405
55-866
4-226
15-600
1-55
3-192
4-45
7-79
6-63
10-111
7-77
12-136
8-90
14-158
9-100
16-177
10-110
18-193
11-119
19-209
12-127
20-223
12-135
21-237
90-1340
165-2310
30-970
70-1800
6-365
15-770
6-58
9-108
17-174
9-82
13-152
24-246
11-100
16-186
30-301
12-116
18-216
34-348
14-130
21-241
39-389
15-142
23-264
42-426
16-153
24-286
45-426
17-164
26-305
49-492
18-174
27-324
51-522
115-1660
190-3050
420-4900
35-1240
75-2370
230-4000
8-520
15-1170
50-2270
17-175
29-301
53-405
24-247
41-425
75-572
30-302
51-520
92-700
34-350
58-602
106-810
39-392
65-674
119-907
42-428
72-737
130-992
45-463
77-797
141-1073
49-495
83-851
150-1146
51-525
87-903
159-1.215
430-5090
750-9460
1415-11570
240-4700
475-7340
1030-10330
55-2300
140-4340
420-5820
55-545
80-758
-
78-770
113-1072
-
96-942
139-1311
-
110-1090
160-1516
-
124-1220
180-1697
-
135-1335
197-1857
-
146-1444
212-2008
-
156-1542
227-2145
-
165-1.635
240-2.274
-
1500-17300
2175-24120
-
915-11720
1195-16040
-
245-7590
400-11120
-
Variable Area Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
M335 series plastic float style variable area flowmeters & switches
Options & Ordering Information
Size
DN25
M335.1
DN32
M335.2
DN40
M335.3
DN50 M335.4
DN65
M335.5
Flow range
Connection type
Material
DN32 PVC Solvent weld (size 1)
A
DN32 PVDF Weld (size 1)
B
1” BSP in PVC (size 1)
C
1” BSP in Cast Iron (size 1)
D
1” BSP in StSt (size 1)
E
DN40 PVC Solvent weld (size 2)
F
DN40 PVDF Weld (size 2)
G
Switch
50-500 L/HR (SIZE 1)
A
1X MAX
1
100-1000 L/HR (SIZE 1)
B
1X MIN
2
150-1,500 L/HR (SIZE 2)
C
250-2,500 L/HR (SIZE 2)
D
200-2,000 (SIZE 3)
E
300-3,000 L/HR (SIZE 3)
F
600-6,000 L/HR (SIZE32)
G
600-6,000 L/HR (SIZE 4)
H
1,200-12,000 L/HR (SIZE 4)
I
1,500-15,000 L/HR (SIZE 4)
J
2,000-20,000 L/HR (SIZE 5)
K
3,000-30,000 L/HR (SIZE 5)
L
6,000-60,000 L/HR (SIZE 5)
M
Trogamide
1
11/4” BSP in PVC (size 2)
H
Polysulfone
2
11/4” BSP in Cast Iron (size 2)
I
PVDF
3
11/4” BSP in StSt (size 2)
J
DN50 PVC Solvent weld (size 3)
K
DN50 PVDF Weld (size 3)
L
11/2” BSP in PVC (size 3)
M
11/2” BSP in Cast Iron (size 3)
N
11/2” BSP in StSt (size 3)
O
Scale Type
DN65 PVC Solvent weld (size 4)
P
L/Hr Water
DN65 PVDF Weld (size 4)
Q
L/Min Water B
2” BSP in PVC (size 4)
R
M3/Hr Water C
2” BSP in Cast Iron (size 4)
S
L/Hr HCL 30-33% D
2” BSP in StSt (size 4)
T
L/Hr NaOH 30% E
DN75 PVC Solvent weld (size 5)
U
L/Hr NaOH 50% F
DN75 PVDF Weld (size 5)
V
M3/Hr Air @ 0 bar g
G
21/2” BSP in PVC (size 5)
W
M3/Hr Air @ 1 bar g
H
21/2” BSP in Cast Iron (size 5)
X
M3/Hr Air @ 2 bar g
I
21/2” BSP in StSt (size 5)
Y
M3/Hr Air @ 3 bar g
J
M3/Hr Air @ 4 bar g
K
M3/Hr Air @ 5 bar g
L
M3/Hr Air @ 6 bar g
M
M3/Hr Air @ 7 bar g
N
M3/Hr Air @ 8 bar g
O
A
96
Variable Area Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
CV series ClearView Variable Area flowmeter
ClearView in-line flow monitors (style CV)
Ideal for OEM water and lubrication oil applications with a simple clear moulded body allowing visual
inspection of the fluid. Available in 1/2", 3/4" or 1" connections with polysulphone or brass connectors.
Flows from 2 to 110 l/min. Max pressure 22.4 bar.
• Universal mounting
• Choice of 2 materials
• 4 flow ranges for water oil
• Compact & economic design
Technical Data
Measuring accuracy:
±5% of full-scale
Repeatability:
±1% of full-scale
Flow measuring range:
(5-110 LPM)
Turn down ratio (all ranges)
10:1
Maximum operating pressure:
22.4 Bar)
Maximum operating temperature:
Clearview H20
Clearview+
Filtration requirements:
74 micron filter or 200 mesh screen minimum
Material Data
End Ports
(93°C)
(121°C)
Dimensional Data
ClearView H2O
ClearView +
Brass, Polysulphone
Brass, Polysulphone
Seals
Buna-N
Buna-N
Spring
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Body
Polycarbonate
Polysulphone
Indicator
Polysulphone
Polysulphone
DIM
1/2" Female
3/4" Female
1" Female
A
2-7/16" (62mm)
2-7/16" (62mm)
2-7/16" (62mm)
B
7-5/32" (182mm)
7-9/16" (192mm)
7-9/16" (192mm)
NPTF, BSPP
NPTF, BSPP
NPTF, BSPP
Port type
Options & Ordering Information
Body Material
Polycarbonate H20
CVC
Polysulphone +
CVP
Flow ranges l/min
Connection type
Female NPT threads (brass)
N
Female BSP threads (brass)
B
Female NPT threads (polysulphone)
S
Female BSP threads (polysulphone)
R
0.5-5 GPM (2-20)
05
1-10 GPM (4-40)
10
1-15 GPM (4-60)
15
Nominal port size
1/2"
3
3-30 GPM (11-110)
30
3/4"
4
1"
5
Media calibration
Hydraulic oil
H
Water
W
97
Variable Area Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
B series Variable Area flowmeter for liquids
Basic in-line flow monitors (style B)
Universal flowmeter for water and oil applications. High pressure design for up to 414 Bar,
with a choice of threads from 1/4" up to 2" in BSP, NPT or SAE and flow ranges up to 570 L/
Min. Available in Aluminium, Brass or Stainless Steel.
• Choice of 3 materials of construction
• Universal mounting
• Rugged and reliable design
• High pressure up to 414 Bar
Technical Data
Measuring accuracy:
±2.5% of full-scale in the centre third of the measuring range;
±4% in upper and lower thirds
Repeatability:
±1% of full-scale
Flow measuring range:
0.2-560 LPM
Maximum operating pressure:
aluminium and brass monitors; 240 Bar stainless steel monitors;
410 Bar
Maximum operating temperature:
116°C Note: for operation to 316°C see H&J series
Filtration requirements:
74 micron filter or 200 mesh screen minimum
Material Data
High-pressure casing, end
ports and tapered shaft
Seals
Transfer Magnet
Aluminum
Brass
Stainless Steel
Aluminum
Brass
#303 Stainless Steel
Buna-N (STD), EPR,
Viton® or Kalrez®
Buna-N (STD), EPR,
Viton® with Teflon®
Teflon® coated Alnico
Teflon® coated Alnico
Teflon® coated Alnico
Floating Orifice Disk
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
All other internal parts
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Dimensional Data
Dim
Size 3
Size 4
Size 5
Size 5 (2")
A
48mm
60mm
90mm
90mm
B
167MM
182mm
258mm
322mm
NPTF: 1/4’, 3/8”, 1/2”
SAE: #6, #8, #10
BSP: 3/8”, 1/2”
NPTF: 3/4”, 1”
SAE: #12, #16
BSP: 3/4”, 1”
NPTF: 1-1/4”, 1-1/2”
SAE: #20, #24
BSP: 1-1/4”, 1-1/2”
NPTF: 2”
SAE: #32
BSP: 2”
Port sizes
98
Variable Area Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
B series Variable Area flowmeter for liquids
Options & Ordering Information
Thread type: Porting
All female
Size Code
Style
Basic in-line for liquid
B
1/4” BSP 3 only
&
3/8” BSP 1/2” BSP 3/4” BSP 1” BSP 11/4” BSP
11/2” BSP
2” BSP
3 only
3 only
4 only
4 only
5 only
5 only
5 only
R
T
U
V
W
Y
X
(British Standard Pipe)
Meter size code
Inches
1/4” to 1/2” 3
3/4” to 1 4
11/4” to 2
5
Note: NPT & SAE threaded porting available
on request
Material
Aluminium
A
Brass
B
Stainless steel
S
Flow ranges
l/min
for sizes
0.2–4
3 only
0.4–4 (water)
3 only
Pressure rating
0.8–8
3 and 4
02
241 Bar
6
1.9–19
3 only
05
414 Bar
7
3.8–38
3 and 4
10
3.8–57
3 and 4
15
7.6–76
4 only
20
7.6–95
4 and 5
25
(Liquids / aluminium and brass)
(Liquids / stainless steel)
Fluid media
01
11–110
4 only
30
Oil and 0.873 specific gravity
H
15–150
4 only
40
Water and 1.0 specific gravity
W
19–190
4 only
50
30–280
5 only
75
38–380
5 only
88
76–570
5 only
99
99
Style
Standard, uni-directional
Bi-directional*
Reverse*
-BI
RF
*Not all flow ranges are available with Bi-directional
and Reverse flow options. Please consult Flowtechnik
for availability and delivery time.
Variable Area Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
G series Variable Area flowmeter for air & gases
Basic in-line flow monitors (style G)
Universal flowmeter for air and gas applications. High pressure design for up to 70 Bar, with
a choice of threads from 1/4" up to 2" in BSP, NPT or SAE and flow ranges up to 1300 scfm.
Available in Aluminium, Brass or Stainless Steel.
• Choice of 3 materials of construction
• Universal mounting
• Rugged and reliable design
• High pressure up to 1000 psi (70 bar)
Technical Data
Measuring accuracy:
±2.5% of full-scale in the centre third of the measuring
range; ±4% in upper and lower thirds
Repeatability:
±1% of full-scale
Flow measuring range:
1.5 - 1300 SCFM @ 100 PSIG
Maximum operating pressure:
aluminium and brass monitors; 40 Bar
stainless steel monitors; 70 Bar
Maximum operating temperature:
116°C Note: for operation to 600°F (316°C) see H&J series
Standard calibration data
Air @ 70°F (21°C), 1.0sg and 100 PSIG (6.8 Bar)
Filtration requirements:
74 micron filter or 200 mesh screen minimum
Material Data
Aluminum
Brass
Stainless Steel
Aluminum
Brass
#303 Stainless Steel
Buna-N (STD), EPR,
Viton® or Kalrez®
Buna-N (STD), EPR,
Viton® with Teflon®
Teflon® coated Alnico
Teflon® coated Alnico
Teflon® coated Alnico
Floating Orifice Disk
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
All other internal parts
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
High-pressure casing, end
ports and tapered shaft
Seals
Transfer Magnet
Dimensional Data
Dim
Size 3
Size 4
Size 5
Size 5 (2")
A
48mm
60mm
90mm
90mm
B
167MM
182mm
258mm
322mm
NPTF: 1/4’, 3/8”, 1/2”
SAE: #6, #8, #10
BSP: 3/8”, 1/2”
NPTF: 3/4”, 1”
SAE: #12, #16
BSP: 3/4”, 1”
NPTF: 1-1/4”, 1-1/2”
SAE: #20, #24
BSP: 1-1/4”, 1-1/2”
NPTF: 2”
SAE: #32
BSP: 2”
Port sizes
100
Variable Area Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
G series Variable Area flowmeter for air & gases
Options & Ordering Information
Thread type: Porting
All female
Size Code
Style
Pnuematic for air and gas
G
1/4” BSP 3 only
&
3/8” BSP 1/2” BSP 3/4” BSP 1” BSP 11/4” BSP
11/2” BSP
2” BSP
3 only
3 only
4 only
4 only
5 only
5 only
5 only
R
T
U
V
W
Y
X
(British Standard Pipe)
Meter size code
Inches
1/4” to 1/2” 3
3/4” to 1 4
11/4” to 2
5
Note: NPT & SAE threaded porting available
on request
Material
Aluminium
A
Brass
B
Stainless steel
S
Flow ranges
SCFM
for sizes
1.5-12
3 only
01
4-23
3 and 4
02
Pressure rating
5–50
3 only
05
41 Bar
4
10–100
3 and 4
10
69 Bar
5
15–150
3 and 4
15
20–215
4 only
20
20–250
4 and 5
25
30–330
4 only
30
30–400
4 only
40
40–500
4 only
50
30–750
5 only
75
150–900
5 only
88
150–1300
5 only
99
(Air and gas/aluminium and brass)
(Air and gas/stainless steel and brass)
Fluid media
Air and gases
101
A
Style
Standard, uni-directional
Bi-directional*
Reverse*
-BI
RF
*Not all flow ranges are available with Bi-directional
and Reverse flow options. Please consult Flowtechnik
for availability and delivery time.
Variable Area Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
H & J series Variable Area flowmeter for liquids or gases (High Temperature)
High temperature in-line flow monitors (Style H & J)
Enables flow monitoring of barrel heating fluids, thermal transfer fluids such as Syltherm®coolant flows
through heat exchangers, as well as flows through hydraulic circuits and sub-circuits with elevated temps up
to 315°C.
• Choice of 3 materials of construction
• Universal mounting
• Rugged and reliable design
• High temperature up to 315°C
Measuring accuracy:
±2.5% of full-scale in the centre third of the measuring range; ±4% in upper and lower thirds
Repeatability:
±1% of full-scale
Flow measuring range:
(0.2-560 LPM)
Maximum operating pressure:
aluminium and brass monitors; 240 Bar stainless steel monitors; 414 Bar
Maximum operating temperature:
Style H - 204°C, Style J - 315°C
Filtration requirements:
74 micron filter or 200 mesh screen minimum
Options & Ordering Information
Style
Hi-temp 204°C in-line
Hi-temp 315°C in-line
H
J
Meter size code
Inches
1/4” to 1/2” 3/4” to 1 11/4” to 2
3
4
5
Thread type: Porting
All female
Size Code
1/4” BSP 3 only
&
3/8” BSP 3 only
R
1/2” BSP 3 only
T
3/4” BSP 4 only
U
1” BSP 4 only
V
11/4” BSP
5 only
W
11/2” BSP
5 only
Y
2” BSP
5 only
X
(British Standard Pipe)
Style
Standard, uni-directional
--
Bi-directional*
BI
Reverse*
RF
*Not all flow ranges are available with Bi-directional and
Reverse flow options. Please consult Flowtechnik for
availability and delivery time.
Note: NPT & SAE threaded porting available on request
Material
Aluminium
Brass
Stainless steel
A
B
S
Flow ranges
Liquid (oil and water) air (© 100 PSIG)
l/min
SCFM
0.2–4
Pressure rating
41 Bar
4
69 Bar
5
(Air & gas / aluminium and brass)
(Air & gas / stainless steel)
241 Bar
(Liquids / aluminium and brass)
414 Bar
(Liquids / stainless steel)
6
7
Fluid media
1.5–12
for sizes
Code
3 only
01
0.4–4 (water)
3 only
0.8–8
4–23
3 and 4
02
1.9–19
5–50
3 only
05
3.8–38
10–100
3 and 4
10
3.8–57
15–150
3 and 4
15
7.6–76
20–215
4 only
20
7.6–95
20-250
4 and 5
25
11–110
30–330
4 only
30
15–150
30–400
4 only
40
19–190
40–500
4 only
50
30–750
5 only
75
Air and gases
A
30–280
Oil and 0.873 specific gravity
H
38–380
150–900
5 only
88
Water and 1.0 specific gravity
W
76–570
150–1300
5 only
99
102
Variable Area Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
M & N series Variable Area switching flowmeter for liquids or gases
In-line flow rate switches
(Style M & N)
• One (M) or two (N) settable switching points
• Universal mounting
• Economic, rugged and reliable design
• High pressure up to 414 Bar Measuring accuracy:
±2.5% of full-scale in the centre third of the measuring range; ±4% in upper and lower thirds
Repeatability:
±1% of full-scale
Flow measuring range:
0.2-560 LPM; 1.5-1300, SCFM
Maximum operating pressure:
aluminium and brass 240 Bar, stainless steel 414 Bar
Standard calibration fluids:
Oil monitors: DTE 25 @ 43°C, 0.873sg Water monitors: tap water @ 21°C, 1.0sg
Enclosure:
NEMA type 4X (UL Approved)
Alarm switch dead-band:
4% of full scale
Alarm switch contacts:
SPDT (dry contact), UL/CSA rating: 10 amps and 1⁄4 hp, 125 or 250 VAC. 1⁄2 amp, 125 VDC; 1⁄4 amp, 250 VDC; 3 amps,
125 VAC ‘L” (lamp load)
Dimensional Data
Flow alarms 1 switch
M
Flow alarms 2 switches
N
Meter size code
Inches
1/4” to 1/2” 3
3/4” to 1 4
11/4” to 2
5
Material
Aluminium
A
Brass
B
Stainless steel
S
Pressure rating
Size 3
Size 4
Size 5
Size 5 (2")
A
167mm
182mm
258mm
322mm
B
56mm
75mm
97mm
97mm
C
101mm
114mm
135mm
135 mm
D
47mm
47mm
47mm
47mm
E
128mm
127mm
172mm
172mm
F
57mm
73mm
95mm
95mm
1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”
3/4”, 1”
1-1/4”, 1-1/2”
2”
Port sizes
Options & Ordering Information
Style
Dim
Thread type: Porting
All female
Size Code
Style
1/4” BSP 3 only
&
(British Standard Pipe)
3/8” BSP 3 only
R
1/2” BSP 3 only
T
3/4” BSP 4 only
U
1” BSP 4 only
V
11/4” BSP
5 only
W
11/2” BSP
5 only
Y
2” BSP
5 only
X
Standard, uni-directional
--
Bi-directional*
BI
Reverse*
RF
*Not all flow ranges are available with Bi-directional and
Reverse flow options. Please consult Flowtechnik for
availability and delivery time.
Note: NPT & SAE threaded porting available on request
Flow ranges
Liquid (oil and water)
l/min
air (© 100 PSIG)
SCFM
0.2–4
1.5–12
for sizes
Code
3 only
01
0.4–4 (water)
3 only
0.8–8
4–23
3 and 4
02
1.9–19
5–50
3 only
05
41 Bar
4
3.8–38
10–100
3 and 4
10
69 Bar
5
3.8–57
15–150
3 and 4
15
7.6–76
20–215
4 only
20
7.6–95
20-250
4 and 5
25
11–110
30–330
4 only
30
15–150
30–400
4 only
40
30–280
30–750
5 only
75
38–380
150–900
5 only
88
76–570
150–1300
5 only
99
(Air & Gas / aluminium and brass)
(Air & Gas / stainless steel)
241 Bar
6
414 Bar
7
(Liquids / aluminium and brass)
(Liquids / stainless steel)
Fluid media
Air and water
A
Oil and 0.873 specific gravity
H
Water and 1.0 specific gravity
W
103
Variable Area Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
R series Variable Area flow transmitter for liquids or gases
In-line flow rate transmitter
(Style R)
• Selectable pulse, voltage or mA signal output of flow rate
• Visual and electrical output of flow rate
• Economic, rugged and reliable design
• High pressure up to 414 Bar Measuring accuracy:
±2.5% of full-scale in the centre third of the measuring range; ±4% in upper and lower thirds
Repeatability:
±1% of full-scale
Flow measuring range:
0.2-560 LPM; 1.5-1300, SCFM
Maximum operating pressure:
aluminium and brass monitors; 240 Bar stainless steel monitors; 410 Bar
Maximum operating temperature:
media: 116°C, ambient: 82°C
Standard calibration fluids:
Oil monitors: DTE 25 @ 43°C, 0.873sg Water monitors: tap water @ 21°C, 1.0sg
Filtration requirements:
74 micron filter or 200 mesh screen minimum
Signal outputs
4-20mA, 0-5Vdc, 1-5Vdc,and square wave pulse outputs.
Dimensional Data
Dim
Size 3
Size 4
Size 5
Size 5 (2")
A
167mm
182mm
258mm
322mm
B
56mm
75mm
97mm
97mm
C
101mm
114mm
135 mm
135 mm
D
47mm
47mm
47mm
47mm
E
128mm
127mm
172mm
172mm
F
Port sizes
57mm
73mm
95mm
95mm
1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”
3/4”, 1”
1-1/4”, 1-1/2”
2”
Options & Ordering Information
Style
Transmitter
R
Meter size code
Inches
1/4” to 1/2” 3
3/4” to 1 4
11/4” to 2
5
Material
Aluminium
A
Brass
B
Stainless steel
S
Thread type: Porting
All female
Size Code
1/4” BSP 3 only
Style
&
(British Standard Pipe)
3/8” BSP 3 only
R
1/2” BSP 3 only
T
3/4” BSP 4 only
U
1” BSP 4 only
V
11/4” BSP
5 only
W
11/2” BSP
5 only
Y
2” BSP
5 only
X
Standard, uni-directional
--
Bi-directional*
BI
Reverse*
RF
*Not all flow ranges are available with Bi-directional and
Reverse flow options. Please consult Flowtechnik for
availability and delivery time.
Note: NPT & SAE threaded porting available on request
Flow ranges
Liquid (oil and water)
l/min
air (© 100 PSIG)
SCFM
0.2–4
1.5–12
for sizes
Code
3 only
01
0.4–4 (water)
3 only
0.8–8
4–23
3 and 4
02
Pressure rating
1.9–19
5–50
3 only
05
41 Bar
3.8–38
10–100
3 and 4
10
3.8–57
15–150
3 and 4
15
(Air & Gas / aluminium and brass)
4
69 Bar
5
7.6–76
20–215
4 only
20
241 Bar
6
7.6–95
20-250
4 and 5
25
11–110
30–330
4 only
30
15–150
30–400
4 only
40
30–280
30–750
5 only
75
38–380
150–900
5 only
88
76–570
150–1300
5 only
99
(Air & Gas / stainless steel)
(Liquids / aluminium and brass)
414 Bar
(Liquids / stainless steel)
7
Fluid media
Air and water
G
Oil and 0.873 specific gravity
H
Water and 1.0 specific gravity
W
104
Variable Area Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
C series Variable Area flowmeter for case drain monitoring
Case Drain in-line Monitors (Style C)
Our Case Drain monitor is a lower cost option to using our Basic In line (Style B) flowmeter for pump case drain
applications.
• Helps confirm pump performance
• Universal mounting
• Rugged and reliable design
• Low cost Aluminium design
Measuring accuracy:
±5% of full-scale in the centre third of the measuring range
Repeatability:
±1% of full-scale
Flow measuring range:
Up to 120 LPM
Maximum operating pressure:
69 Bar
Maximum operating temperature:
116°C
Standard calibration fluids:
DTE 25 @ 43°C, 0.873sg
Water monitors: tap water @ 21°C, 1.0sg
Filtration requirements:
74 micron filter or 200 mesh screen minimum
Dimensional Data
Dim
Size 3
Size 4
A
48mm
60mm
B
Port sizes
167mm
182mm
NPTF: 1/2”
NPTF: 3/4”, 1”
Options & Ordering Information
Flow ranges
Style
Case Drain
C
Port/Line size range
1/2” NPTF 3/4” to 1 NPTF 3
4
0.2-4 LPM = Code 01
3 only
0.8–8 LPM =
02
3 and 4
2–20 LPM =
05
3 and 4
4–40 LPM =
10
3 and 4
4-60 LPM =
15
3 and 4
8–80 LPM =
20
4 only
8–100 LPM =
25
4 only
12–120 LPM =
30
4 only
Material
Aluminium
A
Thread type: Porting
All female
Pressure rating
69 PSIG max.
5
Fluid media
Oil
105
H
1/2” NPTF, dry seal = B 3 only
3/4” NPT 4 only
1” NPT 4 only
Variable Area Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
HYDRAPRO Flow, Pressure & Temperature test kit with loading valve
HYDRAPRO Hydraulic Test Kits
Used to Diagnose faults in hydraulic circuits, determine hydraulic horsepower and test for component wear such as hydraulic valve and
cylinder leakage
• A complete troubleshooting system
• Plan component repairs
• Economical, compact and rugged
• Non-electrical
• Easy to use loading valve with safety blow out disc
Technical data
•Temperature range: -20 to +116°C
•Pressure rating: (3:1 safety factor)
3/4" through 11/2" sizes;
345 bar maximum
•Pressure drop: on request
•Accuracy: ±2% of full scale
•Repeatability: ±1%
•Threads: BSPP - NPT and SAE available upon request
•Test kit pressure
gauge - Glycerin filled: 0-400 bar (0-6000 psi)
•Test kit load valve: Pressure compensated balanced,
414 bar
Materials of construction
Body: Piston & cone: Spider plate: Spring: Fasteners: Pressure seals: Guard: Retaining ring: Retaining spring: Indicator & Internal Magnet: Guard/Bumper: Scale Support: End caps: 303 stainless steel
2024-351 Aluminium, anodized
316 stainless steel
302 stainless steel
303 stainless steel
Viton
Polycarbonate
SAE 1070/1090 Carbon steel
SAE 1070/1090 Carbon steel
PPS/Ceramic
Buna N
6063-T6 Aluminium
Nylon ST
Options & Ordering Information
Part number
Connection size
Flow range
Pressure range
Temp. range
HP.702.S.030.TKV
3/4” BSP
10...110 l/min
0...350 bar
0...120°C
HP.762.S.050.TKV
1” BSP
19...190 l/min
0...350 bar
0...120°C
Spare parts
F1614-6000
Description
400 bar safety blow out discs (pack of 10)
Supplied in sturdy carry case with foam insert
106
Paddle Flow Switch
Hydrotechnik UK
PSF50 Paddle flow switch
Paddle flap flow / no flow switch
Economically priced flow/no flow paddle operated flow switch. Simple and reliable design for liquids up to
140°C. Operates with flow in both directions for installation on pipes from 1" to 3". IP65 protection housing
with explosion proof version available.
•Stainless Steel construction
•Pipe sizes up to 3”
•High temperature (max 140°C, 150°C for CIP)
•EEx d version
Operating Information
Medium type
Process temperature
CIP temperature
Process pressure
Max pressure drop
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Operating principle
Flow range
Range adjustment
low-contaminated liquid
-30...140 °C (-30...100 °C for Ex version)
up to 150 °C
up to 25 bar
max. 200 mbar
-40...85 °C
0...95 %RH
Output type
Output action
Set-point adjustment
Set-point tolerance Repeatability
paddle-operated magnet switch
15...130 l/min
cut paddle length, 1...3"
Dimensional Data
NO/NC reed contact, 230 VAC, 2A, 50 W
activates at flow rate over set point
cut paddle length
± 25%
± 5%
Options & Ordering Information
Pipe diameter
1"
Flow range (set-point) (l/min)
1"
11/4"
2"
21/2"
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
20
16
33
25
47
35
66
58
25
18
11/4"
Paddle length
11/2"
11/2"
ON
3"
OFF
27
58
47
89
78
39
89
62
124
97
70
47
93
66
128
78
50
105
85
85
62
2"
Process connection
G1", 1" NPT
Electrical connection
screw terminals inside the housing
Housing (protection)
aluminium head type "G" (IP65) or ATEX-approved Ex 'd' head type "EG" (IP68)
Wetted parts
304 stainless steel (1.4301)
Weight
max. 950 g
Process Connection
107
105
35
21/2"
Housing
OFF
54
3"
Feature or option
ON
Order Code PSF-X.X
G = IP65 head type "G", EG = IP68 ATEX approved Exd head type "EG"
Q12 = G1" BSP, Q15 = 1" NPT
Example
PSF50-G.Q12
Pelton Wheel Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
Pelton Wheel flowmeters - Principle of Operation
Principle of operation
Pelton wheel flowmeters take their name from a type of water wheel patented in the late 19th Century. Although not true Pelton wheels,
modern radial flow turbines use Pelton’s principles to harness the power of a jet of water directed at one side of a free running paddle wheel.
The speed of rotation of the turbine is proportional to the velocity of the liquid passing through it.
This rotation is commonly sensed using embedded magnets and a Hall effect device. Optical pick-ups can also used. For lower flow rates
the turbine is housed in an in-line body and with careful design, flow rates down to a teaspoon a minute can be measured. Higher flow
rates and larger pipe sizes tend to use an insertion design which makes them very cost effective as the existing pipe becomes the body of
the flowmeter.
Pelton wheels are used almost exclusively on water like liquids as they quickly become non-linear with even a modest increase in
viscosity.
Principle of Pelton Wheel flow movement
Media application guide
Water 
Fuels 
Chemicals 
108
Pelton Wheel Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
Flowstat Pelton wheel flowmeter
Whether it’s a unique flow monitoring application, a limited budget or both, the FlowStat and FlowStat
ES is a perfect fit. FlowStat comes in a Stainless Steel body, the FlowStat ES version a durable
polypropylene body for cost savings, and is compatible with a variety of fluids. The sensor offers a
flow measuring accuracy of ±2% of full scale, and is capable of handing pressures up to 34 bar and
temperatures up to 107°C. For additional compatibility, the FlowStat Sensor offers 4-20mA, 0-5 Vdc,
pulse or relay outputs.
Flowstat ES
• Stainless Steel or Polypropylene Design
• Pulse, Analogue or switch outputs
• Flows up to 200 L/Min
• Optional sight glass cover
Technical Information
Flowstat
Measuring accuracy:
±2% of full-scale
Repeatability:
±0.5% of full-scale
Flow measuring range:
1/2" porting, (2-60 LPM)
3/4”- 1” porting, (60-200 LPM)
Turndown ratio:
10:1
Temperature range:
(-7 to 107oC) -7°C to 66°C (ES model)
Pressure range:
to 34 Bar (10 bar ES model)
With/optional clear cover:
to 14 Bar
Standard calibration mode:
Water @ 20°C temperature
Filtration requirements:
74 micron filter or 200 mesh screen minimum
Dimensional Information
DIM
1/2" NPTF
3/4" NPTF - 1 NPTF
A
1.94” (49mm)
3.06” (78mm)
B
1.13” (29mm)
1.33” (34mm)
C
2.00” (51mm)
2.46” (62mm)
D
2.45” (62mm)
2.78” (71mm)
D*
2.45” (62mm)
2.88” (73mm)
E
3.70” (94mm)
5.25” (133mm)
F
2.63” (67mm)
3.80” (97mm)
* Dimensions with optional clear polycarbonate cover installed
Options & Ordering Information
Economy Series (Polypropylene) = ES
Output
Current
C
Pulse
P
Relay
R
Voltage
V
Maximum flow rate: LPM
Rotor cover
316 Stainless
S
Clear Polycarbonate
C
Port size
1/2" NPT
B
3/4" NPT
C
1" NPT
D
1/2" NPT
20 LPM max up to 60 LPM max flow rates available =

3/4" & 1" NPT
60 LPM max up to 200 LPM max flow rates available =

Important: Choose a maximum flow rate, for 1/2” NPT: 20 up to 60 maximum LPM,
for 3/4” and 1” NPT: 60 up to 200 maximum LPM. Minimum flow rate will be 10% of
maximum flow rate. Example: If your maximum flow rate is 80 LPM, the minimum flow
rate would be 8 (80x.1=8). Thus, the correct flow rate would be 8-80 LPM.
Recommended Instruments: FBT11, FRT12, FEB10
109
Cover seal
Buna-N (Standard)
B
EPR (Optional)
E
VIton (Optional)
V
Pelton Wheel Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
TM Mini Turbopulse Pelton wheel flowmeter
The TM series flowmeter is designed to give high performance and
competitive pricing with 6 flow ranges from 0.05 to 15 litres per
minute. Its choice of materials makes this the ideal choice for the
metering of aggressive chemicals including ultra-pure water. The
standard inlets are 1/4” BSP F although for OEM use alternatives
are available.
The bearings are made of sapphire for long life and reliability, the
body is either PVDF or 316 stainless steel and as standard and the
‘O’ ring seal is typically Viton™.
• Low flows, down to 50 mL/Min
• Stainless Steel body and connections
• Long life Sapphire Bearings
• 125°C temperature rating
Dimensional Information
Technical Information
TP-Turbopulse Mini
Nominal sizes
(1/4"BSPF)
Accuracy @ 1cp
± 1-2% FSD
Temperature range
-5~125°C
Maximum pressure
316 stainless steel
Peek
Protection class
10 bar
10 bar
IP66/67 (NEMA4X)
Electrical
standard output
Hall effect sensor
Options & Ordering Information
Model
Flow range
L/Min
Linearity
% FSD
Typical
Freq. Hz.
Approx
‘K’ Factor
TM001
0.05-0.5
2.0
142
17000
TM002
0.12-1.5
2.0
175
7000
TM003
0.2-4.5
1.5
260
3500
TM004
0.25-6.5
1.5
230
2100
TM005
0.3-10
1.0
235
1420
TM006
0.5-15
1.0
245
980
Recommended Instruments: FBT11, FRT12, FEB10
110
Pelton Wheel Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
SPX, SPT & SES series Pelton wheel flowmeter
The SPX/SPT/SES single jet meter provides accurate, wide range flow metering in an extremely rugged stainless steel package. Single
jet simplicity combined with high quality jewel bearings results in long life and relatively high tolerance for problem fluids. Typical
applications are chemical batching, proportional chemical injection, fertiliser injection, proportioning of spray chemicals, and general flow
rate monitoring.
• Ruby bearings for long life
• Completely non-metallic option (SPX & SPT units)
• Pressure rating up to 35 Bar (StSt SES unit)
• Optional sight glass cover (SPX & SPT units)
SES Model
SPX / SPT Model
Technical Information
SPX
SPT
SES
3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, Female NPT
thread (SAE optional)
3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, Female NPT
thread (SAE optional)
1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, Female NPT
thread (SAE optional)
standard (Maximum cable
run 2000 ft.)
standard (Maximum cable
run 2000 ft.)
standard (Maximum cable
run 2000 ft.)
Body
Polypropylene
PTFE Teflon
316 stainless steel
Rotor
PVDF
PVDF
PVDF
Shaft
Nickel tungsten carbide (zirconia
ceramic optional)
Zirconia ceramic (silicon carbide optional)
Nickel tungsten carbide (zirconia
ceramic optional)
O-ring
EPDM (Kalrez or Teflon-coated
Viton optional)
Teflon-coated Viton (EPDM or Kalrez
optional)
Teflon-coated Viton (EPDM or
Kalrez optional)
Ruby ring and ball
Ruby ring and ball
Ruby ring and ball
Acrylic (Polypropylene optional)
PTFE Teflon
316 stainless steel
Connection Ports
Sensor cable
Materials
Bearings
Cover
Maximum temperature
70˚ C
70˚ C
93˚ C
Maximum pressure
10 bar
10 bar
35 bar
+1% of full scale
+1% of full scale
+1% of full scale
Accuracy
Power
Outputs
5-24 Vdc, 2 mA min
5-24 Vdc, 2 mA min
5-24 Vdc, 2 mA min
Current sinking pulse, 6-24 Vdc
Current sinking pulse, 6-24 Vdc
Current sinking pulse, 6-24 Vdc
Mark (Standard Power Only)
Mark (Standard Power Only)
Mark (Standard Power Only)
Regulatory
Options & Ordering Information
Model
PP/Acrlic
TFE teflon STST SPX
SPT
SES
Size
3/8" (0.26-9 l/min) SPX/SPT only
1/2" (0.38-37.8l/min)
3/4" (0.76-75.6l/min)
1" (1.9-151l/min)
1" (1.9-94.5l/min) SES only
Recommended Instruments: FBT11, FRT12, FEB10
111
-038
-050
-075
-100
-100
Options
Ceramic shaft (SPX & SES)
Micropower pickup (use with FT415 or DL75 only)
PP cover (SPX)
High resolution rotor
Teflon-coated Viton O-ring (SPX)
Kalrex O-ring
Silicon carbide shaft
EPDM O-ring (SPT)
-01
-04
-12
-13
-25
-59
-68
-69
Pelton Wheel Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
IP80 Insertion Paddlewheel flow sensor
The IP80 Series are impeller type insertion meters designed for use in pipe
sizes 1/2" to 8". Sensors are available in brass, 316 stainless steel, PVC, and
polypropylene. Bodies are machined from a solid rod for maximum precision.
High-quality jewel bearings and nickel-bound tungsten carbide shafts are used
for extreme low friction and long life. Low-flow performance is good, although
other SeaMetrics flow meters are recommended where extremely low flows are
being measured.
The rotation of the rotor is detected by a non-drag Hall-effect sensor. Output
is a pulse-type square wave, which can be sent long distances (up to 2,000
feet) without a transmitter. This signal can be connected directly to SeaMetrics
controls, as well as PLC's, counters and computer cards.
Technical Information
Materials
IP80 series sensor in Stainless Steel
• Insertion design for pipe sizes up to 8”
• Ruby bearings for long life
• 100:1 turn-down (0.1-10 M/S)
• Range of materials: Brass, StSt, PVC & PP
Dimensional Information
Sensor body
Brass, 316 Stainless Steel, PVC or Polypropylene
Rotor
PVDF
Shaft
Nickel-bound tungsten carbide, (ceramic option)
Bearings
Ruby jewel
O-rings
EPDM (Viton optional)
Rotor pickup
GMR (Giant Magnetoresistive) sensor
Brass
316 SS
PVC or Polypro
14 bar
17 bar
12 bar @ 75˚ F
93˚ C
93˚ C
55˚ C
Flow range
0.1 m/s
Accuracy
+/- 1.5% of full scale
Signal
Hall effect current sinking pulse
Power
6-24 Vdc, 2 mA
Maximum Current
20 mA
Cable
#22 AWG, 3 Cond, 6m (maximum 610m run)
Flow Ranges Information
Dimensions shown with optional cover
/ display
Size
1/2"
LPM Min.
LPM Max.
3/4"
1"
11/2"
2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
1.07
1.9
3.05
7.24
11.81
26.29
45.72
102.87
179.07
107
190
305
724
1,181
2,629
4,572
10,287
17,907
Options & Ordering Information
1/2" to 3"
IP81
4" to 8"
IP82
Options (if required)
Material
PVC
P
Polypropylene Y
Brass
B
Stainless Steel S
Size
Fitting Type
No option
00
1/2”
050
PVC Tee with Solvent weld ends
TP
Ceramic Shaft
01
3/4”
075
Bronze Tee with NPT threads
TB
Micropower Pickup
04
1”
100
StSt Tee with NPT threads
TS
1.1/2”
150
Bronze Braze on fitting
WB
2”
200
Carbon Steel Weld-on fitting
WC
3”
300
Stainless Steel Weld-on fitting
WS
4”
400
6”
600
8”
800
(use with FT415 or DL75)
Viton Seal
60
Additional fitting information on request
Recommended Instruments: FBT11, FRT12, FEB10
112
Pelton Wheel Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
DP series Insertion Pelton wheel flowmeters
The DP490 & DP525 insertion pelton wheel flowmeters are cost effective stainless steel flowmeters for measuring the flow of water, fuels
& other low viscosity liquids in pipe sizes from 1.5" to 100" (40~2500mm).
Insertion flowmeters are installed with the metering head inserted into the pipe resulting in very little pressure drop. They do not require
external power when used with the Flomec rate totalisers however some options such as high temperature & non-magnetic models require
external power.
Technical Information
Suit pipe sizes
Pipe connection
Flow range
Flow velocity range
Linearity
DP525
50~2500mm (2"~100")
1.5" BSP or NPT
2" BSP or NPT
0.25~6300 litres/sec
(4~99600 USGM)
0.4~49000 litres/sec
(6~78000 USGM)
0.3 ~ 10 meters/sec
typically ± 1.5% with well established flow profile
Temperature range
-40°C ~ +100°C 200 max.
Maximum pressure
80 bar
Materials
*Reed switch
Hall effect
• Insertion design for pipes up to 100”
• ‘Hot tap’ option
• 0.25 to 49,000 l/sec flow range
• IP68 Submersible construction
DP490
40~900mm (1.5"~36")
316SS body & rotor shaft, PVDF rotor
30Vdc x 200mA max. Nom. 0-80hz
3 wire NPN, 5~24 Vdc, 20mA max. Nom. 0~240hz
Voltage pulse
self generated voltage. Nom 0~240hz
Intrinsically safe coil
self powered, generates 15~3000mV
High temperature coil
self powered, 200°C (390°F) max.
Non magnetic sensor
3 wire NPN, 5~24Vdc, 20mA max. Nom. 0~240hz
Analogue
loop powered 4~~20mA
* maximum thermal shock 10°C (50°F) /min applies to the reed switch
Installation examples
Recommended Instruments: FBT11, FRT12, FEB10
113
Pelton Wheel Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
DP series Insertion Pelton wheel flowmeters
Options & Ordering Information
Integral options
Model coding
Junction box - ATEX approved
QP
BT11 dual totalisier
B2
1.5 to 36" pipes (40~900mm) DP490
I.S. intrinsically safe BT11
B3
2 to 100" pipes (50~2500mm) DP525
RT12 rate totalier
R2
I.S. intrinsically safe RT12
R3
RT20 flow rate totaliser
R4
Batch controller
E0
Loop powered 4~~20mA output
FI
Specific build requirement
SB
Body material
316 stainless steel S
Rotor & bearing materials
PEEK high temperature rotor - 200°C
1
PVDF rotor - 100°C max (standard)
2
O-ring material
Viton (standard), -15~+240°C
ERF (Ethylene Propylene rubber) for
ketones only
Teflon encapsulated viton applications specific
Buna-N (nitrile), -65~+125°C
Electrical connections
1
2
3 meter (10ft) cable (std)
1
10 meter (33ft) cable 2
20 meter (66ft) cable 3
50 meter (164ft) cable 4
Terminal box on stem kit 5
Stem kit
6
3
4
Pick-up type
NPN hall effect & voltage pulse (standard)
1
Temperature limits
Hermetically sealed or high temp coil
2
100°C (212°F) standard
Intrinsically sealed - ATEX Approved
3
preamplified (MS connector only)
4
Hermetically sealed or high temp coil
5
Intrinsically sealed - ATEX Approved
6
preamplified (MS connector only)
7
125°C (260°F) - PEEK rotor only
150°C (300°F) NPN output & PEEK rotor only
200°C (390°F) with output type type6
coil & PEEK only
5
2
3
Process connections
BSPT - 11/2"M (DP490), 2"M (DP525)
NPT - 11/2"M (DP490), 2"M (DP525)
2" BSPT male thread on the DP490
2" NPT male thread on the DP490
1
2
3
4
6
114
Axial Turbine Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
Axial turbine flowmeters - principle of operation
Principle of operation
Axial turbines can be likened and tend to look like marine propellers housed in a tube which is the flowmeters body. Instead of being driven,
they rotate freely with the flow of fluid as it passes over them. Helix turbines and fan type blades are also commonly used.
They tend to operate best at relatively high rotational speeds and on low viscosity media, although they demonstrate a degree of viscosity
independence when used at the higher end of their flow range. If the turbine is made from a magnetic material then their high rotational
speed can be harnessed to generate an output signal via an inductive pick-up without the need for an external power source. Optical and
Hall effect pick-ups also used in some designs.
With a non-contacting pick-up and a simple cylindrical body axial turbines can easily be designed to take very high pressures in the
thousands of Bar. Their design tends to preclude going down to very low flow rates but theoretically there is no limit to how big they can
get.
Principle of Axial Turbine flow movement
Media application guide
Oils 
115
Water 
Fuels 
Chemicals 
Hazardous 
Hygienic 
Axial Turbine Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
TM, 01A & 01N series low cost turbine flowmeters
TM series LCD turbine flow meters
TM meters are an excellent low cost turbine in PVC for water applications. Sizes up to 4” and flow rates up to 760L/min. LCD readout with
flow rate, accumulated total and batch totals. Permanent field calibration feature. Accuracy is ±3%.
• Economically priced
• Easy to install
• Lithium Battery life of 5 years
• Display of flow rate & 2 totals
TM 3 or 4" series with ANSI 150lb
flange
TM series with NPT thread adaptors
TM series with SOC80 pipe fitting
Options & Ordering Information
Part
number
NPT
threaded
ANSI 150lb
flanged
Size
Flow rate
l/min
Pressure
bar (at 23°C)
TM050
-N
1/2"
3.8 - 38
10.2
TM075
-N
3/4"
7.6 - 76
10.2
TM100
-N
1"
19 -190
10.2
TM150
-N
1.1/2"
38 -380
10.2
TM200
-N
2"
76 -760
10.2
TM300
-N
-F
3"
151-1514
10.2
TM400
-N
-F
4"
227-2271
10.2
Further dimensional information on request
01A & 01N series LCD turbine flowmeters
01A and 01N meters are super low cost turbines in aluminium and nylon for fuel and water applications. Flow rates up to 100L/min. LCD
readout with accumulated total and batch totals make these meters excellent value. Accuracy is ±5%.
• Economically priced
• Aluminium and Nylon designs
• Easy to replace AAA batteries (x2)
• Accumulative and Batch totals
01A series
01N series
Options & Ordering Information
Part number
Size
Flow rate
l/min
Pressure
bar
Length
mm
Height
mm
Width
mm
01A31GM
1" NPT
3 - 30 GPM
21
102
51
63
01A31LM
1" NPT
10 - 100 LPM
21
102
51
63
01A12LM
1" BSPT
10 - 100 LPM
21
102
51
63
01A52LM
1" BSPP
10 - 100 LPM
21
102
51
63
01N31GM
1" NPT
3 - 30 GPM
10.2
102
51
63
01N31LM
1" NPT
10 - 100 LPM
10.2
102
51
63
01N12LM
1" BSPT
10 - 100 LPM
10.2
102
51
63
Dimensions are for reference only and may vary by model.
116
Axial Turbine Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
A1 commercial grade LCD turbine flowmeters
A1 commercial grade meters are low cost turbines in aluminium and nylon for fuel and water applications. Flow rates up to 1135L/min.
LCD readout with flow rate, accumulated total and batch totals and permanent field calibration feature make these meters excellent value.
Accuracy is ±1.5%.
• Economically priced
• Aluminium and Nylon designs
• Battery powered
• Display of flow rate & 2x totalizers
A1 series Aluminium
A1 series Nylon
Dimensional Information
Model
Flow rate
l/min
Pressure
bar
Length
mm
Height
mm
Width
mm
A025
11
21
102
63
51
A100
11 - 190
21
102
63
51
A200
114 - 1135
21
152
114
76
N025
11
10.2
102
63
51
N100
11 - 190
10.2
102
63
51
Dimensions are for reference only and may vary by model.
Options & Ordering Information
Product identifier
Commercial grade electronic digital meter
Packaging
A1
Electronic choice
Two totals (one resettable, one cumulative),
factory calibration in gallons and litres, two user
calibrations and flowrate 09
Standard low flow – 1" A1
Standard – 2"
A2
Low Flow – 1" turbine only
B1
2" turbine only
B2
Fitting type
Calibration
Turbine material and size
Gallons / minute (NPT only) GM
Aluminium – Low flow 1"
A025
Litres / minute (ISO only) LM
Aluminium – 1"
A100
A200
N025
Aluminium – 2"
Nylon – Low flow 1"
Nylon – 1"
117
N100
NPT (Female)
N
BSPT (Female)
I
BSPP (Female) - available on
B
A025 and A100 turbines only
Axial Turbine Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
G2 series industrial LCD turbine flowmeters
G2 series industrial turbines are a cost effective range of turbines available in a wide range of materials and connection types. Flows from 4
to 760 l/min and a wide fluid compatibility offering make these the perfect choice for any industrial flow metering requirement. Accuracies
range from +/-0.75% on larger models to +/-1.5% on smaller models.
G2 in Stainless Steel - model S
G2 in PVC - model C
G2 in Stainless Steel ANSI flanged - model ST
G2 in High pressure Stainless Steel - model H
G2 in PVDF - model P
G2 in Stainless Steel with hygienic Tri-Clover
connections - model ST
G2 in Aluminium - model A
G2 in Brass - model B
Dimensional Information
Model
Size
Flow rate
l/min
Max
pressure
bar
Length
mm
Height
mm
Width
mm
Model
Size
Flow rate
l/min
Max
pressure
bar
Length
mm
Height
mm
Width
mm
A05
1/2"
3.8 - 38
21
107
46
51
H20
2"
76 - 760
207
160
81
84
A07
3/4"
7.6 - 76
21
109
51
51
P05
1/2"
3.8 - 38
10.2
185
81
53
A10
1"
19 -190
21
114
56
51
P10
1"
19 - 190
10.2
206
84
71
A15
1.1/2"
38 -380
21
135
71
68
S05
1/2"
3.8 - 38
102
107
46
51
A20
2"
76 -760
21
160
81
84
S07
3/4"
7.6 - 76
102
109
51
51
B05
1/2"
3.8 - 38
21
107
46
51
S10
1"
19 - 190
102
114
56
51
B07
3/4"
7.6 - 76
21
109
51
51
S15
1.1/2"
38 - 380
102
135
71
68
B10
1"
19 -190
21
114
56
51
S20
2"
76 - 760
102
160
81
84
B15
1.1/2"
38 - 380
21
135
71
68
S10F
1"
19 - 190
Flange
171
108
108
B20
2"
76 -760
21
160
81
84
S15F
1.1/2"
38 - 380
Flange
203
127
127
C05
1/2"
3.8 - 38
10.2
185
81
53
S20F
2"
76 - 760
Flange
241
152
152
C10
1"
19 - 190
10.2
206
84
71
S05T
1/2"
3.8 - 38
Flange
127
51
46
H05
1/2"
3.8 - 38
10.2
107
46
51
S07T
3/4"
7.6 - 76
Flange
127
51
51
H07
3/4"
7.6 - 76
10.2
109
51
51
S10T
1"
19 - 190
Flange
140
51
56
H10
1"
19 - 190
10.2
114
56
51
S15T
1.1/2"
38 - 380
Flange
165
68
71
H15
1.1/2"
38 - 380
10.2
135
71
68
S20T
2"
76 - 760
Flange
178
84
81
Dimensions are for reference only and may vary by model
118
Axial Turbine Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
G2 series industrial LCD turbine flowmeters
Options & Ordering Information
Product identifier
Industrial grade meter
Packaging
Use for turbine only or turbine w/display (Sizes 05-10) A
G2
Use for turbine only or turbine w/display (Sizes 15-20) B
Use for 150# ANSI flange turbine only (size 10) D
Turbine material and size (see previous page)
Metal meters
Stainless steel – 1/2" Stainless steel – 3/4" Stainless steel – 1" Stainless steel – 11/2" Stainless steel – 2" Stainless steel high pressure – 1/2"
Stainless steel high pressure – 3/4"
Stainless steel high pressure – 1"
Stainless steel high pressure – 11/2"
Stainless steel high pressure – 2"
Aluminium - 1/2" S05
S07
S10
S15
S20
H05
H07
H10
H15
H20
A05
Aluminium - 3/4" A07
Aluminium - 1" A10
Aluminium - 11/2" A15
Aluminium - 2"
A20
Brass - 1/2" B05
Brass - 3/4" B07
Brass - 1" B10
Brass - 11/2" B15
Brass - 2" B20
Plastic Meters
PVC - 1/2" C05
PVC - 1" C10
PVDF - 1/2" P05
PVDF - 1" P10
119
Use for 150# ANSI flange turbine only (sizes 15-20) E
Calibration
Gallons / Minute GM
Litres / Minute LM
Electronic choice
Turbine with local display
Two button computer, field configurable (2 totals, 2 calibrations, rate)
Fitting type
150# ANSI Flange – (S10, S15 and S20 only)
BSPT (Female)
F
I
BSPP (Female)
B
NPT (Female)
N
Tri-Clover® fitting (S05 to S20 only)
T
Solvent weld - available on PVC only
W
09
Axial Turbine Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
RN3, 4 & 7 Stainless Steel turbine flowmeters
These high quality turbines may be used on liquids such as water, light oils, solvents and low viscosity chemicals. Suitable for batching,
flowrate monitoring and process controlling they are designed to work with a variety of LCD displays or programmable controllers.
Specialised versions such as ATEX approved and sub sea spec available.
The turbines are made entirely of 316 stainless and the rotors are machined from solid, making them almost indestructible. Sleeve bearings
provide reliable performance with longevity.
RN3 - threaded connections
RN4 - flanged connections
RN7 - hygienic connections
Technical Information
Linearity: Repeatability: Pressure drop: Maximum over range: Maximum working:
Temperature range: Threaded connections: Hygienic connections:
Flanged connections:
Body: Sleeve bearings: Thrust balls/plate: Rotor: Rotor shaft: Hangers: Circlips: Better than +/- 0.5% of reading
+/-0.1% of reading
0.5 bar at maximum flow
Up to 120% of the maximum flow rate for short durations
35 bar (special connections available up to 670 bar)
Standard pickoff -30°C to 110°C, IS pick-off -30°C to 110°C, High temp. -30°C to 232°C
BSP, NPT
RJT, TRI-CLAMP, IDF, & ISS
ANSI 150, ANSI 300, DIN PN16, PN25, BS10 Table D ,Table E. For further connections consult factory
316 stainless steel
Standard - carbon graphite filled PTFE (max temp. 180°C) Optional tungsten carbide (max temp. 300°C)
Tungsten carbide or ceramic
431stainless steel or ferralium
Tungsten carbide
316 stainless steel
316 stainless steel
RN3 Dimensions
RN4 Dimensions
Model
Number
Thread
BSP
L
mm
Dia
mm
Weight
kg
RN3/10
3/8”
82.6
38.0
0.3
RN3/15
1/2”
82.6
50.0
Model
Number
Flange
Size mm
L
mm
Weight
kg
RN4/20/5
20
139.7
2.0
0.5
RN4/20/8
20
139.7
2.0
Model
Number
RN7 Dimensions
Triclamp
Size
L
mm
Weight
kg
RN3/20/5
3/4”
82.6
50.0
0.5
RN4/25/15
25
139.7
2.2
RN7/15/2
1"
127
1.1
RN3/20/8
3/4”
82.6
50.0
0.5
RN4/25
25
139.7
2.7
RN7/20/5
1"
127
1.1
RN3/25/15
1”
90.5
63.5
1.0
RN4/32
32
145.0
3.9
RN7/20/8
1"
127
1.0
RN3/25
1”
90.5
63.5
0.8
RN4/40
40
152.4
6.5
RN7/25/15
11/2"
127
0.9
RN3/32
11/4”
110.0
75.0
1.6
RN4/50
50
165.1
8.4
RN7/25
11/2"
127
2.3
RN3/40
11/2”
116.7
76.2
1.7
RN4/80
80
250.0
14.5
RN7/40
2"
155
3.2
RN3/50
2”
154.0
89.0
3.1
RN4/100
100
300.0
16.5
RN7/50
21/2"
216
5.0
RN3/65
3”
170.0
95.0
3.5
RN4/150
150
360.0
16.5
RN7/80
3"
300
8.0
120
Axial Turbine Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
RN3, 4 & 7 Stainless Steel turbine flowmeters
Options & Ordering Information
Product identifier
Pick up options
mV sinewave (blank)
mV sinewave ATEX approved EX
mV sinewave high temp (232°C) HT
RN
Stainless steel turbine flow meter
Squarewave pulse PPW
Connection type
BSP male threaded
3
Flanged
4
Hygienic
7
4-20mA analogue FC7
RN3 only
Higher pressure requirements can be catered for on request.
Pipe sizeFlow range
l/min
1/2"
1.2-10
15/1
1/2"
2 -20
15/2
3/4"
5 - 50
20/5
3/4"
8 - 80
20/8
1"
15 - 150
25/15
Flange code (for RN4 only)
ANSI 150
ANSI 300
ANSI 600
B
C
I
ANSI 900
J
ANSI 1500
K
ND 16
N
1"
25 - 250
25
11/4"
45 - 450
32
11/2"
67 - 670
40
2"
110 - 1100
50
3"
225 - 2250
65
RN3 only
Other special connection types available on request.
3"
225 - 2250
80
RN4 only
4"
450 - 4500
100
RN4 only
6"
900 - 9000
150
RN4 only
Special design for high pressure (500 bar) and
fitted with pressure & temperature test points.
Contact us for non standard requirements.
Recommended Instruments: FBT11, FRT12, FEB10
121
Max pressure
35 Bar
(blank)
345 Bar
HP
Axial Turbine Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
RN3 & 4 Stainless Steel turbine flowmeters for Subsea applications
We supply & design a wide range of standard and custom produced subsea flowmeters. They are suitable for use on low to medium
viscosity fluids with a wide range of threaded or flanged connections. Constructed from 316 stainless or other materials as designated by
the customer such as duplex or incolloy, these flow meters have been fitted extensively into the market place for many years.
Depths of up to 4000 metres are possible, with 4-20 mA or pulse output options. Our latest 4-20 mA pick up offering — this can be
calibrated or scaled in house without the need of removing any parts of the pick up.
• Submersible up to 4000m
• 316 Stainless Steel construction
• Duplex or Incolloy material on request
• Pulse or analogue outputs
Typical applications
In the oil and gas industry, including Hydraulic system monitoring, fluid control diagnostic work, subsea network,
risers, blow out preventers, water/chemical injection, ROV's and pipe laying systems.
Our subsea range of turbines provide an accuracy level of ±0.5% (of reading) and a repeatability figure of
±0.1% and can be supplied with Seacon, Burton or any other customer specific connector as required. They
are exceptionally reliable and have a proven track record in the field.
RN3 subsea version with amplified pulse pick
up and Seacon connector
Options & Ordering Information
Product identifier
Pick up options
RN
Stainless steel turbine flow meter Connection type
mV sinewave
(blank)
Squarewave pulse with subsea connector
PPW/SP4
4-20mA analogue with subsea connector
FC7/SP2
Seacon connectors supplied as standard. Others can be supplied on request.
BSP male threaded
3
Flanged
4
Max pressure
*NPT or BSP Female threaded options also available on request.
Pipe size
Flow range
(l/min)
ANSI 150
B
1/2"
1.2-10
15/1
ANSI 300
C
1/2"
2-20
15/2
ANSI 600
I
3/4"
5-50
20/5
ANSI 900
J
3/4"
8-80
20/8
ANSI 1500
K
1"
15-150
25/15
PN 16
N
1"
25-250
25
11/4"
45-450
32
11/2"
67-670
40
2"
110-1100
50
3"
225-2250
65
4"
450-4500
100
6"
900-9000
150
Flange code (for RN4 only)
35 Bar
(blank)
345 Bar
HP
Higher pressure requirements can be catered
for on request.
Other special connection types available
on request.
122
Axial Turbine Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
TP Turbopulse series Turbine flowmeters
The TP turbopulse turbine series measures flow of low viscosity liquids from 100 to 7,000,000 litres/hr in a range of sizes from 1/2" to 20"
(12mm-500mm).
The TP series have an axial rotor and flow guides, to be installed in straight sections of pipe either horizontal or vertical so that the flow is
conditioned. The TP series have Exd & Intrinsically Safe (I.S) approvals.
• Massive flow capacity up to 20” pipe size
• ATEX EEx ia & EEx d designs
• Options for custody transfer
• Directly mounted display & batch controller options
Technical Information
Nominal sizes
12-500mm (1/2"-20")
Accuracy @ 1cp
± 0.5% or (10.1 turndown)
Temperature range
-40~+240°C (-40~+460°F)
Maximum pressure
316 stainless steel
250 bar (3680 psi) 10cst max.
high pressure SS
400 bar (5580 psi) 68cst max.
Protection class
IP66/67 (NEMA4X), optional Exd IIB T6 or I.S
Electrical
Flow ranges
standard output
Size
Model
litre/hr
1/2"
TP010
100-1100
3/4"
TP012
220-2200
3/4"
TP015
400-4000
3/4"
TP020
800-8000
Pick-off Coil
m3/hr
1"
TP025
1.6-16
11/2"
TP040
3.4-34
2"
TP050
6.8-68
3"
TP080
13-135
4"
TP100
27-270
6"
TP150
55-550
8"
TP200
110-1100
10"
TP250
190-1900
Model
A
12"
TP300
270-2700
TP010
127mm (5.0")
127mm (5.0")
Dimensional Information
Flanged meters
16"
TP400
400-4000
TP012
20"
TP500
700-7000
TP015
127mm (5.0")
TP020
127mm (5.0")
TP025
152mm (6.0")
TP040
178mm (7.0")
TP050
197mm (7.8")
Threaded meters
TP080
254mm (10.0")
H
TP100
356mm (14.0")
RT12/EB Register
210mm
TP150
368mm (14.5")
189mm
TP200
457mm (18.0")
190mm
TP250
457mm (18.0")
457mm (18.0")
Model
B
C
TP010
64mm (2.5")
1/2" BSP or NPT
Option fitted
TP012
64mm (2.5")
3/4" BSP or NPT
TP015
64mm (2.5")
3/4" BSP or NPT
RT20 Register
TP020
83mm (3.3')
3/4" BSP or NPT
BT Register
TP025
89mm (3.5")
1" BSP or NPT
EX junction Box
150mm
TP300
TP040
115mm (4.5")
11/2" BSP or NPT
MS connector
118mm
TP400
610mm (24.0")
TP050
133mm (5.5")
2" BSP or NPT
MS connector
138mm
TP500
610mm (24.0")
123
Axial Turbine Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
TP Turbopulse series Turbine flowmeters
Options & Ordering Information
Integral options
Junction box - ATEX approved
JB
Exd preamplifier - ATEX approved
PA
Pulse output (nominal)
p/litre
Exd F/I converter - ATEX approved
FI
1/2"
(DN15)
4000
TP010
BT11 dual totalisier
B2
3/4"
(DN20)
1700
TP012
I.S. intrinsically safe BT11
B3
3/4"
(DN20)
1100
TP015
RT12 rate totalier
R2
3/4"
(DN20)
400
TP020
I.S. intrinsically safe RT12
R3
1"
(DN25)
180
TP025
RT20 flow rate totaliser
R4
11/2"
(DN40)
60
TP040
EB10 dc batch controller
E0
2"
(DN50)
24
TP050
Specific build requirement
SB
3"
(DN80)
15
TP080
4"
(DN100)
6.6
TP100
6"
(DN150)
2.3
TP150
(DN200 to DN500)
+/-0.5% (standard) 1
- consult factory for more details
+/-0.15% (custody transfer TP100+)
2
Linearity
Pick-off type
Body material
316 stainless steel - 250 bar (3500 psi) max High pressure SS, 400 bar (5580) - 68cst max
S
Standard coil (120°C (250°F) max.)
1
H
Hermetically sealed or high temp coil
2
Intrinsically sealed - ATEX Approved
3
preamplified (MS connector only)
4
Process connections
BSPP male threaded
1
NPT male threaded
2
* Tri-clamp ferrules (316SS)
3
ANSI-150 RF flanges
4
ANSI-300 RF flanges
5
PN10 DIN flanges
6
PN16 DIN flanges
7
PN25 DIN flanges
8
Customer nominated connections
9
Pick-off style
Process connections material
MS (military style) connector
1
FL (flying leads)
2
No. of Pick-offs
Threaded stainless steel
T
One
1
Carbon steel flanges (TP080+)
C
Two x 90° electrically offset (TP100+)
2
316 stainless steel process connections
S
* Tri-clamp ferrules are 1/2" larger than the meter size
Recommended Instruments: FBT11, FRT12, FEB10
124
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
Positive displacement flowmeters - principle of operation
Principle of operation
Positive displacement flowmeters get their name from their ability to meter through discrete ‘pockets’ of liquid, this is usually done by
metering the fluid through a chamber of fixed volume, thereby splitting the fluid up into finite segments with a known volume. If the volume
going through the flowmeter is known, it can simply be recorded with a geared mechanical register or used to give an output of so many
pulses per set volume.
Positive displacement flowmeters by their very nature have very small tolerances inside them, therefore clean fluids are essential. Special
gears can be fitted so media such as paints which contain suspended solids can be measured. Generally, media with higher viscosities are
preferred as these minimise errors and make the best of the exceptional linearity and viscosity independence of this type of flowmeter.
Common types of positive displacement flowmeter are Oval Gear, Circular Gear, Helical Screw, Oscillating Piston, Sliding Vane and Nutating
disc; all of which have their advantages and disadvantages but can be used on many diverse applications such as solvents, water, milk,
chemicals, fuels, oils, glues, resins and paints.
Principle of Helical Gear flow movement
Principle of Oval Gear flow movement
Principle of Nutating disc flow movement
Media application guide
Oils 
125
Water 
Fuels 
Chemicals 
Paints & Inks 
Hazardous 
Principle of Circular Gear flow movement
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
LLJ-120L Nutating disc positive displacement fuel totalising flowmeter
The LLJ-120L is a low cost fuel flow meter designed to measure diesel, kerosene and petrol
for non custody transfer applications with easy to read mechanical registers.
Technical Information
• Ultra low cost design
• 5 digit total with reset
• Easy to read with large digits
• 8 digit accumulated total
• Material of construction: Aluminium
• Accuracy: +/- 1% of reading
• Flow range: 20 litres (min) – 120 litres (max) per min.
• Max.Pressure: 3.5 bar / 50psi
• Register – totaliser: 0 – 99,999,999 Litres
• Register – reset: 0 – 9999 Litres (10th increments on 4th register)
• Inlet thread: 1” BSP female
• Outlet thread: 1” BSP female
• Dimensions: 170mm (w) x 150mm (h) x 130mm (d)
• Weight: 2 Kg
LLJ-120L
Part Number:
FM-300 Nutating disc flowmeter for chemicals
The FM-300H/R is a simple, small and sturdy Electronic Digital Disc Meter with a rugged
PBT housing and can be mounted on the end of a hose or a pipe or in-line.
The complete meter includes the disc assembly, microprocessor and LCD readout with a
choice of gallon and litre measurement.
The unit comes factory calibrated for thin and medium fluids and can be field calibrated for
more viscous fluids.
Technical Information
• Chemically resistant construction
• Battery powered
• Display of flow rate & 2x totalizers
• Economically priced
Design Type
Nutating Disc with Electronic Display
Fitting Size
1 inch
Fitting Type
Inlet: NPT (Female) Outlet: NPT (Male)
Flow range
7 - 75 LPM
Accuracy
± 2.0% of reading
Pressure rating
3.4 BAR
Operating temperature
+15° F to +130° F (-9° C to +54° C)
Wetted materials
Housing
PBT Polyester
Fluid chamber
PBT Polyester
Signal generator kit
PBT Polyester / Ferrite
Seals
Fluorocarbon
Clip
316 Stainless Steel
Shipping weight (approx)
3 lbs. (1.4 kg)
Display options
Local Display includes: Rate of Flow, Batch and
Cumulative Totals. Factory and Field Calibration
Part Number:
FM-300H/R
126
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
EM series OEM style Oval gear positive displacement flowmeters
The EM series is a popular low cost choice for accurate but economic flow measurement of
a wide range of fluids for both OEM and retrofit applications. Fuel consumption metering is
a common application for these models.
Technical Information
Model prefix:
EM004
EM006
EM008
EM025
4mm (1/8”)
6mm (1/4”)
8mm (3/8”)
25mm(1")
* Flow range (litres / hour)
0.5 ~ 36
2 ~ 100
15 ~ 550
10 ~ 150 (l/min)
Accuracy @ 3cp
±1% o.r. (± 0.2% with optional RT12 using NLC)
Nominal size (inches)
Repeatability
EM004 & EM006
EM008 & EM025
• OEM low cost design
• Ideal for diesel fuel consumption
• Flow rates from 0.5 L/Hr to 150 L/Min
• Available in 1/8” to 1” in size
Dimensional Information
0.5%
typically ± 0.03%
Temperature range
-20ºC ~ +120ºC (-4ºF ~ +250ºF)
Maximum pressure
34 bar (500 psig)
Protection class
IP66/67 (NEMA4X)
Electrical (see options below)
Output pulse resolution
pulses / litre ( pulses / US gallon ) - nominal
Reed switch
2890
1050
355
27
Hall effect
2890
1050
710
104
Reed switch output
Hall effect output (NPN)
30Vdc x 200mA max
3 wire open collector, 5~24Vdc max. 20mA max.
Optional functions
Display
flowrate, total (accumulative & resettable)
Preset batching
1 & 2 stage high speed batch control
Optional outputs from remote instruments
EM004 & EM006 with DIN plug
EM008 with DIN plug
EM025 dimensions on request
Flow
4 ~ 20mA, high & low flow rate alarms
Pulse
scaled pulse (programmable), pulse amplifier
Options & Ordering Information
Model coding
4mm (1/8")
EM004
6mm (1/4")
EM006
8mm (3/8")
EM008
25mm (1")
EM025
Cable entries
DIN plug with 3~6mm cable gland
0
Process connections
Body/material
316 Stainless steel
S
Aluminium
A
004,006, 008 only
008 & 025 only
BSP female threaded
1
NPT female threaded
2
Temperature limits
2
120°C (250°F)
Rotor material
316 Stainless steel
5
Aluminium
4
004,006, 008 only
025 only
O-ring material
Rotor material
PPS (Standard with Stainless steel rotors) 1
Recommended Instruments: FBT11, FRT12, FEB10
127
Viton ( standard ) -15~+200ºC [ -5~+400ºF ]
1
Ethylene Propylene Rubber -150ºC (300ºF) max.
2
Teflon encapsulated viton -150ºC (300ºF) max.
3
Buna-N (Nitrile) -65~+100ºC (-53~+212ºF)
4
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
LM50 series Oval gear positive displacement flowmeters with LCD or Mechanical display
The LM50 series mechanical or digital meters are compact and perfect for metering engine oils or transmission fluids (viscosity range 5
to 1,000 cps). The LM50M Mechanical Meter is suitable for hazardous locations. The LM50D model includes an easy-to-read display. All
meters are designed with oval rotors for optimum accuracy.
LM50D Digital rate & totaliser
• Economic, compact design
• No external power required
• Display of flow rate (LM50D) & totals
• Aluminium construction
LM50M Mechanical totaliser
Technical Information
Construction
Aluminium
Wetted Components
Acetal, Aluminium, Nitril and Steel
Connections
1/2 inch NPT or BSPT (Female)
Flow Range
1 - 30 LPM @ 5 - 1,000 cps
Accuracy
± 0.5% of reading
Max. Working Pressure
103.5 BAR
Operating Temperature
-5° C to +55° C
Battery
Two AAA Alkaline batteries
Display
6 digit; Shows Batch, Reset Total, Non-Reset Total and Rate of Flow
Display Units
Display Units: User selectable (gallons, litres, pints or quarts)
Options & Ordering Information
Model Numbers
Description
LM50DB
(Lube Meter with Display 1/2” BSPT)
LM50DN
(Lube Meter with Display 1/2” NPT)
Technical Information
Construction
Aluminium
Wetted Components
Acetal, Aluminium, Nitril and Steel
Connections
1/2 inch NPT or BSPT (Female)
Flow Range
1 - 30 LPM @ 5 - 1,000 cps
Accuracy
± 1.0% of reading
Max. Working Pressure
103.5 BAR
Operating Temperature
-10° C to +55° C
Battery
None required
Options & Ordering Information
Model Numbers
Description
LM50MBL
(Lube meter with display 1/2” BSPT) Calibrated in litres
LM50MBN
(Lube meter with display 1/2” NPT) Calibrated in litres
128
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
OM004, 006 & 008 Small capacity Oval gear positive displacement flowmeters
Flomec small capacity flowmeters provide precise volumetric measurement of small quantities of liquids or low flows found in a broad range
of industries including automotive, aviation, mining, power, chemical, pharmaceutical, food, paint, petroleum & environmental. Applications
include the metering of additives for fuel, consumer products, water treatment & flotation cells, corrosion inhibitors, catalysts, emulsifiers,
oils, grease, fragrances, adhesives, solvents, ink & insecticides.
• Industrial construction for rugged environments
• ATEX EEx designs
• Pressure rating up to 400 Bar
• Optional directly mounted display
Technical Information
Model prefix
OM004
OM006
OM008
4mm ( 1/8” )
6mm (1/4”)
8mm (3/8”)
* Flow range litres / hr
0.5 ~ 36
2 ~ 100
15 ~ 550
Accuracy @ 3cp
±1% o.r. ( ± 0.2% with optional RT12 using NLC )
Nominal size ( inches )
Repeatability
typically ± 0.03%
Temperature range
-20ºC ~ +120ºC ( -4ºF ~ +250ºF )
Maximum pressure
Aluminium
15 bar ( 220 psig )
316L stainless
34 bar ( 500 psig )
Interm. pressure stainless
100 bar ( 1450 psig )
high pressure stainless
400 bar ( 5800 psig )
Protection class
IP66/67 (NEMA4X), optional Exd IIB T6 or I.S.
Recommended filtering
75 micron ( 200 mesh ) minimum
Electrical - for pulse meters (see also optional outputs)
Output pulse resolution
OM008 meter fitted with BT totalising display
pulses / litre ( pulses / US gallon ) - nominal
Reed switch
2890
2100
355
Hall effect
2890
2100
710
**Reed switch output
30Vdc x 200mA max.
Hall effect output (NPN)
3 wire open collector, 5~24Vdc max. 20mA max.
Optional functions
Display
flowrate, total (accumulative & resettable)
Preset batching
1 & 2 stage high speed batch control
Optional outputs
OM006 with Pulse O/P cap
Flow
4 ~ 20mA, high & low flow rate alarms
Pulse
scaled pulse (programmable) , pulse amplifier
* Max. flow is to be reduced as viscosity increases, max. press. drop 100Kpa. (15 psi)
** Maximum thermal shock 10ºC (50ºF) / min. applies to the reed switch
Dimensional Information
B
B
B
OM004
OM006
OM008
RT12/EB
122
122
129
124
RT20
125
125
132
96
BT
113
113
120
94
COVER
92
92
99
72
Sizes fitted with....
129
C
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
OM004, 006 & 008 Small capacity Oval gear positive displacement flowmeters
Options & Ordering Information
Closed couple options
Meter size
4mm (1/8") 0.5-36 L/hr OM004
BSP female threaded
1
6mm ( 1/4" ) 2-100 L/hr OM006
NPT female threaded
2
8mm ( 3/8" ) 15-550 L/hr OM008
ANSI-150 RF flanges
4
ANSI-300 RF flanges
5
PN16 DIN flanges
6
JIS 0kg/cm2 flanges
7
Customer nominated
9
Body material
Aluminum
A
316L Stainless steel
S
Intermediate press. 316L SS meter N
(OM004N ~ 0M008N = 100bar max.)
High pressure 316 SS (OM004H ~ OM008H = 400bar [5800psi] max.)
H
Temperature limits
120ºC ( 250ºF )
2
*150 ºC (300ºF) max. - 3
*120 ºC (250ºF) max. Rotor material
Stainless steel
(all standard OM004 ~ OM008 meters and all
stainless steel models only)
Keishi cutting of stainless steel rotors (for high viscosity liquids)
Aluminium air eliminator-strainer 2
close coupled to meter (Includes integral cooling fin)
Aluminium strainer only close coupled to meter
8
Nil
00
Quadrature pulse P
Explosion proof ~ Exd IIB T4/T6 E1
(Aluminium & stainless meters)
5
Explosion proof ~ Exd I/IIB T4/T6 E2
(stainless meters only)
O-ring Material
1
3
(2 NPN Phased outputs)
5
7
Above options 1 and 2 close coupled to meter
Integral options
(Hall Effect output only)
Bearing type
PPS (Standard with Stainless steel rotors) Back pressure wafer check valve 1
within meter inlet flange
Process connections
Exd with Quadrature pulse
Q1
Pulsating flow option (hall effect PF
output only)
Viton (standard) -15~+200ºC
1
Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPR) - for ketones only
2
Teflon encapsulated viton - application specific
3
BT11 dual totaliser with
pulse output B2
Buna-N ( Nitrile ) -65~+100ºC 4
Intrinsically safe BT11 (I.S.)
B3
Exd with PF pulsating flow option P1
RT12 Flow Rate Totaliser with all R2
outputs
Intrinsically safe RT12 (I.S.)
R3
EB10 batch controller
E0
Loop powered 4 ~ 20mA analog FI
Specific build requirement
SB
Cable entries
3~6mm cable gland
0
M20 x 1.5mm
1
1/2" NPT
2
Recommended Instruments: FBT11, FRT12, FEB10
130
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
OM015, 025, 040 & 050 Medium capacity Oval gear positive displacement flowmeters
Flomec medium capacity flowmeters provide precise volumetric flow measurement of clean liquids found in a broad range of industries
including automotive, aviation, mining, power, chemical, pharmaceutical, food, paint & petroleum. Applications include the distribution of
fuels, fuel oils, lubricants, alcohols, solvents, blending of bio & ethanol fuels, metering of chemicals, grease, adhesives, ink, insecticides &
non-conductive liquids either pumped or gravity fed.
Technical Information
• Industrial construction for rugged environments
• ATEX EEx designs
• Pressure rating up to 400 Bar
• Optional directly mounted display
Model prefix
Nominal size (inches)
OM015
OM025
OM040
OM050/50E
15mm (1/2”)
25mm (1”)
40mm (11/2”)
50mm (2”)
1 ~ 40
10 ~ 150
15 ~ 250
30 ~ 450 /
35 ~ 580
* Flow range (litres / min)
Accuracy @ 3cp
± 0.5% of reading ( ± 0.2% with optional RT12 )
Repeatability
typically ± 0.03%
Temperature range
-20ºC ~ +120ºC ( -4ºF ~ +250ºF )
Maximum pressure (threaded meters)
bar (PSI)
Aluminium
70
70
30
20
316L stainless
70
70
30
38
interm. pressure stainless
OM015, OM025 - 100 bar OM040 - 50 bar OM050 - 80 bar
high pressure stainless
OM015, OM025, OM040 - 400 bar OM050 - 300 bar
Protection class
IP66/67 (NEMA4X), optional Exd IIB T6 or I.S.
Recommended filtering
OM040 threaded unit with pulse output
150 microns ( 100 mesh ) minimum
Electrical - for pulse meters (see also optional outputs)
Output pulse resolution
OM025 threaded unit with BT11 LCD
totalising display
pulses / litre ( pulses / US gallon ) - nominal
Reed switch
84
27
14
6.5 (4.7) E
Hall effect
168
107 ( 405 )
56
26 (19) E
Quadrature Hall option
168
54.5 ( 203 )
28.3 ( 100 )
13 (9.5) E
Reed switch output
OM050 flanged unit with 4 / 8 digit
mechanical register
30Vdc x 200mA max. (max. temp. shock 10ºC (50ºF) / min)
Hall effect output (NPN)
3 wire open collector, 5~24Vdc max., 20mA max
Optional functions
Display
Dimensional Information
flowrate, total (accumulative & resettable)
Preset batching
1 & 2 stage high speed batch control
IP65 3 digit reset mechanical totaliser
999.9 ltr/gal
9999 litres or gallons
IP65 4 digit reset mechanical totaliser
9999.9 ltr/gal
99999 litres or gallons
Mechanical Accum. totaliser capacities
M1 & M2 (6 digit), M3 & M4 (8 digit)
Optional outputs
Flow
4 ~ 20mA, high & low flow rate alarms
Pulse
scaled pulse (programmable) , pulse amplifier
* Maximum flow on fuels may be maintained for intermittent periods of refuelling.
* Maximum flow is to be reduced as viscosity increases, max. pressure drop 100Kpa (15psi)
Dim.
A
A
A
A
A
A
Connection
type
OM015A
OM025A
OM025S
OM040
OM050A
OM050S
A.N.S.I. 150
-
198
237
252
272
DIN 16
-
198
237
252
272
JIS 10K
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
fitted with...
OM015A
OM015S
OM025A
OM025S
OM040A
OM040S
OM050A
OM050S
277
RT12/EB register
154
148
168
165
203
194
218
268
277
BT register
145
139
160
157
195
196
210
260
-
198
237
252
266
277
RT20 register
157
151
171
168
206
197
221
271
B.S.P
110
137
176
188
212
212
cover
106
100
120
117
155
146
170
220
N.P.T
110
137
176
188
212
212
mech register
178
176
188
214
227
222
237
286
131
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
OM015, 025, 040 & 050 Medium capacity Oval gear positive displacement flowmeters
Options & Ordering Information
Closed couple options
Meter size
OM015
25mm (1") 10-150 L/min OM025
40mm (11/2") 15-250 L/min OM040
50mm (2") 30-450 L/min OM050
50mm (2" high flow) OM050E
Body material
Aluminum
A
Intermediate pressure aluminium M
(Only OM025 =138 Bar [2000psi] max.)
BSP female threaded
1
NPT female threaded
2
*Tri-clamp hygienic ferrules
3
ANSI-150 RF flanges
4
ANSI-300 RF flanges
5
PN16 DIN flanges
6
Jis 10kg/cm2 flanges
7
Customer nominated
9
316L Stainless steel
S
Temperature limits
Intermediate press. 316L SS meter N
120ºC
2
*150 ºC max. 3
*120 ºC (250ºF) max. 5
*80 ºC (180ºF) max. 8
(OM015N ~ 025N = 100bar, OM040N= 50bar,
OM050N = 80bar max.)
(OM025H ~040H = 400bar [5580psi] max.
OM050H = 300bar max.)
(Includes integral cooling fin)
(High Flow version only in Aluminium)
(For TF-PPS rotors and/or with BT,RT,EB options)
Aluminum (aluminium meters only). Only available in models OM015 and larger.
4
Stainless steel rotors fitted to aluminium meters (Select bearing type). Only available
in models OM015 to OM050
5
Keishi cutting of aluminium rotors
6
Keishi cutting of stainless steel rotors
7
(for high viscosity liquids)
(for high viscosity liquids)
1
(Standard with Stainlesssteel rotors) (aluminium rotors only)
Viton (standard) -15~+200ºC
Above options 1 and 2 close coupled to meter
3
Aluminium strainer only close coupled to meter
8
Integral options
Nil
00
Quadrature pulse QP
Explosion proof ~ Exd IIB T4/T6 E1
Explosion proof ~ Exd I/IIB T4/T6 E2
Exd with Quadrature pulse
Q1
Pulsating flow option PF
Exd with PF pulsating flow option
P1
(2 NPN Phased outputs)
(Aluminium & stainless meters)
(stainless meters only)
(hall effect output only)
BT11 dual totaliser with pulse output B2
O-ring Material
Rotor material
Hardened steel roller bearings
Aluminium air eliminator-strainer 2
close coupled to meter (Hall Effect output only)
H
High pressure 316 SS Bearing type
PPS Back pressure wafer check valve 1
within meter inlet flange
Process connections
15mm (1/2") 1-40 L/min 1
Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPR)- for ketones only 2
Teflon encapsulated viton - application specific
3
Buna-N ( Nitrile ) -65~+100ºC
4
Intrinsically safe BT11 (I.S.)
B3
RT12 Flow Rate Totaliser with all outputs
R2
Intrinsically safe RT12 (I.S.)
R3
EB10 batch controller
E0
Loop powered 4 ~ 20mA analog FI
Specific build requirement
SB
Cable entries
3~6mm cable gland
M20 x 1.5mm
1/2" NPT
0
1
2
4
Recommended Instruments: FBT11, FRT12, FEB10
132
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
OM080 & OM100 Large capacity Oval gear positive displacement flowmeters
Flomec large capacity flowmeters are suited for receipt verification, loading, unloading & distribution management at petroleum depots,
mine sites, marine & aviation facilities. Common transfer applications involve fuels, oils, solvents, alcohols along with the blending of bio &
ethanol fuels either pumped or gravity fed. The meters are compact & light weight in construction, important benefits when used in mobile
installations or within confined spaces.
• Industrial construction for rugged environments
• ATEX EEx designs
• Flow rates up to 2500 l/min
• Optional directly mounted display
Technical Information
Model prefix
Nominal size ( inches )
* Flow range ( litres / min )
OM080
OM80E
OM100
OM100E
80mm ( 3” )
80mm ( 3” )
100mm ( 4” )
100mm ( 4” )
35 ~ 750
50 ~ 1000
75 ~ 1500
150 ~ 2500
Accuracy @ 3cp
± 0.25% of reading
Repeatability
typically ± 0.03%
Temperature range
-20ºC ~ +120ºC
Maximum pressure
bar ( PSI )
Aluminium
12 ( 180 )
12 ( 180 )
10 ( 150 )
10 ( 150 )
Ductile iron
12 ( 180 )
-
10 ( 150 )
-
high pressure stainless
on request
Protection class
IP66/67 (NEMA4X), optional Exd IIB T6 or I.S.
Recommended filtering
350 microns ( 40 mesh ) minimum
Electrical - for pulse meters (see also optional outputs)
Output pulse resolution
OM100 flanged unit with pulse output
pulses / litre ( pulses / US gallon ) - nominal
Reed switch
2.65
Hall effect
Quadrature Hall option
Reed switch output
1.55
1.1
0.56
10.65
6.2
4.4
2.24
5.33
3.1
2.2
1.12
30Vdc x 200mA max. (max. temp. shock 10ºC (50ºF) / min)
Hall effect output (NPN)
3 wire open collector, 5~24Vdc max. 20mA max.
Optional functions
OM080 flanged unit with 4 / 8 digit
mechanical register
OM080 threaded unit with BT11 LCD
totalising display
Dimensional Information
Display
flowrate, total (accumulative & resettable)
Preset batching
1 & 2 stage high speed batch control
Optional mechanical registers ( IP65 )
3 digit reset totaliser
9999 litres or gallons ( 6 digit accumulative )
4 digit reset totaliser
99999 litres or gallons ( 8 digit accumulative )
Optional outputs
Flow
4 ~ 20mA, high & low flow rate alarms
Pulse
scaled pulse (programmable), pulse amplifier
* Maximum flow on fuels may be maintained for intermittent periods of refuelling.
* Max. flow is to be reduced as viscosity increases, max. press. drop 100Kpa (15psi)
Dim.
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
OM080
OM080E
OM100
OM100E
fitted with...
OM080-A
OM080S
OM080E
OM100
OM100E
A.N.S.I. 150
354
382
388
414
RT12/EB register
260
257
277
322
399
DIN 16
354
382
388
414
BT register
252
249
269
314
391
JIS 10K
354
382
388
414
RT20 register
264
260
281
326
403
B.S.P
266
294
294
320
cover
213
206
229
274
352
N.P.T
266
294
294
320
mech.register
270
N/A
288
333
416
Connection type
133
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
OM080 & OM100 Large capacity Oval gear positive displacement flowmeters
Options & Ordering Information
Closed couple options
Process connections
Meter size
BSP female threaded
1
80mm (3") 35-750 L/min OM080
NPT female threaded
2
80mm (3" high flow) 50-1000 L/min
OM080E
*Tri-clamp hygienic ferrules
3
ANSI-150 RF flanges
4
100mm (4") 75-1500 L/min OM100
ANSI-300 RF flanges
5
100mm (4" high flow) 150-2500 L/min
OM100E
PN16 DIN flanges
6
Jis 10kg/cm2 flanges
7
Customer nominated
9
Aluminum
A
Temperature limits
316L Stainless steel
S
120ºC
2
Ductile iron (Consult factory)
D
*150 ºC max. 3
*120 ºC max. 5
*80 ºC max. 8
Rotor material
(For TF-PPS rotors and/or with BT,RT,EB options)
Above options 1 and 2 close coupled to meter
3
Aluminium strainer only close coupled to meter
8
2
Nil
00
Quadrature pulse QP
Explosion proof ~ Exd IIB T4/T6 E1
(2 NPN Phased outputs)
(Hall Effect output only)
(Includes integral cooling fin)
1
Integral options
Body material
(High Flow version only in Aluminium)
Back pressure wafer check valve within meter inlet flange
Aluminium air eliminator-strainer close coupled to meter (Aluminium & stainless meters)
Explosion proof ~ Exd I/IIB T4/T6 E2
(stainless meters only)
Exd with Quadrature pulse
Q1
Pulsating flow option (hall effect output only)
PF
Exd with PF pulsating flow option
P1
Aluminum
4
Stainless steel 5
Viton (standard) -15~+200ºC
1
Keishi cutting of aluminium rotors
6
Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPR)- for ketones only
2
Keishi cutting of stainless steel rotors
7
Teflon encapsulated viton - application specific
3
RT12 Flow Rate Totaliser with all R2
outputs
Buna-N ( Nitrile ) -65~+100ºC
4
Intrinsically safe RT12 (I.S.)
R3
EB10 batch controller
E0
Loop powered 4 ~ 20mA analog FI
Specific build requirement
SB
(aluminium meters only)
(all stainless steel models only) (for high viscosity liquids)
(for high viscosity liquids)
Bearing type
PPS (Standard with Stainless steel rotors) Hardened steel roller bearings
(aluminium rotors only) 1
4
O-ring Material
BT11 dual totaliser with pulse output
B2
B3
Intrinsically safe BT11 (I.S.)
Cable entries
3~6mm cable gland
M20 x 1.5mm
1/2" NPT
0
1
2
Recommended Instruments: FBT11, FRT12, FEB10
134
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
Y Strainers for Positive displacement meters
• Economic filtration solution to prevent costly down time
• Simple way to protect positive displacement flowmeters
Technical Information
Body:
Stainless steel
Screen:
DN8 to 10 = 200 mesh (74µm)
DN15 to 50 = 100 mesh (149µm)
Packing:
PTFE
Working Pressure: 55 Bar
End Connections: Threaded Female
Dimensional Information, Options & Ordering Information
No
Part number
Material
1
Body
CF8M
2
Screen
SS316
3
Gasket
PTEF
4
Bonnet
CF8M
5
O-ring
Viton
6
Plug
CF8M
Model
Size
Size
A
L
H
W
D (mm)
ST006
DN8
1/4"
10.0
65.0
51.0
2.0
200 mesh
ST008
DN10
3/8"
12.0
65.0
51.0
2.0
200 mesh
ST015
DN15
1/2"
15.0
65.0
51.0
2.0
100 mesh
ST025
DN25
1"
25.0
90.0
72.0
2.0
100 mesh
ST040
DN40
11/2"
40.0
120.0
87.0
2.0
100 mesh
ST050
DN50
2"
50.0
140.0
103.0
2.0
100 mesh
135
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
Flowal series Oval gear positive displacement flowmeters in PP & PVDF
Meters of the Flowal® series are positive displacement flowmeters and due to their modular design they can be adapted to a wide field
of applications. The Flowal® Oval Wheel Meters are of a specially robust and simple design and impressively user friendly. The innovative
concept is the result of merging more than 70 years of experience with the latest technologies.
The unique profile of the gears offers superior performance and the ability to maintain linearity and low flow performance even on low
viscosity or water like liquids.
• Proven design from the inventors of the Oval gear
• Chemically resistant PVDF and PP design
• Flow rates down to 30 mL/Min
• Sealed to IP67
Technical Information
Accuracy*
Repeatability Max working pressure
Operating temperature
Ambient temperature
Process connection
Electrical connection
Outputs Materials
Degree of protection
Flowal in Polypropylene
Flowal in PVDF
<± 1% of the measured value without calibration
<± 0,5% of the measured value with calibration
0,1% of the measured value
6 bar (PVDF), 10 bar (PP)
-10°C to +80 °C
-10 °C to +60°C (blind design)
G1/4" BSP (OR015 and 06), G1/2" BSP (OR-1)
G3/4” BSP (OR-2), G1" BSP (OR-5 and 10)
supply according to NAMUR or 10 – 24VDC
pulse (open collector NPN/PNP or NAMUR)
Measuring chamber PP/PVDF
Oval wheels PEEK
IP 67 (blind design)
Dimensional Information
Size
A
B
Connection
OR-015
78
100
G1/4" BSP
OR-06
78
105
G1/4" BSP
OR-1
78
115
G1/2" BSP
OR-2
99
115
G3/4" BSP
OR-5
112
119
G1" BSP
OR-10
112
146
G1" BSP
Options & Ordering Information
Model Code
Flow Range (l/min)
OR-015
0.03-1
OR-06
0.2-5
OR-1
0.3-10
OR-2
1-30
OR-5
2-60
PP/PEEK only
OR-10
3-120
PVDF/PEEK only
PVDF/PEEK only
Recommended Instruments: FBT11, FRT12, FEB10
136
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
OAP series Large diameter Oval gear positive displacement flowmeters
The OAP series of oval wheel meters has the following special design characteristics
The casing and the measurement chamber are separate components. The measurement chamber is pressure relived, free from stresses
and is installed in the meter casing. The axles for the oval wheels are placed in the measurement chamber bottom and for meter sizes ≥
DN 65 they are also supported in the measurement chamber cover.
A permanent magnetic coupling is the basis for the transmission of the rotational movement from the measurement area to the dry area.
Hard graphite sleeve bearings insure the proper running of both oval wheel with high operational safety and long service life. Units 50
years old are still known to be in operation.
Oval wheel meters of the OAP series can, as for all other oval wheel meters, be adjusted to almost all operating conditions by means of
various combinations of materials for the casing, measurement chamber, oval wheels and bearings.
The OAP series of oval wheel meters is also produced with a heating jacket. This is given the series designation of OUAP.
• Proven design from the inventors of the oval gear flowmeter
• Sizes up to 16” (DN400)
• Long service life
• Custody transfer, meter proving and tanker loading applications
Technical Information
Nominal pressure
Measuring accuracy Media temperature
Materials Approvals
PN 16 to PN 100, at temperatures over 120°C pay attention to pressure reduction!
120°C bis 200°C permissible operating pressure=0,8xPN
200°C bis 250°C permissible operating pressure=0,7xPN
250°C bis 290°C permissible operating pressure=0,6xPN
± 0.1% to ± 0.3% of the measured value. This depends on the measurement range and
material being measured or in accordance with the particular calibration regulations.
Depending on the model, -140°C to +290°C.
Cast iron, cast steel, stainless steel, aluminium, brass/bronze
Approved by the Bureau of Standards in Germany and many other countries (EC-Approvals).
Accessories The following accessories are available for the OAP oval wheel meters:
• Mechanical single indicator E, indicator cannot be reset
• Mechanical double indicator D, indicator can be reset
• Mechanical roller counter M5, which can be reset
• Mechanical roller counter with printer M5B, can be reset
• Resettable mechanical roller counter with quantity setting device M5V
• Resettable mechanical roller counter with printer and quantity setting device M5BV
• Universal Smart Transmitter (UST) with HART communication
• Strainer
• Centrifugal gas separator, specially for measuring systems requiring calibration < 20 mPas
• Temperature compensation / Temperature extension
Recommended Instruments: FBT11, FRT12, FEB10
137
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
OAP series Large diameter Oval gear positive displacement flowmeters
Options & Ordering Information
Type
OaP5
DN
25
1"
Flowrate
Qmax
l/min
50
Ranges at
Viscosity
upto 1000 mPa*s
up to 3000 mPa*s
l/min
m3/h
l/min
m3/h
l/min
m3/h
l/min
m3/h
l/min
m3/h
l/min
m3/h
Min
8
0,5
5
0,3
5
0,3
2,5
0,15
1,25
0,075
0,45
0,027
Max
40
2,5
50
3
50
3
16
1,0
33
2
45
2,7
25
1,5
12,5
0,75
4,5
0,72
45
2,7
50
3
Min
16
1,0
10
0,6
10
0.6
7
0,42
3,5
0,20
1,2
0,072
Max
80
5,0
100
6
100
6
33
2,0
66
4
90
5,4
70
4,2
35
2,0
12
0,72
90
5,4
100
6
Min
50
3,0
30
1,8
30
1,8
18
1,08
9,0
0,54
3
0,18
Max
250
15
300
18
300
18
200
12
270
16,2
100
6
180
10,8
90
5,4
30
1,8
270
16,2
300
18
60
3,6
40
2,4
15
0,9
600
36
400
24
150
9
100
6
60
3,6
30
1,8
1000
60
600
36
300
18
200
12
150
9
75
4,5
2500
150
1500
90
750
45
400
24
250
15
120
7,2
4000
240
2500
150
1200
72
660
40
400
24
200
12
6600
400
4000
240
2000
120
1000
60
600
36
300
18
10000
600
6000
360
3000
180
1500
90
1000
60
400
24
15000
900
10000
600
4000
240
continuous
Batch Processing
OaP10
25
1"
100
continuous
Batch Processing
OaP50
50
2"
300
continuous
Batch Processing
OaP125
65
21/2"
700
OaP600
OaP
1200
1200.1
OaP
2000
80
3"
100
4"
150
8"
200
8"
1200
3000
5000
8000
300
12"
12000
100
6
70
4,2
70
4,2
500
30
700
42
700
42
200
12
420
25,2
525
31,5
560
33,6
630
37,8
continuous
Min
200
12
120
7,2
120
7,2
Max
1000
60
1200
72
1200
72
continuous
400
24
720
43,2
1000
60
Batch Processing
500
30
960
57,6
1200
72
Min
400
24
250
15
250
15
Max
2000
120
3000
180
3000
180
continuous
800
48
1650
100
2500
150
Batch Processing
1000
60
3000
180
3000
180
Min
800
48
500
30
500
30
Max
4000
240
5000
300
5000
300
continuous
1600
96
2500
150
3500
200
Batch Processing
2000
120
4000
240
4000
240
Min
1300
80
800
48
800
48
Max
6500
400
8000
480
8000
480
2600
160
4000
240
5500
320
5000
300
6600
400
continuous
Min
2000
120
1200
72
1200
72
Max
10000
600
12000
720
12000
720
4000
240
6000
360
8000
480
8000
480
10000
600
continuous
Batch Processing
OaP
4000
400
16"
20000
1,5-150 mPa*s
Min
Batch Processing
OaP
3200
0,3-1,5 mPa*s
Max
Batch Processing
OaP250
<0,3 mPa*s
Min
3200
200
2000
120
2000
120
Max
16000
1000
20000
1200
20000
1200
6600
400
10000
600
13500
800
15000
900
continuous
Batch Processing
upto 350 mPa*s
138
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
ZHA series Aluminium circular gear positive displacement flowmeter
The ZHA series represents a positive displacement meter that is affordable and accurate. One primary feature is the ability to maintain
consistent accuracy despite changing viscosity conditions. This reliability, coupled with a large turndown range, offers an affordable
replacement for older turbine technology.
The meter’s solid construction and excellent dynamic response are well suited to the measurements of oil, grease, fuel, solvents,
polyeurethanes, brake fluid, skydrol as well as other non abrasive lubricating fluids. Since there is no need for straight run piping upstream
or downstream of the flow meter, the ZHA flow meters are simple to use and to install. The meters produce good resolution and high
accuracy at low flow rates. Flow may be bidirectional without damage to internal parts. Non-intrusive sensors, panel displays and electronic
modules can be added to complete this superior value package.
• Economic alternative to Stainless Steel designs
• Pressure rating up to 350 Bar
• Up to 28,000 pulses per Litre
• Bi-directional flow
Materials
Housing:
Gears: Shafts, bearings: O-ring: high-strength aluminium ALCuMgPb
stainless steel as per DIN
1.4122/AISI 303 or 1.4460/AISI
329 (special)
stainless steel
viton or teflon
Sensor Output Information
VHE Single Hall Effect Sensor
VHD Dual Hall Effect Sensor
12 to 24 VDC, max. 10 mA
12 to 24 VDC, max. 10 mA
1 up to 3,000 Hz
1 up to 3,000 Hz
Square wave signal
Square wave signal
double measuring frequency and
reverse-flow detection
Output impedance
approx. 470 Ω
approx. 470 Ω
Temperature range
0 up to +70°C
0 up to +70°C
5-pin plug
1 = Supply voltage
2 = Output signal
3 = 0V/GND
4 = nc
5 = nc
5-pin plug
1 = Supply voltage
2 = Output signal 1
3 = 0V/GND
4 = Output signal 2
5 = nc
Supply Voltage
Frequency range
Output
Electrical connection
Options & Ordering Information
Model Code
Connection thread
(female)
Measuring range
ltr/min
K-factor
pulses/ltr
Pressure
bar
Weight
kg
ZHA01/2.KL.D
1/4" BSP or NPT
0.02 to 3
28,000
350
0.30
ZHA02.KL.D
1/4" BSP or NPT
0.1 to 7
8,400
350
0.38
ZHA03.KL.D
1/2" BSP or NPT
0.5 to 25
3,480
350
0.50
ZHA04.KL.D
3/4" BSP or NPT
0.5 to 70
950
350
2.25
ZHA05.KL.D
1" BSP or NPT
5 to 150
268
350
12.7
ZHA06.KL.D
1" BSP or NPT
20 to 500
106
350
16.8
Ordering example
ZHA03.KL.D.VHE
ZHA aluminium gear flow meter 0.5 to 25 L/min. Ball bearings (KL) with VHE single hall effect
amplified frequency output sensor
Recommended Instruments: FBT11, FRT12, FEB10
139
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
ZHM series Stainless steel circular gear positive displacement flowmeter
ZHM gear flow meters are used for the precise flow measurements of various fluids with a huge range of viscosities from 5 up to 25,000mm2/s.
Providing high accuracy (±0.5%), high pressure ratings (up to 1000 Bar on request) and wide measuring range (0.005 up to 1000 l/min)
make this a great meter for demanding applications.
• Pressure rating up to 100 Bar
• High resolution up to 82,000 Pulses per Litre
• Flow rates down to 5 mL/Min
• ATEX EEx design
Materials
Housing:
standard: stainless steel as per DIN 1.4305 / AISI 303
Special: DIN 1.4404 / AISI 316 L or 1.4571 / AISI 316 Ti
Gears: stainless steel as per DIN1.4122 / AISI 303, special: DIN 1.4460 / AISI 329
Shafts, bearings: tungsten carbide, ball on request
Seals: Viton, NBR, EPDM (for brake fluids) or Teflon
Signal pick up options
• VTE*/P: carrier-frequency amplifier with single pickup, for fluids up to +150oC
• VTE*/P Ex: carrier-frequency amplifier with single pickup, for fluids up to +150oC. ATEX certified.
• VTM: local display unit with integral frequency-and analogue output, for fluids up to +150oC
• TD*: carrier-frequency amplifier with twin pickup, for fluids up to +80oC
• VTQ: quadruple carrier-frequency pickup an amplifier with integral divider, for fluids up to +80oC
• FOP: fibre-optical amplifer for electrostatic environment, fluids up to +60oC
• IF*/VIEG: inductive pickup and amplifer for fluids up to +180oC
• IF*/VIEG Ex: inductive pickup and amplifer for fluids up to +180oC. ATEX certified.
• HE, HD: halleffect amplifer for fluids up to +80oC
Options & Ordering Information
ZHM type
Connection thread
(female)
Measuring range
ltr/min
Single pickup
ZHM01
1/4" BSP
0.005 to 1
ZHM01/1*
1/4" BSP
0.005 to 2
ZHM01/2*
1/4" BSP
0.02 to 3
14,000
28,000
630
4.6 to 700
ZHM02/1*
1/4" BSP
0.05 to 2
8,200
16,400
630
6.8 to 273
ZHM02*
1/4" BSP
0.1 to 7
4,200
8,400
630
7 to 490
ZHM03
3/8" BSP
0.5 to 25
1,740
3,480
630
14 to 725
ZHM04
1/2" BSP
0.5 to 70
475
950
630
4 to 554
ZHM05
K-factor (pulses/ltr)
Pressure
Frequency range
Twin pickup
bar
Hz, single pickup
41,000
82,000
630
3.4 to 683
26,500
53,000
630
2.2 to 883
3/4" BSP
5 to 150
134
268
400
11 to 335
ZHM06/1
SAE 1.1/4" flange
5 to 250
106
212
400
8.8 to 442
ZHM06
SAE 1.1/2" flange
20 to 500
53
106
400
18 to 442
ZHM07
SAE 1.1/2" flange
50 to 1,000
24
48
400
20 to 400
* Replace with sensor code for short or long pickup depending on meter size and fluid temperature.
Ordering examples
ZHM02KL.VTEL/P
ZHM stainless steel gear flow meter 0.1 to 7 L/min. Ball bearings (KL) with carrier-frequency amplifier with single
pickup, for fluids up to +150oC
ZHM05ST.IF/ViEG
ZHM stainless steel gear flow meter 5 to 150 L/min. Hard metal bearings (ST) with inductive pickup and amplifer for
fluids up to +180oC
Recommended Instruments: FBT11, FRT12, FEB10
140
Positive displacement Flowmeter
Hydrotechnik UK
VS series Cast iron or stainless steel circular gear positive displacement flowmeter
VS positive displacement flow meters are volume rate measuring sensors based on the meshing gear principle and are designed for
use with liquids up to 100,00 cSt. Flow ranges are available from 0.002 l/min up to 525 l/min. Most ranges are capable of a massive
1000:1 measuring range making this a unique option. Cast iron or Stainless Steel bodied versions are available to help suit your
application or budget.
• Huge 1000:1 measuring range
• Cast iron and Stainless Steel versions
• High temperature option to 210°C
• Flow rates down to 2ml/min
• ATEX EEx design
Technical Information
Accuracy Repeatability Materials Body
Max. operating pressures Medium temperature Viscosity Ranges Mounting positions Filtering for ball bearing type
Noise level Preamplifier
± 0.3 % of measured value at viscosity > 20 cSt (< 20 cSt reduced accuracy)
± 0.05 % under same operating conditions
Bearings
seals
Cast iron
Ball / Plain / Plain
FPM (Standard)
Stainless Steel 1.4305
(Copper-free) depend on liquid NBR, PTFE, EPDM
cast iron
stainless steel
315 bar
450 bar
Standard –40 ≤ ... 120° C
Ex-design –20 ≤ ... 100° C
High temperature
–40 ≤ ... 210° C
1...100 000 cSt
unrestricted, on subplate with side or bottom connections
VS 0.02/0.04/0.1 10 μm VS 0.2/0.4 20 μm
VS 1/2 50 μm
VS 4 50 μm
max. 72 dB(A)
10 to 28 Volt (DC)
Options & Ordering Information
Model Code
BSP or NPT female
threaded connections
(via subplate)
Measuring range
ltr/min (at 21c cSt)
K-factor
pulses/ltr
Weight (kg)
C.I / St.St
VS0.02
1/4", 3/8" or 1/2"
0.002 to 2
50,000
2.8 / 3.4
VS0.04
1/4", 3/8" or 1/2"
0.004 to 4
25,000
2.8 / 3.4
VS0.1
1/4", 3/8" or 1/2"
0.01 to 10
10,000
2.8 / 3.4
VS0.2
1/4", 3/8" or 1/2"
0.02 to 18
5,000
3.0 / 3.7
VS0.4
1/2" or 3/4"
0.03 to 40
2,500
4.0 / 5.0
1/2", 3/4" or 1"
0.05 to 80
1,000
5.3 / 6.8
VS2
1/2", 3/4" or 1"
0.1 to 120
500
6.7 / 8.4
VS4
1.1/4" or 1.1/2"
1 to 250
250
14.7 / 18.4
VS10
1.1/2"
1.5 to 525
300
on request
VS1
141
Positive Displacement Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
SRZ series Helical screw positive displacement flowmeters
Two highly accurate cycloid-shaped screw spindles mesh and rotate inside a cylindrical housing with two overlapping holes in the form of
a figure of eight, which forms the measuring chamber. The medium flows in axial direction and rotates the spindles, it is forced along the
measuring chamber bores by the profile of the spindles. This happens without pulsation and with minimum leakage.
A pickup will inductively detect the speed of the spindle pair through the housing via a pole wheel with a high number of gears. The speed
of the spindles is absolutely proportional to the volume flow over a very wide range.
Technical Information
Linearity Repeatability Operating Pressure Temperature Viscosity
Materials Helicals ± 0,5% of actual flow value (from 30 mm²/s onwards)
± 0,25% of actual flow value (from 100 mm²/s onwards)
± 0,1%
PN 16/40 up to PN 400
up to +150°C fluid temperature (higher on request)
30 up 1,000,000 mm²/s
housing stainless steel as per DIN 1.4305 (SS303)
special: 1.4404 (SS316L)
stainless steel as per DIN 1.4122 (SS303)
special: 1.4460 (SS329)
• Viscosities up to 1 Million cSt
• Pressure rating up to 400 Bar
• Flow rates up to 400 L/Min
• ATEX EEx design
Signal pick up options
• VTE*/P: carrier-frequency amplifier with single pickup, for fluids up to +150oC
• VTE*/P Ex: carrier-frequency amplifier with single pickup, for fluids up to +150oC. ATEX certified.
• VTM: local display unit with integral frequency-and analogue output, for fluids up to +150oC
• TD*: carrier-frequency amplifier with twin pickup, for fluids up to +80oC
• VTQ: quadruple carrier-frequency pickup an amplifier with integral divider, for fluids up to +80oC
• FOP: fibre-optical amplifier for electrostatic environment, fluids up to +60oC
• IF*/VIEG: inductive pickup and amplifier for fluids up to +180oC
• IF*/VIEG Ex: inductive pickup and amplifier for fluids up to +180oC. ATEX certified.
• HE, HD: hall effect amplifier for fluids up to +80oC
* Replaced with code letter for short or long pickup depending on meter size and fluid temperature.
Options & Ordering Information
Type
Measuring range
ltr/min
K-factor
pulses/ltr
Frequency range
in Hz
0.01 - 4
16,500
3 - 1,000
SRZ 20
0.04 - 16
9,000
6 - 1,250
SRZ 40
0.40 - 40
3,500
20 - 1,740
SRZ 100
1.00 - 100
850
8 - 1,750
SRZ 400
4.00 - 400
214
14 - 1,800
SRZ 10
Please note different pulse rates and frequency ranges for high temperature versions: SRZ 10: 11,200 pulses/ltr. and 2 up to 760 Hz, SRZ 40: 1,750
pulses/ltr. and 11 up to 1,167 Hz
Ordering examples
SRZ40KL.VTE/P
SRZ helical gear flow meter 0.4 to 40 L/min. Ball bearings (KL) with carrier-frequency amplifier with single pickup, for fluids up to +150°C
SRZ100ST.VTM
SRZ helical gear flow meter 1 to 100 L/min. Hard metal bearings (ST) with local display unit with integral frequency-and analogue output, for
fluids up to +150°C
Recommended Instruments: FBT11, FRT12, FEB10
142
Magnetic Inductive Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
Magnetic Inductive flowmeters - principle of operation
Principle of operation
Magnetic inductive flowmeters use Faraday’s principles to infer the velocity of a liquid passing through them. In effect the liquid becomes a
moving conductor in a magnetic field the resultant emf (voltage) is proportional to the velocity of the liquid flow rate. For the liquid to be a
conductor it must be conductive in nature, this type of flowmeter cannot be used for non-conductive fluids such as oils.
In-line magnetic inductive flowmeters use a non-conductive or lined section of pipe with electrodes in the side walls to sense the emf
generated, the inductive coils are placed outside the pipe leaving nothing to restrict the flow. Insertion designs are also available which
prove very cost effective for applications where absolute accuracy is not required.
These flowmeters have no moving parts and offer very little in the way of pressure loss. With a range of non-conductive liners and electrodes
materials these device offer the ability to measure a wide range of liquids from water, through acids and bases to slurries and with their
output being independent of viscosity even thick media can be measured without any need for correction.
Principle of Magnetic Inductive flow measurement
Media application guide
Water 
143
Chemicals 
Hygienic 
Magnetic Inductive Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
PE102 series PVDF low flow magnetic inductive flowmeter
The PE102 magmeter is designed for low-flow chemical injection or difficult-to-meter applications with pulsating metering pumps in 3/4”
down to 1/4” pipe or tube. The housing is made of sturdy splash proof HDPE plastic.
With no moving parts, the PE102 can handle fluids containing particulate matter without clogging or jamming, keeping maintenance at a
minimum. With no metallic parts (100% PVDF body and PVDF carbon fibre filled electrodes), the meter is corrosion resistant and compatible
with a wide range of chemicals. Accuracy is maintained with conductive fluids (>20 microSiemens) of varying viscosities and densities.
Technical Information
• No moving parts
• Chemically resistant non-metalic
construction
• 100:1 turn-down
• Pulse or analogue output
Dimensional Information
Pipe size
3/4”, 1/2”, 3/8”, 1/4”**
Fitting
FlareTek fittings standard in 3/4” or 3/8” flowbody; NPT
threaded adapters also available
Body
PVDF
Electrodes
PVDF carbon fiber-filled
Ground
PVDF carbon fiber-filled
Housing
HDPE with glass fiber
Fittings (FlareTek)
PVDF
Adapters (NPT)
PVC or PVDF
O-Rings (for NPT)
EPDM or Viton
Ambient temp range
-18˚ to 54˚C
Fluid temp range
0˚ to 93˚C
Max Pressure
10 Bar
-075 Model flow range
76 LPM Max 0.76LPM cut off
-038 Model flow range
11LPM Max. 0.11LPM cut off
-075 Model accuracy
+/- 1% of reading across rated range
-038 Model accuracy
+/- 1% of reading across rated range
Output Signal
-075
Optocoupled current sinking or current sourcing pulse
output: 30 Vdc, 5mA max 4-20 mA current loop: 7Vdc
plus load voltage drop min; 50 Vdc max
PE102-075: 500 pulses/litre (1892 pulses/gallon)
-038
PE102-038: 1000 pulses/litre (3785 pulses/gallon).
Power
10-15 Vdc, 150 mA (linear power supply recommended)
Conductivity
>20 microSiemens
Empty Pipe Detection
Hardware/software, conductivity-based
Environmental
NEMA 4X standard; IP 66 Splashproof standard
Options & Ordering Information
144
Magnetic Inductive Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
WMP series polypropylene magnetic inductive flowmeter
The WMP is a full-bore, plastic-bodied electromagnetic flow meter designed for flow and usage monitoring applications in 1 and 2 inch
pipe. The polypropylene flow tube offers corrosion resistance to a wide range of chemicals. Its light weight and easy to install or remove
from the pipe for inspection.
With no moving parts, the magmeter permits unobstructed flow, minimising flow disturbances and hence, straight pipe requirements. The
WMP-Series can be used in piping configurations where there is little space between the meter and an elbow or valve. The WMP-Series, like
other magmeters, are resistant to wear from sand and debris found in ground or surface water. Since there are no bearings or propeller to
wear out, downtime and maintenance and repair costs are kept to a minimum. Because there are no mechanical parts in the flow stream,
the meter tolerates high flows without damage.
• Battery powered option
• Durable Polypropylene body
• Ideal for irrigation applications
• Display of flow rate and total
Technical Information
Pipe size
1 or 2 inch full port
Fittings
1 inch NPTF, 2 inch flange clamps with optional 2 inch NPTF fitting kit
Body
Glass-filled polypropylene
Electrodes
316 stainless steel
Electronics Housing
Diecast aluminium, powder-coated
Display Cover
Polyethylene
Pressure
10.3 bar working pressure @ 21˚ C
Accuracy
+/- 1% of reading across rated range
+/- 1% of reading across rated range
Minimum Flow
1 inch model: 0.145 liters per second
2 inch model: 0.38 liters per second
Maximum Flow
1 inch model: 110 gallons per minute (6.94 liters per second)
2 inch model: 300 gallons per minute (18.9 liters per second)
Digits
6 (Flow Rate)
8 (Totaliser)
Units
Gallons/Minute, Cubic Feet/Second,
Cubic Feet/Minute, Liters/Second
Liters/Minute, Cubic Meters/Minute
Acre-Feet, Acre-Inch, Gallons,
Gallons x 1000,
Cubic Feet, Liters, Megaliters, Cubic Meters
Security
Cross-drilled screws and tamper-evident seal (optional)
WMP101
10-30 Vdc @ 60 mA max (15 mA average)
NOTE: Using an unregulated power supply >18 Vdc may damage the meter due to AC line input voltage fluctuation
WMP104
6 each AA alkaline cells, replaceable. Estimated life is 1-year with meter in typical use, or 3-years dry.
2 each C lithium batteries, replaceable. Estimated life is 3-years with meter in typical use, or 10-years dry
Pulse Output Signal
(WMP101 Only) Pulse Rate
Current sinking pulse, opto isolated, 24 Vdc at 10 mA max
1 gal/pulse out, or 1 liter/pulse out, depending on unit selection. Pulse width of 10ms
High Frequency Output
(WMP101 Only)
Optional, 30 PPG, pulse width 1.1 ms, min - max frequency, 3 - 150 hz
Empty Pipe Detection
Hardware/software, conductivity-based
Conductivity
>20 micro Siemens
Environmental
NEMA 4X standard; -40˚ to 176˚ F (-40˚ to 80˚ C) storage
Electrical Connection
(WMP101 Only)
5 pin male circular connector, mates to industry standard cable
145
Magnetic Inductive Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
WMP series polypropylene magnetic inductive flowmeter
Dimensional Information
1" units
2" units
Options & Ordering Information
146
Magnetic Inductive Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
EX80 series insertion style magnetic inductive flowmeter
EX80-Series insertion electromagnetic flowmeters are designed for use with conductive liquids in 1 to 12” pipe. A choice of materials
(stainless steel, brass, and PVC) allows the meter to adapt to a range of temperature, pressure, and corrosive environments.
The EX80 is highly suitable for difficult applications with changing viscosities and pulsating flows, such as air-driven diaphragm pumps.
With no moving parts, these meters can be used in “dirty” applications where debris would foul a mechanical meter. Like all magmeters,
when used in chemical injection applications, these meters should be installed upstream of the chemical line (or far enough downstream
to allow complete mixing of fluids before the meter).
Technical Information
EX80 series - PVC
EX80 series - Brass
EX80 series - Stainless Steel
Dimensional Information
Pipe size
1" to 12"
Mechanical
316 SS/Brass/PVC
Electrodes
Hastelloy
Housing
Cast powder-coated aluminium
Electrode Cap
PVDF (Kynar)
O-Ring
EPDM standard (Viton optional)
Full Power
12 - 25 Vdc, 250 mA
Low Power
12 - 25 Vdc, 40 mA average with 250 mA peaks
Flow Rate
0.08 - 6.09 m/sec
Ambient Temp
-17˚ to 72˚ C
Fluid Temp: Brass/SS
0˚ to 93˚ C
Fluid Temp: PVC
0˚ to 55˚ C @ 0 psi
Brass/SS msx pressure
13.8 bar
PVC max pressure
10 bar @ 75˚ F
Minimum Conductivity
20 micro Siemens/cm
Calibration Accuracy
+/- 1% of full scale
Output
Square wave pulse, opto isolated, 550 Hz @ 20
ft/sec
Empty Pipe Detection
Software, defaults to zero flow
Regulatory
CE Mark (Stainless Steel, Brass and Standard
Power Only)
Options & Ordering Information
Meter style
• No moving parts
• Insertion design for pipe sizes up to 12”
• 75:1 turn down 0.08-6 m/s
• PVC, Brass and Stainless Steel designs
Fitting type
1”-3” Pipe
EX81
PVC Tee with Solvent weld ends
TP
4”-10” Pipe
EX82
Bronze Tee with NPT threads
TB
12” Pipe
EX83
StSt Tee with NPT threads
TS
Bronze Braze on fitting
WB
Carbon Steel Weld-on fitting
WC
Stainless Steel Weld-on fitting
WS
Material
P
PVC
Brass
B
Stainless Steel
S
Flow range
Options
No option
00
Reverse flow Output
15
2.6-185.2 L/Min (1”)
100
5.7-415.8 L/Min (1.1/2”)
150
10.2-740.9 L/Min (2”)
200
23.4-1,663 L/Min (3”) 300
41.6-2,960 L/Min (4”)
400
600
*Immersible (consult factory)
40
94.5-6,653 L/Min (6”)
Low Power Version
50
162.5-11,831 L/Min (8”)
800
Viton Seal
125
257-18,522 L/Min (10”)
1000
374-26,649 L/Min (12”)
1200
Recommended Instruments: FBT11, FRT12, FEB10
147
Magnetic Inductive Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
FN20 series industrial magnetic inductive flowmeters
The FLONET FN20 inductive flow meter has been designed to measure volume flow
rates of electrically conductive liquids in closed piping systems. Measurements can
be done in both flow directions, with high measurement accuracy over a wide range of
flow rates (0.1 to 10 m/s). The minimum required conductivity of the measured medium
is 5 µS/cm.
Technical Information
• Rugged Industrial design
• No moving parts
• Sizes up to 48”
• 5 Liner and electrode choices
Nominal diameter DN
DN 6 to DN 1200
Nominal pressure PN bar
6, 10, 16, 25 or 40 (related to DN)
min. conductivity of measured liquid
20µS/cm, on agreement with the manufacturer down to 5µS/cm
Electrode material
Stainless steel 1.4571, Hastelloy-C4, platinum, tantalum
Ambient temperature
-5°C to 55°C
Sensor lining
Soft or hard rubber, Teflon
Design version
Compact or with remote electronic unit
Piping connection
Flanges or water
max. temperature of measured
liquid
Up to 150°C, depending on sensor lining
Measuring accuracy
±0.2% for 10 to 100% qs
±0.5% for 5 to 100% qs
Measuring range
0.1 to 10m/s
Indication of empty piping
from DN 50 upwards
Displayed units
I, m3, US gal, US bbl
Outputs (insulated)
current (0) 4 to 20mA, frequency 0 to 1,000Hz, pulse 0.001 to 1,000
litres per pulse, communication line USB, RS 485
Power supply
24/115/230V ±10%, 50 to 60Hz (AC), 24V ±10% (DC)
Protection class
IP 67 (IP 68)
Pressure Ratings (by size) & Dimensional Information
PN (bar)
Options & Ordering Information
40
16
10
6
DN
20
25-40
50-80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400-600
700
800
900
1,000
1,200
L1
200
200
200
250
250
300
350
450
500
550
600
700
800
900
1,000
1,200
Power supply
Housing Design
Compact design FN201.4
Remote design FN201.5
Lining Material
Hard Rubber (0-80oC) 1
Soft Rubber (0-80oC) 2
Special Rubber (for potable water) 3
Flow range/pipe size
230 Vac 50/60 Hz
1
115 Vac 50/60 Hz
2
24 Vac 50/60 Hz
3
24 Vac/dc
4
PTFE (-20 to +150oC) 4
max 1 M3/HR (DN6) 01
Max 1.8 M3/HR (DN8) 02
Max 2.8 M3/HR (DN10) 03
Max 6.5 M3/HR (DN15) 04
Max 12 M3/HR (DN20) 05
Max 18 M3/HR (DN25) 06
Max 30 M3/HR (DN32) 07
Max 45 M3/HR (DN40) 08
Max 72 M3/HR (DN50) 09
Max 120 M3/HR (DN65) 10
Max 180 M3/HR (DN80) 11
Sensor to pipe
1
Max 280 M3/HR (DN100) 12
Grounding rings
2
Max 430 M3/HR (DN125) 13
Grounding Electrode
3
Max 650 M3/HR (DN150) 14
Max 1,150 M3/HR (DN200) 15
Max 1,180 M3/HR (DN250) 16
Flange style
Max 2,520 M3/HR (DN300) 17
EN 1092-1
Max 40,000 M3/HR (>DN300) XX
ANSI 16.5
E-CTFE (-20 to +130oC) 5
Flange rating
PN6/150 LB
1
PN10/150 LB
2
3
PN25/300 LB
4
PN40/600 LB
5
PN16/150 LB
Electrode Material
Stainless Steel (1.4571)
1
Hastelloy C-276
2
Platinum – Gold Platinum
3
Tantalum
4
Titanium (Gr.2 ASTM B348-03)
5
Grounding
Body & Flange material
Carbon Steel (Epoxy coated) 1
Stainless Steel 2
Ingress Protection
1
Standard IP67
1
2
IP68 (for remote housing)
2
148
Magnetic Inductive Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
FF10 series hygienic magnetic inductive flowmeters
The FLONET FF10 induction flow meter has been designed to measure volume flow rates
of electrically conductive liquids (min 5µs/cm) in closed piping systems. Measurements
in both flow directions are possible, with high measurement accuracy over a wide range
of flow rates (0.1 to 10 m/s).
The measurement evaluation electronic unit includes a 2 line alphanumeric display
to show the measured values where various operational parameters of the meter can
be selected by means of an associated keyboard. Available are two passive binary
outputs (frequency, impulse and limit values), one active current output and an output to
connect a digital communication line. All meter functions and output parameters can be
reset during the meter operation. If the meter is to be used as a commercial (invoicing)
meter, some of its functions are blocked to prevent the user from interfering with the
meter readings.
Technical Information
• Rugged Hygienic design
• DIN11851 or Tri-clamp fittings
• PTFE lined
• Sizes up to 4”
Dimensional Information
nominal diameter DN
10 to 100mm, 1/2" to 2.1/2" (Clamp)
nominal pressure PN (bar)
10
min. conductivity of measured
fluid
20µS/cm, on special requirement 5µS/cm
max. temperature of measured
fluid
+150°C
Electrode material
Hastelloy-C4 on special requirement platinum or tantalum
sensor lining
PTFE
Connections
Clamp (ITE Intertechnik DIN 32676), Tri Clamp (Tri Clover) screw fittings
for food-processing applications (DIN 11851)
design version
compact or with remote electronic unit
measuring accuracy
±0.5% for flow rates 5 to 100% qs
measuring range
0.1 to 10m/s
signal and communications
output
insulated current (0) 4 to 20mA, insulated frequency 0 to 1,000Hz,
insulated impulse output 0.001 to 1,000/imp
insulated communication interfaces USB and RS 485
power supply
24/115/230V AC +10%-15%, 50 to 60Hz, 15VA, 24VDC +10%-15%
ambient temperature
-5 to +55°C
protection class
IP 67 (IP 68)
Diameter
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
100
Clamp
1/2"
145
145
145
145
145
200
200
200
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
137
137
137
137
137
192
DIN11851
170
170
170
225
225
225
225
225
280
280
-
-
-
-
-
-
Power supply
230 Vac 50/60 Hz
1
Remote design FF10.5
115 Vac 50/60 Hz
2
24 Vac 50/60 Hz
3
24 Vac/dc
4
Electrode & Grounding ring material
01
02
149
21/2"
145
FF10.4
Max 2.8 M3/HR (DN10) Max 6.5 M3/HR (DN15) Max 12 M3/HR (DN20) Max 18 M3/HR (DN25) Max 30 M3/HR (DN32) Max 45 M3/HR (DN40) Max 72 M3/HR (DN50) Max 120 M3/HR (DN65) 2"
-
Compact design max 1 M3/HR (DN6)
11/2"
145
Housing Design
Max 1.8 M3/HR (DN8)
1"
Tri-clamp
Options & Ordering Information
Flow range/pipe size
3/4"
Hastelloy C-4
1
Platinum – Gold Platinum
2
Tantalum
3
Grounding
03
04
05
Sensor to pipe
1
Grounding Electrode
2
06
07
08
Connection style
09
DIN 11851
1
Standard IP67
1
10
Tri-clamp 2
IP68 (for remote housing)
2
Ingress Protection
Ultrasonic Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
Ultrasonic flowmeters - principle of operation
Principle of operation
Ultrasonic flowmeters generally come in two forms, both using high frequency sound waves to infer the velocity of a fluid flowing through a
pipe. This can either be done with sensors mounted or clamped on to the outside of the pipe or built into an in-line body.
The first type uses the Doppler effect to measure the speed of particles or air bubbles in the liquid to determine the fluids speed, just as a
hand held speed gun is used to measure the velocity of cars moving along a road.
The second type measures the time taken for the sound waves to move between two points along a pipe, firstly upstream and then downstream. When the sound is moving upstream it is slowed by the velocity of the passing fluid, conversely when it moves downstream its
speed is increased. The difference between the time taken for the upstream and downstream runs can be used to infer the fluids velocity
and gives these units their name of ‘time of flight’ or ‘transit time’ flowmeters.
Although there are a few hybrid units on the market that use both methods to produce a reading it is more common to find either Doppler
or Time of Flight flowmeters. The applications for the two methods vary quite considerably - Doppler units need air or particles in the fluid
to be measured to work, whereas this causes Time of Flight version considerable problems.
The relative low power requirements of either system mean that battery powered versions are available, this combined with the ability to
measure flows without having to break into the pipe to put a conventional flowmeter in, make them a very useful solution for larger pipe
size applications.
Principle of Ultrasonic flow measurement
Media application guide
Oils 
Water 
Fuels 
Chemicals 
150
Ultrasonic Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
SL1168P Portable clamp on ultrasonic flowmeter kit
The model SL1168P portable handheld ultrasonic flowmeter is a true state-of-the-art transit-time flowmeter designed using the
latest digital technology and intelligent self-correcting sonic transmission technology.
SL11688P features high reliability and low maintenance. Compared with other flowmeters and other ultrasonic flowmeters, the
SL1168P is characterized by high accuracy, high reliability, superior performance, rapid response to flow changes, and low cost.
• Measure from pipe sizes 25mm to 1200mm
• Simple menu driven programming
• Low cost solution to difficult metering requirements
• Supplied in sturdy portable carry case
SL1168 hand-held display and set up unit
Magnetic clamp on sensors
Technical Information
Ordering Information
Part Number:
SL1168P
For fixed installations or for Doppler units used with contaminated media or slurries, contact Flowtechnik.
151
Ultrasonic Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
FL series in-line Ultrasonic flowmeter
Battery-powered ultrasonic water and flow meters of the FLOMIC FL50X4 type series are intended
for technological and commercial flow-rate, pressure and water consumption measurements
and data storage in water works, water treatment and supply plants and other industries. The
meter design and parameters comply with the requirements of standard CSN EN 14154. The
technological capabilities and parameters of the meters make them suitable not only for water
consumption measurements but also for monitoring of water leakage and general water-supply
network conditions with optional connection to a remote data processing station via a data transfer
channel.
• Battery powered design
• Sizes up to 12”
• Optional Analogue output
• Bi-directional designs
Dimensional Information
DN
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
L (mm)
260
300
300
300
350
350
350
350
350
S (mm)
140
145
150
155
160
165
180
190
205
Weight (kg)
4.5
7
10
11
15
17.5
22.5
26
36.5
Technical Information
nominal diameter DN
32
overload flowrate Q4 (m/3/h)
40
50
12.5
20
10
16
0.2
0.32
penament flowrate Q4 (m/3/h)
transitional flowrate Q4
(m/3/h)
FL 5024
65
80
31.25
50
78.75
25
40
63
0.5
0.8
1.26
0.64
FL 5044
minimum flowrate Q4 (m/3/h)
FL 5024
0.125
0.2
0.312
FL 5044
pulse output constant Ki (litres/pulse)
water pressure class
10
25
125
150
200
125
200
312.5
500
100
160
250
400
2.0
3.2
5.0
8.0
1.0
1.6
2.5
4.0
6.4
0.5
0.787
1.25
2.0
3.125
5.0
0.4
0.63
1.0
1.6
2.5
4.0
50
50
100
100
100
250
MAP 16
temperature class
flow-profile sensitivity class
10
100
T50
before meter
U5 (FL 5044), U10 (FL5024)
after meter
D3 (FL 5044), D5 (FL5024)
pressure loss class
ΔP 10
climate and mechanical resistance class
B
Electromagnetic environment
E1, E2
Flowrate sampling period
1 sec
Display unit
Single-line 8-digit LC display
Power supply
Lithium battery 3.6 V/19 Ah, minimum lifetime 8 years in standard meter version
Protection class
IP 68
Output (insulated)
measured flowrate values indicated in the form of passive pulse output
U = 3 to 30 V, I = 0.002 to 10 mA timp = 30 ms
optional accessories
passive current output 4 to 20 mA, U = 10 to 24 V
Bi-directional
flowrate
measurement
+ passive pulse output, U = 3 to 30 V, I = 0.002 to 10mA timp = 30 ms
- passive pulse output, U = 3 to 30 V, I = 0.002 to 10mA timp = 30 ms
Passive current output 4 to 20mA , U = 10 to 24V, in combination with passive electric contact for indication of the actual
flowrate direction
Optically isolated interfaces USB, RS 232 or RS 232 + USB convertor GSM module
Ordering Information
Part Number:
Contact Flowtechnik
152
Vortex Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
Vortex flowmeters - principle of operation
Principle of operation
Vortex Flowmeters use a phenomenon first described by Theodore Karman whereby a body or bluff body as it is known, placed across a
laminar flow will alternatively shed ‘Karman’ vortices from its trailing edge. These vortices or eddies shed in a continuous stream with a
frequency which is proportional to the velocity of the fluid flowing passed the bluff body, and produce low pressure and disturbed regions
in the fluid which can be detected using pressure or vibration sensors.
The Karman vortex effect can be seen with a variety of fluids such as air, steam and water like liquids, making this type of flowmeter
extremely versatile as one unit can do all three applications (usually with only minor modifications). Vortex flowmeters tend to be relatively
expensive, although low cost moulded versions for water applications are becoming more common.
With plenty of different flowmeter types to measure water like liquids, Vortex flowmeters are more commonly associated with steam and
larger air applications and tend to be used with a flow computer to give mass flow rate.
Media application guide
Water 
153
Air/Gases 
Hazardous 
Steam 
Vortex Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
VA series Vortex flowmeter
The Vortex meter series VTX is equipped with a trapezoidal bluff body which induces a precise
detachment of vortices with high repeatability. Liquids, gases and steam can be measured
equally well.
Due to the special design of the bluff body the frequency of the vortices is proportional to the
flow velocity and independent from pressure, temperature, density and viscosity. The vortices,
detaching reciprocally from the bluff body, engender local changes in velocity and pressure,
which are detected by a sensor and converted to a sgnal (4-20mA or NAMUR pulses) by a
transmitter, equipped with an auto-adaptive and microprocessor-driven signal processing.
•Flange and wafer mount versions
•High temperature option to 450°C
•Suitable for liquids, steam and gas
•ATEX EEx design
Technical data
Accuracy
Repeatability
Operating temperature
Ambient temp
Process connection
Electrical connection
Materials
Safety class
EG-declaration of conformity
Dimensional Information
Gas / steam : ± 0,9 % of measured value *)
Liquids : ± 0,6 % of measured value *)
± 0,15 % of measured value
-40°C to +270 °C standard
-200 °C to +450 °C special design
-40°C to +70 °C
Wafer: DN 15 to 300;
PN 10 to 40; Class 150 and 300.
Flange: DN 15 to 300;
PN 40; Class 150 and 300.
Models up to PN 100 on request
Power supply 14 - 30 VDC. 2 -wire technology, 4-20 mA, HART or pulses
(without HART) and pulse output acc. NAMUR (scalable) cable fitting M20x1,5
Bluff body: 1.4404
Housing: 1.4404
Gaskets: Viton, Graphite
Electronic housing: casted aluminium
EEx ia IIC T6 acc. ATEX 100a
(EEx d in preparation)
acc. EMV-guideline 89/336/EWG
DIN EN 61000-6-2 / DIN EN 61000-6-3 and NAMUR NE 21
Flanged version
Gas / Steam (m³/h)
15
Liquids (m³/h)
Lower
value
Upper
value
Lower
value
Upper
value
2
25
0,4
8
25
5
130
1,0
20
40
10
330
2,5
50
50
15
560
4
80
80
40
1600
6
180
100
60
2300
10
300
150
130
5300
20
600
200
250
9400
40
1200
250
400
16000
80
1800
300
500
20000
120
2500
Nominal size > DN 300 available on request
Sandwich version
DN
L
H
DN
L
H
15
200
335
15
65
335
25
200
330
25
65
330
40
200
340
40
65
340
50
200
340
50
65
340
80
200
355
80
65
355
100
250
370
100
65
370
150
300
395
150
90
395
200
300
425
200
120
425
250
380
440
250
140
440
300
450
465
300
160
465
Ordering Information
Part Number:
DN
mm
Dimensions in mm
Contact Flowtechnik
154
Coriolis Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
Coriolis flowmeters - principle of operation
Principle of operation
Coriolis flowmeters use the principles first described by Gaspard-Gustave Coriolis in 1835 to infer the mass flow rate and density of a fluid
passing through them.
Coriolis meters generally come in two versions, either with straight pipes or ‘U’ or ‘Omega’ shaped tubes. Both types have a system of
excitation and for sensing the vibration of these tubes, the Coriolis force of a mass flowing through the flowmeter will distort the tube(s)
causing a phase change in the measured vibration. This, when compensated for temperature and integrated over time gives Mass Flow
Rate.
A component of this signal can also be used to calculate the Density of the fluid as it passes through the flowmeter. Coriolis flowmeters
offer some of the best accuracies of any type of flowmeter on the market, however they are complex devices with precision fabricated
bodies and electronics. Complex algorithms for signal conditioning and calculation leads to a relatively high cost measuring solution.
Coriolis flowmeters can be used on liquid or gas, however they can be problematic when used on multiphase fluids, these applications
are generally avoided. Corrosion or abrasion can also affect the flowmeters performance so Coriolis flowmeter tend to be used with clean,
single-phase fluids that are not abrasive and if corrosive, special materials have to be used.
Media application guide
Oils 
155
Water 
Air/Gases 
Fuels 
Chemicals 
Paints & Inks 
Steam 
Hazardous 
Hygienic 
Coriolis Flowmeters
Hydrotechnik UK
KCM C-flow series Coriolis mass flowmeter
The coriolis mass flow meters measure simultaneously mass
flow, volume flow, temperature and density and consequently can
replace different measuring instruments.
Due to a construction free of dead spots the meters are flushable
and can be easily sterilized. The C-flow mass flow meters do not
contain any moving parts and consequently are suited for polluted
media. Depending on requirements, the C-flow mass flow meters
are available as compact version with on site display and remote
version with electronics in a wall mount or panel mount housing.
For compact versions, an additional remote display is available,
designed for cable lengths up to 1 km.
• True Mass Reading
• No moving parts
• Second output of Density
• ATEX EEx design
Technical Data - KCM 0300 to KCM 3000
Medium temperature Connections
Operating pressure Material Ingress protection
Electrical connection Max cable length Ex-protection Weight Technical Data - KCM 6000 to KCM 60K
up to +125°C
female threads G1/2’’
adapters for flanges, diary or
tri-clamp connectors
max. 350 bar
stainless steel as per DIN 1.4571 (AISI 316 Ti)
IP 67
9-pin flange plug
compact version with integral transmitter
30 metres between tranducer and transmitter
EX II 2G EEx ib IIC T2–T4
KCM 300 and 600: 4.1 kg
KCM 1500 and 3000: 8.8 kg
End connections Nominal pressure Process temperature Ambient temperature
Ingress protection
Materials flanges acc. EN 1092, ANSI B16.5, DIN2512
PN 40, ANSI 150 / 300 lbs
–40°C to +180°C (-40°F to 56°F)
–40°C to +60°C (-40°F to +140°F)
IP 65 (EN60529) (NEMA 4X)
Flow tubes, splitter flanges: 1.4404
(316 L)/1.4571 (316 Ti)
housing: cast iron
Options & Ordering Information
Type
Internal dia
Measuring range
mm
Kg/h
Kg/min
KCM 0300
4
4.5 - 300
0.075 - 5
KCM 0600
4
6 - 600
0.15 - 10
KCM 1,500
8
15 - 1,500
0.40 - 25
KCM 3,000
8
30 - 3,000
0.90 - 50
KCM 6,000
12
60 - 6,000
1 -100
KCM 20K
18
200 - 20,000
3.3 - 334
KCM 40K
28
400 - 40,000
11 - 667
KCM 60K
34
600 - 60,000
16.6 - 1,000
Typical Applications
• For fluids (e.g. PU components, paints) and gases of high density
• Suitable for aggressive and contaminated media
• Measurement of mass flow, density, temperature and volume flow
• Excellent hygienic qualities due to construction free of dead spots
• Up to +125°C medium temperature
• Individual 8-point-calibration including report
• Ex protected as per ATEX and EMC tested
• High rotation frequency and well-balanced measuring pipes
Recommended Instruments: FBT11, FRT12, FEB10
156
Sight Flow Indicators
Hydrotechnik UK
Sight flow indicators - principle of operation
Principle of operation
This sight flow indicator is an ideal way for you to visually check the flow, presence, colour and condition of a liquid, gas or condensate.
A simple low cost solution to basic visual flow or no flow monitoring or even basic flow rate indication, sight glass flowmeters come in
various designs depending on your requirement.
Basic Sight Glass Window The liquid medium enters the sight glass and can thus be checked optically for quantity, quality and consistency.
Sight Glass with Ball
The liquid medium enters the sight glass and can thus be checked optically for quantity, quality
and consistency. Quantitative indication of the flow rate is possible depending on the sphere's
position in the glass.
Sight Glass with Spinning Wheel The liquid medium enters the sight glass and can thus be checked optically for quality and consistency. Quantitative indication of the flow rate is possible depending on the speed of wheel
rotation.
Sight Glass with Flap
The liquid medium enters the sight glass and can thus be checked optically for quality and
consistency. Quantitative indication of the flow rate is possible depending on the flap position in the
glass or against a flow scale.
Principle of Basic Sight Glass flow movement
Principle of Sight Glass flow movement with ball float
Media application guide
Oils 
157
Water 
Air/Gases 
Fuels 
Chemicals 
Steam 
Hazardous 
Principle of Sight Glass flow movement with flap
Sight Flow Indicators
Hydrotechnik UK
Vista Ball sight flow indicators
The Vista ‘Ball’ is a single sided stainless steel indicator that can be used on pipe sizes from 8mm to
40mm (1/4” to 11/2”). The white PTFE ball rises when flow starts and is clearly visible from distances.
The indicator must be installed horizontally with the glass dome positioned upwards.
Materials of Construction:
Body Stainless steel BS1540-316-C16
Clamp Ring Stainless steel BS970-302-S25
Ball PTFE
Glass Dome Annealed Borosilicate
O’Ring Viton
Gasket Klingersil C4400
Fasteners Stainless steel
• High quality robust design
• Pressures up to 16 bar
• Temperatures up to 200°C
Options & Ordering Information
Size (mm)
Connections
BSP, BSPT or
NPT (female)
Minimum Flow
(l/min)
Out of socket
(l/min)
Pressure Drop 2 m / sec (bar)
Length
(mm)
Height
(mm)
Part No
Thread
8
1/4"
0.3
1.5
0.1
76
81
VIS-08-
BSP / NPT / BSPT
10
3/8"
0.3
1.5
0.1
76
81
VIS-10-
BSP / NPT / BSPT
15
1/2"
0.3
1.5
0.1
76
81
VIS-15-
BSP / NPT / BSPT
20
3/4"
2.5
5.0
0.2
89
100
VIS-20-
BSP / NPT / BSPT
25
1"
4.0
8.0
0.2
89
100
VIS-25-
BSP / NPT / BSPT
40
1.1/2"
11.0
23.0
0.3
118
126
VIS-40-
BSP / NPT / BSPT
Please state connection thread type required after part code e.g. VIS-40-BSP
Vista Spinner sight flow indicators
The Vista ‘Spinner’ is a single sided gunmetal indicator that can be used on pipe sizes from 8mm to
25mm (1/4” to 1”). The spinner starts to rotate when flow starts and is clearly visible from distances. The
design offers low pressure losses and is suitable for installation in both horizontal and vertical pipework,
and with bi-directional flows.
Materials of Construction
Body Gunmental BS1400 LG2
Clamp Ring De-zincified Brass
Spinner PPS Plastic (colour - fast yellow)
Glass Dome Moulded Annealed Borosilicate
O’Ring Viton
Gasket Klingersil C4400
Fasteners Stainless steel
• High quality robust design
• Pressures up to 10 bar
• Temperatures up to 100°C
Options & Ordering Information
Size Code
(mm)
Connections
BSP, BSPT or
NPT (female)
Minimum Flow
(l/min)
Maximum flow
(l/min)
Pressure Drop 2 m / sec (bar)
Length
(mm)
Height
(mm)
Part No
Thread
8
1/4"
0.7
12
0.1
76
65
VIG-08-
BSP / NPT / BSPT
15
1/2"
1.2
40
0.1
76
65
VIG-10-
BSP / NPT / BSPT
20
3/4"
1.4
75
0.3
89
85
VIG-20-
BSP / NPT / BSPT
25
1"
1.4
120
0.5
89
85
VIG-25-
BSP / NPT / BSPT
Please state connection thread type required after part code e.g. VIG-40-BSP
158
Sight Flow Indicators
Hydrotechnik UK
GP, GR & GP series Gunmetal sight flow indicators
STYLE ‘GF’ - flap with scaleplate
When you need to know the actual flow rate
this model will give you a reading of 0 to
10 on a scale plate. Charts providing the
approximate water flow rate to scale reading
are available. The basic model is suitable
for horizontal and vertically upward flow. A
spring loaded flap (Style ‘GFS’) is available
for vertically downward flow and for higher
flow rates.
Materials of Construction:
Body Gunmetal BS 1400
LG2
Covers Brass BS 2872 CZ
122
Windows Toughened Borosilicate BS 3463
Gaskets Klingersil C4400
Edge Protectors Klingersil C4400
Fasteners Stainless Steel A2
Rotors POM (‘Hostaform’)
Flap Stainless Steel
BS 1501-316-S31
Spindle
Stainless Steel
BS 1501-316-S31
Scaleplate
ANSI 302 Type
STYLE ‘GR’ - twin rotor
This model has two rotors mounted close
to each glass to show you if the liquid is
flowing. The indicator can be mounted in
any pipeline position, and the light weight
rotors will operate over a wide flow range.
The maximum operating temperature is
100°C.
Technical Information
Size Code
(mm)
Connections
BSP, BSPT or
NPT (female)
Minimum Flow
(l/min)
for 'GR' style
Pressure Drop 2 m / sec (bar)
Length
(mm)
Height
(mm)
15
1/2"
2.5
0.09
85
68
20
3/4"
3.0
0.09
85
68
25
1"
5.0
0.09
95
74
End connection
Gunmetal body BS 1400 LG2 - straight through GP
Gunmetal body BS 1400 LG2 - twin rotor GR
Gunmetal body BS 1400 LG2 - flap
GF
BSP
1
BSPT
2
NPT
3
Indicator size
Option
Toughened borosilicate glass to BS3463
159
B
Ideal for gravity feed systems, intermittent
flow, liquids containing entrained air and
low flow rates. This model has an integral
drip lip and can be mounted in any pipeline
position.
• Large Viewing Window
• High quality robust design
• Pressures up to 16 bar
• Temperatures up to 200°C
Options & Ordering Information
Type
STYLE ‘GP’ - straight through with spout
15mm / ½”
015
20mm / ¾”
020
25mm / 1”
025
Sight Flow Indicators
Hydrotechnik UK
881 series sight glass flowmeters in cast iron, steel or stainless steel
Straight through with spout
Ideal for gravity feed systems, intermittent flow, liquids containing entrained air and low flow
rates. This model has an integral drip lip and can be mounted in any pipeline position.
Rotor
This model has a rotor to show you if the liquid is flowing. The indicator can be mounted in
any pipeline position, and the light weight rotors will operate over a wide flow range.
Flap
The basic model is suitable for horizontal and vertically upward flow.
• Cast Iron, Steel & St.St. designs
• Soda Lime or Borosilicate glass
• Sizes up to 2"
• Pressure ratings up to 40 Bar
Dimensional Information
Glass plate
BSP or NPT
female
connections
BL
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
100
32
3/4"
1"
120
11/4"
11/2"
2"
d1
d2
S
16 bar
25 bar
40 bar
45
10
10
10
48
63
10
12
15
160
65
80
12
15
20
230
180(GG)
80
100
15
20
25
Options & Ordering Information
Style
Internal style
with Graphite Seals 881.N
881.A
with PTFE Seals (CS & SS models only)
Drip Tube
1
Rotor
2
Flap
3
Material
Grey Cast Iron
1
Carbon Steel
2
Stainless Steel
3
Glass
Soda Lime Glass Standard
(max 150°C, 16 Bar)
1
Borosilicate Glass
2
Borosilicate Glass
3
(max 280°C, 25 Bar, CS/SS only)
(max 280°C, 40 Bar, CS/SS only)
Thread type
Connection style
1/4” (Style N only)
08
3/8” (Style N only)
10
1/2”
15
3/4”
20
1”
25
1.1/4” (Style N only)
32
1.1/2”
40
2”
50
BSP P
1
NPT (CS/SS only)
2
160
Sight Flow Indicators
Hydrotechnik UK
880 series flanged sight glass flowmeters in cast iron, steel or stainless steel
Straight through with spout
Ideal for gravity feed systems, intermittent flow, liquids containing entrained air and low flow rates. This
model has an integral drip lip and can be mounted in any pipeline position.
Rotor
This model has a rotor to show you if the liquid is flowing. The indicator can be mounted in any pipeline
position, and the light weight rotors will operate over a wide flow range.
Flap
The basic model is suitable for horizontal and vertically upward flow.
• Sizes up to 10"
• DIN or ANSI flanges
• Soda Lime or Borosilicate glass
• Pressure ratings up to 40 Bar
Dimensional Information
Glass plate
DN
Options & Ordering Information
Style
D
BL
130
32
45
10
10
10
150
32
45
10
10
10
25
115
160
48
63
10
12
15
32
140
180
48
63
10
12
15
40
150
200
65
80
12
15
20
50
165
230
80
100
15
20
25
65
185
290
80
100
15
20
25
80
200
310
100
125
20
25
30
100
220(235)*
350
125
125
25
30
35
125
250(270)*
400
150
150
25
30
a.A
150
285(300)*
480
175
175
30**
35
a.A
200
340(360/375)*
600
175
175
30**
35
a.A
250
405(425/450)*
730
175
175
30**
35
a.A
Drip Tube
1
880.A
Rotor
2
Flap
3
DN20 (3/4”)
20
Material
DN25 (1”)
25
Grey Cast Iron
1
DN32 (11/4”) 32
Carbon Steel
2
Stainless Steel
3
PN16 1
40
ANSI 150LB
2
DN50 (2”)
50
ANSI 300LB * 3
DN65 (21/2”) 65
(Style N only)
DN80 (3”)
Glass
Soda Lime Glass Standard
1
(max 150°C, 16 Bar)
Borosilicate Glass
Borosilicate Glass
(max 280°C, 40 Bar, CS/SS only)
161
* (40 Bar Borosilicate
glass required)
Covers
Screws
DN125 (5”) 125
(Style N only)
3
DN200 (8”) * 200
GG25
GS-C 25
1.4408
GG 25 /
S235JRG2
GS-C 25 /
S235JRG2
1.4408 /
1.4301
4.6 / 5.6 gal
Borosilicate glass DIN 7080
Soda lime glass DIN 8902
Gaskets
Graphite, (or other materials)
Spinner
Plastic up to 120°C
PTFE up to 260°C
Flap
1.4571
DN150 (6”) * 150
* (PN10 with Soda lime glass, PN16 with Borosilicate glass)
GG 25
(EN-GJL-250) max 16 bar
GS-C 25
(1.0619 /GP240GH)
WN 1.4408
Glass
80
DN100 (4”) 100
2
(max 280°C, 25 Bar, CS/SS only)
Materials
Cast Iron Cast Steel Stainless Steel Body
Flange style
DN40 (11/2”)
(Style N only)
PN 40
95
with PTFE Seals 15
PN 25
105
Internal style
DN15 (1/2”
PN 16
15
880.N
Connection style
S
d2
20
with Graphite Seals (CS & SS models only)
d1
A4-70
Level Sensors, Switches & Controllers
Hydrotechnik UK
LCSFS series side mounted float level switches
The operation of the Flowtechnik level probe for liquids LCSFS is based on the switching
of a reed switch by a magnetic float, rotating around a fixed point or sliding along a
stem.
This switch is designed for external or internal mounting on the side vessel walls and is
electrically terminated by lead wires. Large variety of versions based on different body
and float materials is available for use at operating temperature up to 120 °C, process
pressure up to 5 bar, and specific gravity of the liquid down to 0.6 g/cm3.
•Low cost
•Inside or outside installation
•Rotating or sliding float
•120 °C maximum liquid temperature
•Stainless and various plastic versions
•Cable electrical termination
Technical & Dimensional Information
Options & Ordering Information
Feature or option
Order Code LCSFS-X.X
Variant
1 - with float rotating around fixed point, 2 - with float sliding along stem
Housing
PP - polypropylene, NY - nylon, DF - PVDF, PSU - polysulfone, SS - stainless steel 1.4301 (304)
Ordering Example
LCSFS-2.PSU
162
Level Sensors, Switches & Controllers
Hydrotechnik UK
LCSF series top & side mounting float level switches
The operation of the Flowtechnik level probe LCSF is based on the switching of a reed switch by
a magnetic float, moving alongside a protective tube. Large variety of versions based on different
floats is available. The float can be made of stainless steel or plastic; floats with various dimensions
and specific gravity are available for use with different liquid density (down to 0.7 g/cm3) and liquid
temperature up to 135 °C. Cable wiring is available with various insulations and lengths. The LCSF
switch is available in variants designed for inside vessel mounting and in a special submersible
variant with additional weight and forced cable insulation.
• Inside installation
• Low cost
• High reliability
• 135 °C maximum liquid temperature
• Various float and cable types
• Submersible variant
• Wide range of applications
Technical & Dimensional Information
Options & Ordering Information
Feature or option
Order Code LCSF-X.X.X.X.X.X.X.X
Variant
I - straight, L - angled, U - submersible (1)
Float
N1 - plastic, ø17.5x25, P1 - plastic, ø25x25, P2 - plastic, ø30x45,
S1 - stainless steel, ø28x28, S2 - stainless steel, ø41x38, S7 - stainless steel, ø30x28,
S10 - stainless steel, ø30x32, S20 - stainless steel, ø22x40
Contact function (no float)
A - NO, B - NC, C - NO/NC
Contact ratings
1 - 120V/0.5A/10W, 2 - 230V/0.5A/10W (2), 3 - 230V/2.0A/50W
Cable length 'k' (1 to 10m) and type
1…10PV - PVC, 1…10TF - Teflon®, 1…10SL - silicone, 1…10PU - polyurethane*
Process connection
X - none, Q0 - M16x1.5, Q3 - G3/8", Q7 - M12x1.5, Q8 - M14x1.5, Q18 - G1/8", Q19 - 1/8" NPT, Q20 - M10x1, Q23 G1/4", Q24 - 1/4" NPT, Q30 - M10x1.5, Z - other (specify!)
Sheath material
M1 - 1.4301, M2 - 1.4541, M3 - 1.4571, M9 - 1.4404
RC suppressors (1 to 10pcs)
X - none, 1…10RC - RC suppressors in bulk
* Contact Flowtechnik
Ordering Example
LCSF-L.S1.B.2.5PV.Q18.M3.X
163
Level Sensors, Switches & Controllers
Hydrotechnik UK
LCF series two point float level controller
Flowtechnik's level controller LCF combines a 2-point float-type level probe LCSFC and a standard LC05
controller installed inside an ABS protection enclosure with IP66. Large variety of versions based on different
plastic and stainless steel floats is available. Floats with different dimensions and specific gravity are available
for liquid density down to 0.45 g/cm3, temperature up to 135 °C, and pressure up to 50 bar.
Various process connections as well as an option for vertical adjustment are available. LCF can be used for
liquid filling or emptying control by switching on and off vessel supply or drainage devices such as pumps and
magnet valves. The controller allows the operator to select relevant output relay action for either supply or
drainage control. Thanks to the compact combination of probe and in-head controller, LCF can be very useful
for building cost-saving level control applications.
•2-level control with 1 relay output
•User-selectable filling or drainage control
•Various float types & adjustment options
•135 °C maximum liquid temperature
•Mains or low-voltage power supply
Technical & Dimensional Information
Input type
Relay electromechanical o/p
Solid state relay (1)
MOS gate (1)
Output for external SSR
Control algorithm
Operation mode
Indication LEDs
float position – low or high
8A/250V w/ NO/NC contact
1A/250VAC
0.1A/60V, optically isolated
5…24 V, 30 mA
ON/OFF,
filling or emptying,
user-selectable
red LED for output state
Mains supply voltage
Isolated low voltage
Non-isolated low voltage
Consumption
Ambient temperature
Case material
Dimensions
Protection class
230 VAC or 115 VAC
12…24 VAC/DC (1) or 24 VAC
24 VDC
max. 2 VA
-10...65 °C
ABS plastic
80x80x60 mm (w/o glands)
IP66
Options & Ordering Information
Feature or option
Power Supply
Float
Relay Output
Operating Lengths (mm)**
Process connection
Sheath material
Vertical adjustment
* Contact Flowtechnik
Order Code LCF-X.X.X.X.X.X.X
A - 230 VAC, B - 115 VAC, D - 24 VDC, non-isolated, Q - 12…24 V, isolated*, R - 24 VAC
N1 - plastic, ø17.5x25, P1 - plastic, ø25x25, P2 - plastic, ø30x45, P3 - plastic, ø48x45, S1 - stainless steel, ø28x28,
S2 - stainless steel, ø41x38, S3 - stainless steel, ø45x55, S4 - stainless steel, ø52x52, S5 - stainless steel, ø73x73,
S6 - stainless steel, ø75x108, S7 - stainless steel, ø30x28, S8 - stainless steel, ø100x100,
S9 - stainless steel,
ø150x150, S10 - stainless steel, ø30x32, S20 - stainless steel, ø22x40
C - relay NO/NC, D - SSR*, J - for external SSR, M - isolated MOS gate*
L0/L1/L2
X - none, Q4 - G1/2", Q6 - G3/4", Q10 - 1/2" NPT, Q11 - 3/4" NPT, Q12 - G1", Q13 - G1½", Q14 - G2",
Q15 - 1" NPT, Q16 - 1½" NPT, Q17 - 2" NPT, Q21 - G3", Q22 - 3" NPT, F - flange (specify!), Z - other (specify!)
M1 - 1.4301, M2 - 1.4541, M3 - 1.4571, M9 - 1.4404
X - none, A - vertical adjustment via stainless steel ferrule installed
** Specify the exact length (step 50 mm) from the thread, flange, or box bottom to the respective contact according to the limits given in the
specification table, strictly observing 'A' and 'B' minimum distances! 1st contact - 'L1'; e.g.: LCF - A.S1.C.500/50/200.Q12.M1
164
Level Sensors, Switches & Controllers
Hydrotechnik UK
LCSF100 series float level transmitter
The operation of the LCSF100 level transmitter is based on the switching of reed switches by a
magnetic float, moving alongside a protective tube, and the reed switches act on the elements
of a resistor matrix, changing the total matrix resistance in linear proportionality with the level
measured. In addition to providing a 2-wire 4...20 mA output signal with 6 or 12 mm level resolution,
the transmitter may be equipped with up to 2 alarm contacts.
Moreover, LCSF100 can be equipped with an integrated loop-powered programmable indicator with
independent alarm outputs. This level transmitter is very useful in applications where ultrasonic or
capacitive transmitters would not work because of the foam, dense vapor, or non-homogeneous
gas layer above the liquid surface.
•High reliability
•4...20 mA loop-powered output
•Up to 2 alarm contacts
•135 °C maximum liquid temperature
•Local programmable indicator available
•ATEX certified Ex version available
Technical & Dimensional Information
Float type
Liquid density
Measurement range ('L')
Resolution
Signal type
ZERO & SPAN adjustment
Maximum line load
Under-scale current limit
Over-scale current limit
Alarm contacts
Contact ratings
Local indicator (1) (option)
ø45x55 mm, stainless steel
0.65 g/cm3
60...3000 mm
6 mm or 12 mm
4...20 mA, 2-wire
±20%, by multiturn trimmers
750 Ω at 24V/20mA
0.2 mA
32 mA
2 NO contacts for Low / High level
max. 60 V, max. 0.5 A, max. 10 W
TI200-Y or TI200-Z
Loop supply voltage
8...32 VDC
Admissible variations
10% p-p at 50 Hz
Medium temperature
-40...135 °C
Ambient temperature
-20...70 °C (-20...60 °C for Ex housing)
Ambient humidity
0...95 %RH, non-condensing
Storage temperature
-40...80 °C
Process pressure
max. 20 bar
Wetted parts
stainless steel
Process connection
G2", NPT 2", or flange
Housing
protective head or plastic box
Housing protection
IP55...IP68 (depending on housing type)
(1) With windowed head only! See indicator datasheet and order separately!
4) With local indicator only!
Options & Ordering Information
Feature or option
Order Code LCSF100-X.X.X.X.X.X.X.X.X
Housing
B - head type "B", G - head type "G", D - plastic box 80x80x60 mm, DHW - head type "DHW", ES - head type "ES", EG head type "EG", EGS - head type "EGS", EGW - head type "EGW", EX - explosion-proof instrument housing (specify!)
Alarm contact**
X - none, A - N.O
Resolution
12 - 12mm, 6 - 6mm
Operating Lengths (mm)***
L0/L1/L2
Process connection
Q14 - G2", Q17 - 2" NPT, Q21 - G3", F - flange (specify!), Z - other (specify!)
Sheath material
M1 - 1.4301, M2 - 1.4541, M3 - 1.4571, M9 - 1.4404, M15 - 1.4362
Output signal
X - none (4), F - 4…20 mA
Local indicator
X - none, A - vertical indicator mounted (1)
Vertical adjustment
X - none, A - vertical adjustment via stainless steel ferrule installed
** First code High alarm, then code Low alarm
165
*** Specify the exact length (step 50 mm) from the thread or flange bottom to the respective contact according to the limits given in the specification table, strictly observing the minimum distances! e.g.: LCSF100 - B.AA.12.500/100/450 (In this case, measurement range L = 360 mm)
Level Sensors, Switches & Controllers
Hydrotechnik UK
MG1 series guided wave radar level sensor
The MG1 series uses TDR (Time Domain Reflectometry) technology: Energy optimized, highfrequency electromagnetic impulses, generated by the electronics, are propagated along the
probe. When these impulses hit the surface of the media, part of the impulse energy is reflected
back up the probe to the electronics. The level is calculated from the time difference between the
impulse sent and the impulses reflected. The sensor can output the analysed level as a continuous
measurement reading through its current output, and it can convert the one value into a freely
positionable switching output signal. TDR Sensors are also known as Guided Radars or Guided
Wave Radars (GWR).
Application Areas
The innovative TDR technology enables direct, precise and highly reliable continuous level measurement
as well as point level detection in almost every liquid and solids–independent of changing process
conditions (such as density, conductivity, temperature, pressure, vapour and turbulence). It is suitable
for all types of process and storage tank applications and has an exceptional performance in media with
low dielectric constant (i.e. low reflectivity) such as oils and hydrocarbons.
• Fast reaction time of 0,5 sec
• Precise continuous level measurement and reliable point level detection in one device
• For liquids as well as powdery solids suitable
• No influences caused by tank / vessel internals
• Unmatched price/performance ratio
Technical Information
Accuracy Repeatability Resolution Ambient temperature Application temperature
Process connection Power supply Outputs Materials (wet) Protection class ± 3mm or 0,03% of measured distance*
<2mm*
<1mm*
-25°C to +80°C
Single rod / wire rope probe: -40°C to +150°C
Coaxial probe EPDM o-ring: -40°C to +130°C
Coaxial probe FKM (viton) o-ring: -15°C to +150°C
Threads G¾"A, ¾” NPT (wrench size 32mm)
12 to 30 VDC (reverse polarity protected)
Analogue: 4…20mA (active)
Switch: DC PNP (active)
Single rod probe: 1.4404 / 316L, Peek, Ø 6mm
Wire rope probe: 1.4404 / 316L, Peek, Ø 4mm
Coaxial probe: 1.4404 / 316L, Peek, Ø 17,2mm and o-ring: EPDM or FKM (Viton)
IP 68, NEMA6P (housing)
Options & Ordering Information
Model Code
Type
Measuring Range
MG1-E
Single Rod Probe
100 ... 3000mm
MG1-S
Wire Rope Probe
1000 ... 20000mm
MG1-C
Coaxial Probe
100 ... 6000mm
166
Level Sensors, Switches & Controllers
Hydrotechnik UK
LCSP series Hydrostatic level sensor
Technical Information
Supply voltage
Consumption
Input type
Sensor element
Signal type
Line resistance
Response time
Repeatability
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Temperature compensation
Temperature drift
Casing material
Protective cap
Wiring
Weight
Protection class
10...30 VDC
Max 28mA
hydrostatic pressure
piezoresistive
4...20 mA, 2-wire
max. 700 Ω at 24 VDC
≤ 1 ms
≤ 0.05% from span
-10...50 °C
-30...80 °C
0...50 °C
0.02...0.04 %/K
stainless steel 1.4571
PA plastic
PUR or Teflon® cable
200 g plus 80 g/m cable
IP68
•EEx ia IIC T4-T6 approved according to ATEX
•IP68 protection
•Up to 300 m measurement range
•PUR sheathed cable with inner ventilation
•1000 N cable tensile strength
Dimensional Information
Options & Ordering Information
Feature or option
Order Code LCSP -
Variant
130, 131
Input range *
RANGE - (see table above)
Contact function (no float)
A - NO, B - NC, C - NO/NC
Cable length (metres) and type
1…300PU - polyurethane, 1…300TF - Teflon®
Preparation for Zone 0
X - none, Z0 - installed
* As per variant chosen
Ordering Example
LCSP-131.0...4.B.150PU.Z0
167
Temperature Transmitters
Hydrotechnik UK
TSOK series OEM style temperature transmitter
TSOK measures temperature by the means of a Ptx sensitive element and converts it into standard 4...20 mA
2-wire current signal. This transmitter has a robust vibration-proof stainless steel sheath with IP65 protection
class, and is equipped with a DIN 43650 connector that allows fast and easy electrical wiring. The probe
interior is filled with special compound, which protects the electronics from the harsh ambient influences.
Eight different temperature measurement ranges from -50 °C and up to 400 °C as well as customer specified
ranges are available.
Various stem diameters and lengths as well as stainless steel types are also available. Thanks to its small
size and robust design, TSOK is applicable for cars, rail vehicles, construction machines, and other industrial
equipment.
•Pt100 or Pt1000 sensitive element
•2-wire 4…20 mA output
•Easy & Fast connection plug M12
•Vibration-proof design
•Small & compact dimensions
•Extended design for higher temperature available
•High protection class - IP65
•Local indicator available
Technical Information
Input (RTD) type
Measurement range
Range on request
Signal type
Linearity proportional to
Output at sensor burnout
Output at sensor shorted
Measurement error
Non-linearity
Temperature drift
Loop voltage
Admissible variations
Maximum line load
Medium pressure
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
EM compatibility and safety
Sensor sheath
Wiring
Mounting thread
Stem diameter
Stem length
Extension length (1)
Protection class
Pt100 or Pt1000 (w=1.385), class B
-50...50 °C; -20...60 °C; 0...50 °C;
0...100 °C; -50...100 °C; 0...150 °C;
0...200 °C; 0...300 °C (1);
0...400 °C (1,4)
minimum span 50 °C
4...20 mA, 2-wire
measured value
32 mA
0.2 mA
0.2% from span or 0.2 °C (2)
within measurement error
0.01% from span for 1 °C
10...32 VDC
1 Vp-p at 50 Hz
750 Ω at 24V/20mA
max. 25 bar
-40...85 °C
0...95 %RH
according to EN 61000, EN
61010
stainless steel
4-pin detachable connector DIN 43650
M16, M18, M20, 3/8”, 1/2”, or other
6 or 8 mm 20...300 mm 50...100 mm IP65
(2) Whichever is greater
(1) Only for extended length variant
Options & Ordering Information
Feature or option
Order Code TSO-X.X.X.X.X.X.X.X.X.X.
Variant
K - short-design, K1 - extended-design
Temperature range
T17 - -50...50 °C, T10 - -20...60 °C, T18 - 0...50 °C, T19 - 0...100 °C, T12 - -50...100 °C, T20 - 0...150 °C,
T7 - 0...200 °C, T23 - 0...300 °C (1), T8 - 0...400 °C (1,4), TZ - other (specify, ΔT ≥ 50 °C)
Stem diameter
6 - 6mm, 8 - 8mm
Stem length 'n' mm
20....300 - (step 5 mm)
Extension length (1) 'm' mm
50...100 - (step 5 mm)
Mounting thread
Q0 - M16x1.5, Q1 - M18x1.5, Q2 - M20x1.5, Q3 - G3/8", Q4 - G1/2", Q9 - 3/8" NPT, Q10 - 1/2" NPT,
QZ - other (specify!)
Sheath material
M1 - 1.4301, M2 - 1.4541, M3 - 1.4571, M9 - 1.4404, M15 - 1.4362
Tip shape
X - standard closed, N - narrowed
Options
X - none, OP - electrochemically polished sheath surface
Local Indicator TI200
X - none, A - local indicator TI200 (3)
(3) Ordered separately - consult Flowtechnik
(4) Consult Flowtechnik
168
Temperature Transmitters
Hydrotechnik UK
PPL8 series Pt100 & Pt1000 temperature transmitter
The PPL8 sensor incorporates a pocket as well as a spring loaded insert which allows the sensor to be withdrawn extremely easily
without breaking into the process line. We can manufacture the sensor stem in any immersion length and process connection to meet
your exact requirements. A lagging extension can also be specified and with various options available for the terminal head, including
IP68 stainless steel versions, we are sure to satisfy all of your requirements.
Technical Information
Sensor Type
Platinum Resistance Thermometer—Pt100 or Pt1000
Operating Range
-50 to 250°C (Unless Otherwise Requested)
Sheath Material
316 stainless steel
Tolerance Band
Class B, Class A, 1/3 DIN, 1/5 DIN or 1/10 DIN
Wiring System
2, 3 or 4 wire, Simplex or Duplex
Head Types
A - KNE Aluminium Alloy, IP68
B - KSE Aluminium Alloy, IP68
C - ABS, IP67
D - Glass Filled Nylon, IP65
E - 316 stainless steel, IP68
(Other heads available upon request)
Head Options
A - Ceramic Terminal Block
B - In Head Transmitter—SEM203P (Specify Range)
C - Tails for Customers Own Transmitter
Options & Ordering Information
Sensor Type
Special codes
Pt100 PPL8.A
Pt1000
PPL8.B
Refer to sales office
Head Options
Number of wires
2 wire Block 1
2
3 wire Transmitter* 2
3
4 wire Tails 3
4
* Not available with KSE head
Head Type
Number of detectors
Simplex
S
KNE A
Duplex
D
KSE* B
ABS C
Nylon D
St/Steel E
Tolerance
Class A
Class B
1/3 DIN
1/5 DIN*
1/10 DIN*
Thread size T
A
1/4"BSP A
B
1/2"BSP B
C
3/4"BSP C
Extension Length
D
1"BSP D
Enter length in E
1/4"BSPT E
1/2"BSPT F
3/4"BSPT G
1"BSPT H
1/2"NPT I
3/4"NPT J
* Not available for Pt1000
Immersion Length
Enter length in 169
mm mm
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
PPL8 series type J, K & T thermocouple temperature transmitter
The PPL8 sensor incorporates a pocket as well as a spring loaded insert which allows the sensor to be withdrawn extremely easily
without breaking into the process line. We can manufacture the sensor stem in any immersion length and process connection to meet
your exact requirements. A lagging extension can also be specified and with various options available for the terminal head, including
IP68 stainless steel versions, we are sure to satisfy all of your requirements.
Technical Information
Sensor Type
Type J, K or T thermocouple
Operating Range
-50 to 250°C (Unless Otherwise Requested)
Sheath Material
316 stainless steel
Tolerance Band
BS EN 60584-2:1993 Class 1 or Class 2
Wiring System
Simplex or Duplex
Head Types
A - KNE Aluminium Alloy, IP68
B - KSE Aluminium Alloy, IP68
C - ABS, IP67
D - Glass Filled Nylon, IP65
E - 316 stainless steel, IP68
(Other heads available upon request)
Head Options
A - Ceramic Terminal Block
B - In Head Transmitter—SEM203P (Specify Range)
C - Tails for Customers Own Transmitter
Options & Ordering Information
Thermocouple Type
Special codes
Type J PPL8.J
Type K PPL8.K
Type T PPL8.T
Refer to sales office
Head Options
Junction Type
Insulated
Grounded
1
Duplex
Transmitter* 2
Tails 3
Head Type
S
D
Immersion L1
Enter length in
1
* Not available with KSE head
2
Number of detectors
Simplex
Block mm Thread size T
1/4"BSP A
1/2"BSP B
3/4"BSP C
1"BSP D
1/4"BSPT E
1/2"BSPT F
3/4"BSPT G
1"BSPT H
1/2"NPT I
3/4"NPT J
KNE A
KSE* B
ABS C
Nylon D
St/Steel E
Extension Length
Enter length in
mm
170
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
RT38 low cost miniature DIN programmeable LED display
The economic programmable controller RT38 is designed for wide range of ON/OFF control applications. Equipped with a 3-digit
LED display, RT38 is especially suitable for measuring and controlling various technological values with resolution of up to 1000
points. It can be ordered in various cases including the smallest 1/32 DIN case, and for different power supplies. The device has 1
programmable relay control/alarm output and is available in 2 universal-input versions: RTD - for 7 selectable Pt and 4 Cu sensor
types, and T/C - for 3 selectable thermocouples as well as versions for linear current and voltage signals.
RT38 allows an automatic software compensation of line resistance and cold junction
temperature.
The display-to-input correspondence (in case of linear input), the decimal point position,
the temperature measuring unit as well as the offset value are also programmable.
Thanks to its power supply options, semi-universal input, and excellent price-toperformance ratio, RT38 is an exceptionally widely applicable device.
•Low cost
•5 DIN case sizes - down to 1/32 DIN norm
•Low power consumption
•Pt100/Thermocouple or Analogue inputs
•Various power supplies with optional relays
•Fully programmable parameters
Technical Information
RTD, DIN (w=1.385); 3-wire
RTD, GOST (w=1.391); 3-wire
RTD measurement range
Thermocouple "T"
Thermocouple "J"
Thermocouple "K"
Linear voltage 0...10 V
Linear current 0(4)...20 mA
Two-wire external transmitter
RTD or T/C type selection
Decimal point selection
Temperature measurement unit
Relay electromechanical
Solid state relay
MOS gate
Output for external SSR
Control algorithm
Set point
Alarms
Pt50, Pt100, Pt500, Pt1000
Pt46, Pt50, Pt100, Cu50, Cu100
-100...600 °C
-40...400 °C
-20...999 °C
-20...999 °C
-199...999, programmable
-199...999, programmable
4...20 mA (1)
programmable
programmable
°C or °F, programmable
5A/250V w/ NO/NC (2) contact
1A/250VAC (3)
0.1A/60V, optically isolated
5…24 V, 30 mA
ON/OFF
within input range limits
programmable
Measurement error
Temperature drift
Cold junction compensation
RTD line compensation
Mains supply voltage
SMPS voltage
Isolated low voltage
Non-isolated low voltage
External mains transformer (6)
Consumption
Digital display
LEDs
Keyboard
Operating temperature
Operating humidity
0.3% from span
0.02% from span for 1°C
automatic, -10...80 °C
automatic, up to 2 x 25 Ω
230 VAC (4) or 115 VAC (4)
90…250 VAC/DC (5)
12…24 VAC/DC or 24 VAC (4)
12…24 VAC/DC
9(12) VAC
max. 1.5 VA
3 LED indicators
LED for output state
2 or 3 membrane keys, lockable
-10...65 °C
0...85 %RH
(1) Provides loop supply voltage - 24 VDC (only w/ isolated power supply) (2) N.O for case 'M' (3) 0.2A/250VAC for case 'M' (4) Not available for case 'M' (5) Not available for cases 'L' and 'M'
(6) Order separately (8) Not available on cases 'S' and 'M'
Options & Ordering Information
Feature or option
Order Code RT38-X.X.X.X.X
Case (front size)
B - 96x96 mm, H - 96x48 mm, V - 48x96 mm, S - 48x48 mm, L - 72x36 mm, M - 48x24 mm
Power supply
Relay output
Input
Increased front protection
Ordering Example
RT38-M.Q.C.D.X
171
A - 230 VAC (4), B - 115 VAC (4), C - 90…250 V (5), E - 9(12) VAC w/ external transformer (6), P - 12…24 V,
non-isolated, Q - 12…24 V, isolated, R - 24 VAC (4)
X - none, C - relay NO/NC (2), D - SSR, J - for external SSR, M - isolated MOS gate
B - RTD (programmable), C - thermocouple (programmable), D - 0(4)…20 mA, DK - 0…10 V
X - none, P - IP65 front protection (8)
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
TI08 low cost programmeable LED display
TI08 is a low cost, programmable process indicator designed for wide range of display applications with/without relay alarm. TI08 can be
mounted in a panel cutout and it is equipped with a bright 4-digit LED display. This model is especially suitable for measuring and controlling
various technological values from -1999 to 9999 with resolution of up to 6,000 points. The device can have up to two programmable relays
providing on/off control/alarm, with or without pulse mode.
TI08 accepts various linear input voltage or current signals. The display limits, decimal point
position, measuring offset value as well as many other parameters are fully programmable.
Thanks to its excellent price-to-performance ratio, the TI08 is a widely applicable device.
• Low cost
• 3 front sizes – up to 1/32 DIN
• 4-digit 14mm bright LED indication
• Universal linear input
• Up to 2 alarm relays available with pulsed output
• Fully programmable parameters
Technical Information
Input
Output
(up to 2 relay outputs)
0 to 10 V or 0 to 5 V (1)
Relay electromechanical
5A/250V, N.O/N.C or N.O contacts(2)
Current linear
0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA
MOS gate
0.1A/60V, optically isolated
Other linear (on request)
max. 40 V, max. 100 mA
Solid state relay
1A/250VAC(1)
Display limits
-1999 to 9999, programmable
Output for external SSR
12(24)V/50mA
Decimal point position
programmable
Control algorithm
ON/OFF, pulse mode
Power supply
Alarm parameters
programmable
Mains supply voltage
230 VAC (‘H’ and ‘L’)
Design and materials
SMPS supply voltage
90…250 VAC/DC (‘H’)
Dimensions (mm)
Low-voltage power supply
12…24 VAC/DC, 12DC, 9AC
Mounting depth
Consumption
max. 1.5 VA
Panel cutout [mm]
Measurement error
0.3 % from span
Protection, front/terminals
Temperature drift
0.02 % from span for 1 °C
Case material
plastic
Wiring
screw terminals
Voltage linear
Maximum weight [g]
Accuracy
Indication and keyboard
'H'
'L'
'M'
96x48
76x34
48x24
100
55
43
90x42
70x28
46x22
250
150
30
IP65/20
IP65/20
IP54/20
Digital display
4 LED indicators, red
Operating conditions
LED
for relay status
Operating temperature
-10 to 65 °C
Keyboard
2 membrane keys
Operating humidity
0 to 85 %RH
Keyboard locking
programmable
Options & Ordering Information
Feature or option
Case (front size)
Order Code TI08-X.X.X.X
H - 96x48 mm, L - 72x36 mm, M - 48x24 mm
Power supply
A - 230 VAC(3), C - 90…250 V(4), D- 12 VDC, P - 12…24 VAC/DC
Relay output
X - none, C - relay N.O/N.C(5), D - SSR, J - for external SSR, M - isolated MOS gate
Increased front protection
Ordering Example
TI08-H.C.C.X
X - none, P - IP65 front protection (6)
(1) 0.2A/250VAC for cases 'L' and 'M' (2) Only one relay 3A/250VAC w/ N.O contact for case 'M' (3) Not available for case 'M'
(4) Not available for cases 'L' and 'M' (5) N.O for case 'M' (6) Not available for case 'M' (7) Available separately - consult Flowtechnik
172
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
CUB5 low cost dual input LCD rate & total display
The CUB5 provides the user the ultimate in flexibility, from its complete user programming to the optional setpoint control and
communication capability. The meter can be programmed as a single or dual counter with rate indication capability. The display can
be toggled either manually or automatically between rate & total.
The LCD is available in two versions, reflective (CUB5R000) and backlight (CUB5B000). The backlight version is user selectable
for green or red backlighting with variable display intensity. The counter is programmable for one of eight different count modes,
including bi-directional and quadrature. When programmed as a dual counter, each counter has a separate scale factor and decimal
points.
•Flow rate & total display
• LCD or selectable red or green backlit versions
• 0.46" (11.7 mm) high digits
•Optional relays, alarms, Analogue & comms. outputs
• Operates from 9 to 28 vdc power source
• Programmable scaling for count and rate
• Bi-directional counting, up/down control
• Quadrature sensing (up to 4 times resolution)
• Built-in batch counting capability
• Display color change capability at setpoint output
•Dual input for A minus B function or direction
•Programmeable update (values refresh) rates
•IP65 front panel
In the counter/rate indicator mode, each have their own scaling and decimal point read-outs in different engineering units. The
internal batch counter can be used to count setpoint output activations. The meter has two separate inputs which provide different
functions depending on which operating mode is selected. Input A accepts the signal for the Count and/or Rate displays, while Input
B accepts the signal for the Count display or direction control. The resulting display can be chosen as the sum or difference of the
two inputs.
Dimensional Information
Options & Ordering Information
Type
CUB5
Optional Plug-in
Cards
Model No.
173
Part number
CUB5R
Dual Counter & Rate Indicator with Reflective Display
CUB5R000
CUB5B
Dual Counter & Rate Indicator with Backlight Display
CUB5B000
CUB5RLY
Single Relay Option Card
CUB5RLY0
CUB5SNK
Dual Sinking Open Collector Output card
CUB5SNK0
RS485 Serial Communications Card
CUB5COM1
RS232 Serial Communications Card
CUB5COM2
CUB5COM
Accessories
Description
MLPS1
Micro-Line Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC
MLPS1000
CBLPRO
Programming Cable RS232 (RJ11-DB9)
CBLPROG0
CBPRO
Programming Cable RS485 (RJ11-DB9)
CBPRO007
SFCRD
Crimson 2 PC Configuration Software for Windows 98, ME, 2000, XP
SFCRD200
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
PAX series analogue, frequency single & dual input LED rate & total displays
The PAX Analogue Panel Meters offer many features and performance capabilities to suit
a wide range of industrial applications. Available in five different models to handle various
analogue inputs, including DC Voltage/Current, AC Voltage/Current, Process, Temperature,
and Strain Gauge Inputs.
The PAXDP has the capability to accept two, 4-20 mA or 0-10 Vdc input signals. Each
input signal can be independently scaled and displayed. In addition, various math
calculations can be performed on the two signals.
The PAX Digital Input Panel Meters are available in three different models, PAXC Counter/
Dual Counter, PAXR Rate Meter and the PAXI which offers both counting and rate in the same
package.
1. DISPLAY:
5 digit, 0.56" (14.2 mm) red sunlight readable or
standard green LEDs, (-19999 to 99999)
Dimensional Information
2. POWER:
AC Versions:
Isolation: DC Versions:
AC Power:
Isolation: AC Power: 85 to 250 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 15 VA
2300 Vrms for 1 min. to all inputs and
outputs.
DC Power: 11 to 36 VDC, 11 W (derate operating temperature to 40° C if operating <15 VDC and three plug-in
option cards are installed)
24 VAC, ± 10%, 50/60 Hz, 15 VA
500 Vrms for 1 min. to all inputs and outputs (50 V working).
Options & Ordering Information
Dual analogue input Single analogue input Thermocouple/RTD input
Strain Gauge/Bridge Input AC True RMS Volt/Current Input
Freq. Counter/Dual Counter Freq. Rate Meter
Freq. Counter/Dual Counter & Rate Type
Model no.
PAXCDS
Optional Plug-In
Cards
PAXCDC
PAXCDL
PAXDP
PAXP
PAXT
PAXS
PAXH
PAXC
PAXR
PAXI
0
1
85 to 250 VAC
18-36 Vdc, 24 Vac*
(Not available on PAXH)
Red, Sunlight Readable Display Green Display 0
1
Any of the PAX meter can have alarms,
comms., and/or a retransmitted analogue
output capability by simply adding
optional output cards. (see below)
Description
Part numbers
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint Sinking Open Collector Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint Sourcing Open Collector Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Output Card with Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Output Card with Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Output Card with Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Output Card with 9 Pin D Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card with Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Analog Output Card
PAXCDL10
174
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
FT400 series wall mounting frequency LCD rate & totalising display
The FT400 Series flow computers are microcontroller-based indicator/transmitters that
display flow rate and total and provide output signals.
Model FT415 is battery powered and provides a scalable pulse output. The FT420 is
powered by external DC voltage and has both pulse and 4-20 mA analog outputs. When
the FT420 is being used in the 4-20 mA mode, it is a “two-wire” or “loop-powered”
device, meaning that the 4-20 mA output signal doubles as its power supply.
• Rugged industrial IP66 housing
• Battery or DC powered options
• Wall or Meter mount options
Technical Information
Model FT415
Model FT420
Lithium "C", 3.6 Vdc, replaceable, 3-5 year life
12-30 Vdc, 4mA (4-20 mA when loop-powered)
Rate
6-digit autorange, 1/2" character height
6-digit autorange, 1/2" character height
Total
8-digit, 5/16" character height
8-digit, 5/16" character height
Power
Display
Output
Current Sinking Pulse
Scaled Pulse output (0.1 sec duration 6.1 Hz max) (or High Alarm output or Low Alarm output)
Sensor pass-through Pulse output (unscaled)
Analogue
Pulse Output Range
Input
None
4-20 mA loop; 24-30 Vdc
0.1 - 9999999.9 units/pulse
0.1 - 9999999.9 units/pulse
Micropower GMR Sensor (square wave)
5V pulse or contact closure
Input Range
1.0 - 150 pulses/second
1.0 - 1,500 pulses/second
K-Factor Range
.001 - 99999.999
.001 - 99999.999
Flow Alarm Output Range
.01 - 999999.99
.01 - 999999.99
-30˚ to 65˚ C (-22˚ to 148˚ F)
-30˚ to 65˚ C (-22˚ to 148˚ F)
NEMA 4X, IP66
NEMA 4X, IP66
Operating Temperature
Environmental
Dimensional Information
Accessories
Protective cover, hinged
Mounting kit, wall-to-meter conversion Mounting kit, meter-to-wall conversion LMI pulse out cable
Options & ordering Information
175
= 30785
= MK10
= MK20
= 12010
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
BT universally mounting totalising LCD display
The BT programmable self powered totaliser is specifically designed for computing &
displaying totals from flowmeters or machinery with frequency, sine wave or pulse outputs.
The instrument simultaneously displays resettable (batch) total & a cumulative total in
engineering units as programmed by the user. Ultra low power consumption is a result of
innovative design which provides as much as 10 years of service from the replaceable 3.6V
lithium battery. The BT may also be externally powered by 8~24Vdc.
Pulse Outputs
The pulse output can be set as either a scaled or unscaled pulse & is NPN/PNP selectable.
The unscaled pulse serves as a frequency amplifier for turbine or paddle wheel style
flowmeters.
Programming
Simple PIN protected flow chart programming with English prompts guide you through the
programming routine, greatly reducing the need to refer to the instruction manual.
•Battery powered or 8-24 Vdc
•Dual totalizer and scaled pulsed output
•IP66/67 and ATEX design
•8 digit LCD cumulative totaliser and large 5 digit resettable totaliser
•Robust field or meter mountable housing with protection cover
•Simple PIN protectable programming
•Accepts universal pulse inputs
•Long battery life
•Reverse polarity protection
Technical Information
Liquid crystal display (LCD)
alpha numeric LCD characters
Resettable total
5 digit x 7.5mm high, programmable to 3 decimal places
Accumulated total
8 digit x 3.6mm high, programmable to 3 decimal places
Engineering units displayed
litres, MLitres, gallons, Mgallons, m3, lbs, kgs or no engineering units displayed
Input types (pulse & frequency)
reed switch, open collector, coil (15mV P~P min.), voltage, current, namur & other proximities
Max. input frequencies
coil 5Khz, hall 2.5Khz, namur 250hz
Input scaling range
0.001~9,999,999.999 with 3 floating decimal points
Pulse outputs
NPN/PNP selectable, non-scaleable (5Khz max.) or scaleable (8hz max.).
The scaleable pulse output has a pulse width of 60msec
Operating temperature
-20~+80°C (- 4~176°F), consult Flowtechnik for higher / lower temp.
Power source
1 x 3.6V lithium battery, can last up to 10 yrs.
External powering
8~24Vdc (drives output & backlighting)
Intrinsic safe option
Exia llB T4
Enclosure
IP66/67 (NEMA 4X) glass reinforced nylon, 175g (0.4lb)
Electrical
supplied with gland to suit 3-6mm (0.1- 0.2”) dia. cable
Mounting
meter mount, wall, surface, pipe & panel
176
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
BT universally mounting totalising LCD display
Dimensional Information
Options & Ordering Information
cumulative & batch (reset)
totaliser with pulse output FBT110D0
Options
intrinsically safe to Exia IIB T4
backlighting of LCD display (requires external dc power) Housing type
universal mount (field, surface,
pipe, wall or panel mount) integral meter mount I
B
FM
MM
Optional adaptors
panel mounted
177
meter mounted
pipe mounted
AWM
stainless steel wall mount kit
AUS
swivel stem for Turbine meters
ATM
fixed stem for Turbine meters
ACF
cooling fin for hi temp. flowmeters
APM
stainless steel 2” pipe mount kit
ACG
additional cable gland
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
RT Universal or DIN mount dual input rate & total LCD display
The RT is a fully programmable self powered flow rate totaliser specifically designed
for computing & displaying flow rates & totals from flowmeters or machinery with
frequency, sine wave or pulse outputs. The instrument displays instantaneous flow rate,
resettable (batch) total and a cumulative total in engineering units as programmed by
the user. The integral 3.6V replaceable lithium battery supports the rate & total displays
and provides as much as 10 years of service.
Outputs (...if externally powered)
An unscaled pulse output serves as an input signal amplifier ideally
suited for coil type inputs from turbine or paddle wheel meters.
The output can be transmitted over long distances & is NPN/PNP
selectable (current sinking or current sourcing). Alternatively a
scaleable pulse output is available which is NPN/PNP selectable to
facilitate input to any variety of PLC, counter or to drive a relay. The
RT also has low and high flow alarms, 4-20mA output, 10 point
linearisation of flow input & the capability of adding, subtracting or
rationing of two separate flow inputs.
Programming
Simple PIN protected flow chart programming with English prompts
guide you through the programming routine, greatly reducing the
need to refer to the instruction manual.
• Battery powered or 8-24 Vdc
• Dual flow inputs (A+B, A-B, A÷B)
• Dual totalizer and scaled pulsed output
• IP66/67 and ATEX design
• 8 digit LCD resettable & cumulative totaliser, 5 digit rate display
• Simple PIN protectable programming
• Scaleable flow inputs
• Multipoint linearity correction
• Long battery life
• Non volatile memory
• Low frequency cutoff
Technical Information
Liquid crystal display (LCD)
9mm high alpha numeric characters + subscripts
Instantaneous flow rate
5 digit to 3 decimal places, units/sec, /min, /hr or /day
Resettable & accumulated totals
8 digit, programmable to 3 decimal places
Engineering units displayed
litres, MLitres, gallons, Mgallons, m3, lbs, kgs or no engineering units displayed
Input types (pulse & frequency)
reed switch, open collector, coil (15mV P~P min.), voltage, current,
namur & other proximities, voltage & current pulses
Dual inputs (A&B)
A+B, A-B, or A÷B (all outputs correspond)
Input frequency range (rate)
0.1hz to 10Khz ( with programmable low frequency cut-off )
Input scaling range
0.001~9,999,999.999 with 3 floating decimal points
Linearisation
10 point correction, best under external power
Operating temperature
-10~+80°C (14~176°F), refer factory for higher / lower temp.
Power sources
one 3.6V lithium battery, 8~24Vdc external source and/or 4~20mA loop powered.
Also with PM version
95~260Vac (DIN panel mount version)
Rate Outputs
4~20mA into 750Ω @24Vdc, resolution 0.25% of span, low & high flow alarms (NPN/PNP solid state & relay options)
Pulse outputs
NPN/PNP selectable, non-scaleable (10Khz max.) or scaleable (50hz max.),
auto-ranging pulse width: 1000 ÷ (hz x 2) = msec, max 300msec,1A max.
Enclosures (two styles)
IP66/67 (NEMA 4X) GRN field mount or DIN panel mount
Intrinsic safe option
Exia IIB T4
Mounting flexibility
meter mount, wall, surface, pipe or panel mount
178
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
RT Universal or DIN mount dual input rate & total LCD display
Options & Ordering Information DIN panel mounting version
Function
Flow rate totaliser with 4~20mA,
scaleable pulse & alarm outputs,
dual flow inputs & IP68
Options
FRT12
Clear silicone bezel boot (seals entire
bezel whilst maintaining touch key sensitivity)
S
Housing type
Electrical access
M20 x 1.5mm (M16 x 1.5mm for RT20 only) female threaded conduit entry ports (sealed
entry ports remain IP66/67 when not used) 1
1/2" NPT female threaded conduit entry
ports (sealed entry ports remain IP66/67
when not used) 2
DIN panel mount 96 x 96 (3.8") bezel 91 x 91
(3.5") cut out,110mm (4.3") deep
PM
Instrument supplied fitted to an IP66 field
enclosure (FE) also includes clear bezel boot
FE
Power supply
Flow input type
Digital (pulse or frequency)
D
Self powered (battery) or regulated 8~24Vdc (transformer is removed for
vehicle mounts)
0
110Vac (can also be powered by 8~24Vdc)
1
220Vac (can also be powered by 8~24Vdc)
2
Options & Ordering Information Universal mounting versions
Function
Flow rate totaliser with 4~20mA,
scaleable pulse & alarm outputs, dual flow
inputs & IP68
Mechanical options
FRT12
Facia protector (RT12 Alloy housing)
3mm clear polycarbonate protection plate
P
I
Electrical options
I.S intrinsically safe toExia IIB T4 -
IECEX & ATEX approved
Electrical access
M20 x 1.5mm (M16 x 1.5mm for RT20 only) female threaded conduit entry ports (sealed
entry ports remain IP66/67 when not used) 1
1/2" NPT female threaded conduit entry
ports (sealed entry ports remain IP66/67
when not used) 2
Flow input type
Digital (pulse or frequency)
D
Power supply
Self powered (battery) or regulated 8~24Vdc
(transformer is removed for vehicle mounts)
Dimensional Information
179
0
Housing type
Universal mount ( field or panel ) (GRN housing) FM
Integral meter mount (only order MM when retro fitting an instrument to a OM series
pulse meters) (GRN housing)
MM
Universal mount (field or panel)
(Alloy housing- RT12 & RT20)
FA
Integral meter mount (only order MM when
retro fitting an instrument to a OM series
pulse meters) (Alloy housing- RT12 & RT20)
FM
Free standing Exd Aluminum explosion proof housing with external switches
EX
Turbine mount Exd Aluminum explosion proof housing with external switches
EY
Free standing Exd 316SS explosion proof housing with external switches
ES
Turbine mount Exd 316SS explosion proof housing with external switches
ET
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
CT34 low cost pulse counter, RPM meter & batch controller
CT34 is a sophisticated new-generation counter equipped with a 6-digit display, which can hold up to 999999 count units or
batches, and may have up to 2 programmable relay outputs and an analog output for alarm signaling or process controlling. CT34 is
available as a counter, as an R.P.M. meter, and as a combination of both. As a counter, this model allows programming of 7 different
counting and output-relay-action modes (including dosing mode) as well as counting pulses or pulse batches. The R.P.M meter
variant has 6 operating modes. Besides its counting input, CT34 has 3 additional inputs – CLEAR, GATE, and DIRECTION – and a user
programmable software input filter. Other useful features include fraction number coefficient prescaler and programmable actual and
displayed counting directions. With its various features and flexible programmable internal structure, the CT34 counter is a widely
applicable device.
•Available as a totaliser, RPM meter or combined
•One or two 6-digit LED displays
•Pulse and analogue input versions
•Programmable divider and multiplier
•Pulse counting and batch counting
•6 selectable modes plus dosing mode
•Up to 2 programmable relay outputs
Technical Information
pulse input, w/ programmable
analogue input, programmable(1)
Input CLEAR
Input GATE
Input DIRECTION(2)
Maximum input frequency
Input filter
Prescaler coefficients
Input isolation (option)
Relay electromechanical o/p
Solid state relay o/p(4)
MOS gate
Transistor gate(5) Output for external SSR
Relay action
Output pulse duration
Analog output(6)
mechanical contact (NO) or active front electronic (from PNP / NPN
sensor)
0(4)...20 mA or 0...5(10) V
resets counter to '0' (4 functions)
enables pulse counting
changes counting direction
5 kHz
for suppression of contact
bouncing
1...9999, multiplying and dividing
optical, 1500 VAC
5A/250V w/ N.O/N.C (2) contact
1A/250VAC
0.1A/60V, optically isolated
open collector, 40mA/40V
5…24 V, 30 mA
according to the mode (7)
0.1...99.9 s, programmable
0(4)…20 mA or 0…10 V, isolated
PV display
SP display(1)
LEDs
Mains supply voltage(1)
SMPS voltage
Isolated low voltage
Non-isolated low voltage
Consumption
Operating temperature
Operating humidity
Storage temperature
Storage humidity
Operating modes
Counting modes
Counting range Programming
(1) Available ONLY for case 'H'
(2) Only with pulse input type!
(3) N.O for case 'L'
6 LED indicators, 9mm
6 LED indicators, 9m
2 LEDs for output state
230 VAC or 115 VAC
90…250 VAC/DC (5)
12…24 VAC/DC or 24 VAC (1)
12…24 VAC/DC
max. 6 VA
-10...65 °C
0...85 %RH
-20...65 °C
-20...65 °C 0...95 %RH,
non-condensing
7 (incl. dosing mode)
pulse counting and batch counting
0...2147483647
through keyboard
(4) Ask for availability!
(5) ONLY with isolated power supply!
(6) Instead of second relay
Options & Ordering Information
Feature or option
Order Code CT34-X.X.X.X.X
Variant
C - totalizing counter, R - R.P.M. meter, CR - combined
Case (front size)
H - 96x48 mm, S - 48x48 mm, L - 72x36 mm
Power supply
A - 230 VAC(1), B - 115 VAC(1), C - 90…250 V, P - 12…24 V, non-isolated, Q - 12…24 V, isolated(4), R - 24 VAC(1)
Counting input
P - pulse, A - analogue(1)
Relay output
X - none, C - relay N.O/N.C(3), D - SSR(4), E - open collector NPN(5), J - for external SSR, M - isolated MOS gate
Analogue output(6)
Input isolation
Increased front protection
X - none, E - 0…20 mA, F - 4…20 mA, K - 0…10 V
X - none, I - input isolation
X - none, P - IP65 front protection (9)
Ordering Example
CT34-C.H.C.P.C.X.X.X
180
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
FT500 series wall mount batch controller
The FT500-Series is a batching flow processor with additional output controls. It is
designed for use with flow meters and flow sensors which have frequency output
proportional to flow. In addition to batch functions, the FT500-Series indicates flow rate,
and other data in large 3/8” (9.66 mm) digits on an easily-read, backlit display.
Units of measure are user selectable, and range from milliliters per second to millions
of gallons per day. The unit can be 110 Vac powered with a standard 3-wire cord
(included), 220 Vac powered (optional), or DC powered through an internal terminal strip
(battery not included).
• Rugged industrial IP66 housing
• 2x change-over relays for 2 stage control
• Dual line alphanumeric display
Technical Information
Power
115 Vac, 50/60 Hz @ 125 mA, 12 Vdc @ 750 mA or 10-16 Vdc (220 Vac optional)
Temperature
0˚ - 55˚ C
Enclosure
Precision cast aluminium, NEMA 4X, panel or wall mount configuration
Batch Outputs
Two form C (SPDT) relays, 115 Vac 6A max
Max Pulse Output
100 mA at 60 Vac/Vdc, opto-isolated, open-collector
Memory Type
Non-volatile EEPROM with auto-backup
Sensor Power
12 Vdc, 10 mA
Display
Totalizer = 8 digit Rate = 5 digit, backlit
Units
Volume = Gallons, cubic feet, cubic meters, millions of gallons, millilitres, fluid ounces, pounds, litres
Time = Seconds, minutes, hours, days
Analog Output
4-20 mA passive opto-isolated; 4-20 mA active; 0-5 Vdc, or 0-10 Vdc
Sensor Input
1-1000 Hz, ESD protected, interfaces to current sinking sensor output
Environmental
NEMA 4X
Setup Memory
Non-volatile EEPROM, auto-backup
Dimensional Information
Options & Ordering Information
181
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
EB series two stage batch controller
The EB Ecobatch is a fully programmable high speed batch controller specifically
designed to operate with common pulse producing flowmeters such as
positive displacement, turbine, mass, vortex or magnetic style. The instrument
displays batch value, batch progress & cumulative total in engineering units
as programmed by the user, it also logs the total number of batches performed
and total volume dispensed.
Ecobatch scrolls messages to prompt the user at each stage of
operation. Batch limiting and no-flow detection are “safeguards”
against erroneously high batch entries, loss of the flow input signal
or contr ol valve or pump failure.
•Large 8 digit batch & cumulative total LCD
•Robust IP66/67 wall/meter or panel mount
•Simple PIN protectable programming
•Scaleable flow inputs
•2x switches for dual stage control
•Automatic overrun compensation
•Missing pulse (no flow) alarm
•Maximum batch size limiting
•Non volatile memory
•Multiple batcher interlock function
•Remote Run, Stop, batch set, etc version
Control outputs
Two independent outputs can be programmed to provide stepped control at the start
and/or end of each batch. DC powered models have two solid state control outputs,
DIN models can be AC or DC powered and have two single pole double throw
(SPDT) control 5A relays. An Automatic Overrun Compensation feature corrects for
any batch errors attributed to slow closing valves or flow rate variations.
Network interlocks
As many as 9 Ecobatch controllers may be networked together, typical applications
are where one liquid is being dispensed to a number of outlets or a number of
different liquids are being batched via one common flowmeter. Ecobatch will also
take an “inhibit start” signal from other control or plant equipment.
Programming
Simple PIN protected flow chart programming with English prompts guide you
through the programming routine greatly reducing the need to refer to the
instruction manual.
Technical Information
Liquid crystal display (LCD)
9mm high alpha numeric characters + subscripts
Batch & accumulated totals
8 digit, programmable to 3 decimal places
Engineering units displayed
litres, MLitres, gallons, Mgallons, m3, lbs, kgs or no engineering units displayed
Input types (pulse & frequency)
reed switch, open collector, coil (15mV P~P min.), voltage, current,
namur & other proximities. Max. frequency 10kHz
Input scaling range
0.001~9,999,999.999 with 3 floating decimal points
Control outputs (field mount)
(panel mount)
Two 1A NPN open collectors, 24Vdc max.
Two SPDT 5A relays (with DIN versions)
Alarm output (no flow alarm)
1A open collector ( NPN/PNP selectable ), 24Vdc max.
Operating temperature
-10~+80°C (14~176°F), refer factory for higher / lower temp.
Power requirements
12~24Vdc, 50mA, 95~260Vac (DIN version)
Status interlocks
Batch status output, batch inhibit input, network looping
Enclosures (two styles)
IP66/67 (NEMA 4X) GRN field mount or DIN panel mount
Mounting flexibility
meter mount, wall, surface, pipe or panel mount
Batching systems example
Ecobatch with flowmeter & control valve eg: UM020 system
182
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
EB series two stage batch controller
Dimensional Information
Options & Ordering Information Universal mounting version
Function
Ecobatch 12-24vdc powered one or two stage batch controller Housing type
FEB10
Electrical access
M20 x 1.5mm (M16 x 1.5mm for RT20 only) female threaded conduit entry ports (sealed
entry ports remain IP66/67 when not used) 1
1/2" NPT female threaded conduit entry ports (sealed entry ports remain
IP66/67 when not used) 2
Universal mount (field or panel) (GRN housing)
FM
Integral meter mount (only order MM when retro fitting an instrument to a OM series
pulse meters) (GRN housing)
MM
Free standing Exd Aluminum explosion proof EX
housing with external switches
Turbine mount Exd Aluminum explosion proof EY
housing with external switches
Free standing Exd 316SS explosion proof ES
housing with external switches
Turbine mount Exd 316SS explosion proof ET
housing with external switches
Flow input type
Digital (pulse or frequency)
D
Options & Ordering Information DIN panel mounting version
Function
AC or dc powered ecobatch one or two stage batch controller with two SPDT x
5A control relays
Options
FEB10
Clear silicone bezel boot (seals entire
bezel whilst maintaining touch key sensitivity)
S
Housing type
Electrical access
Rear terminal connections, DIP switches &
8~24 Vdc source regulation
0
DIN panel mount 96 x 96 (3.8") bezel 91 x 91 (3.5") cut out,110mm (4.3") deep
PM
Instrument supplied fitted to an IP66 field
enclosure (FE) also includes clear bezel boot
FE
Power supply
Flow input type
Digital (pulse or frequency)
183
D
Self powered (battery) or regulated 8~24Vdc
(transformer is removed for vehicle mounts)
0
110Vac (can also be powered by 8~24Vdc)
1
220Vac (can also be powered by 8~24Vdc)
2
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
A055 series Wall mount frequency to analogue convertor
The A055 is a blind (non indicating) 4-20 mA transmitter, designed for use with almost
all flow sensors. It accepts a pulse frequency input from the flow sensor, and converts
this input into a continuous analogue output signal. Power for the transmitter is taken
from the current loop itself, so only two wires are required.
The digital design makes it possible to span the unit in the field without tools. The
frequency at which 20 mA is desired is entered on a set of rotary switches, and an
internal microcontroller automatically scales all other values accordingly. An additional
benefit of the microcontroller is its ability to average inputs, for smoothing of the output
signal. The degree of averaging can be selected in the field, from 2 to 16 seconds.
• Rugged industrial IP66 housing
• Cost effective alternative for converting pulses to 4-20 mA
• Easy set up with rotary switches
Technical Information
Power
24 - 36 Vdc
Temperature
0˚ - 55˚ C
Input
Open-collector solid state sensor
Input Averaging
2 - 16 seconds (switch selectable)
Response Time
2-60 seconds; 90% of full scale (dependent on input averaging)
Frequency
Minimum
10 Hz (@20 mA)
Maximum
999.9 Hz
Setting
4 Rotary DIP switches
Output
Proportional 4-20 mA
184
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
PS40 wall mounted pulse splitter
The PS40 is a low voltage device that allows a flow sensor to drive multiple (up to four) pulse
responsive devices, such as solenoid driven chemical metering pumps, counter timers, or remote
totalizers. It requires an external DC power supply for operation and can provide power to a single
low power flow sensor. A DC power supply of 10 to 36 Vdc is required.
Three of the outputs are transistor, the fourth is relay. The relay output is identified by its terminals
marked N.O (normally open), COM (common), and N.C (normally closed). The relay output will operate
essentially everything, including the very rare pump or control that will only work with dry contact.
• Rugged wall mount enclosure
• 3x transistor and 1x relay output
• Cost effective method for driving multiple instruments
Technical Information
Power
10 - 36 Vdc
Relay
Operational frequency = 50 Hz max
Contacts = 250 mA max, 36 Vdc max, 3W max
Optoisolation
10 mA max @ 30 Vdc max
Outputs
Three open collector optoisolated One Form C relay
PD10 wall mounted pulse divider
Designed for use as a meter accessory, the PD10 divider is used primarily for pacing electronic
metering pumps. Any number from one to 9999 can be set on rotary switches. Each time the divider
has received the set number of pulses from the meter, it puts out one pulse to stroke the pump.
The PD10 is also useful in boiler and cooling tower feed and bleed operations, and for lowering
frequency output of high frequency meters. The PD10 creates a programmable pulse meter with
an easily adjustable pulse rate.
•Rugged wall mount housing (meter mount option)
•Volt-free contact closure output
•Cost effective method for reducing frequency output for low speed inputs
Technical Information
Wall (Pump) Mount Encl.
Epoxy-encapsulated ABS housing with cover
Meter Mount Enclosure
Cast aluminium sealed housing
Temperature
0˚ to 130˚ F (-18˚ to 55˚ C)
Divider Range
1 to 9999
Setting Mechanism
Rotary switches
Power
7 - 30 Vdc @ 4 mA
Maximum Sensor Load
20 mA
Maximum Input Frequency
350 Hz (pulses/second)
Maximum Output Frequency
8 Hz (pulses/second)
Output
Solid state relay; 0-250 V, 170 mA max AC/DC
Output Pulse Width
0.1 second
Wall Mount Input Connection
Seametrics connector
Meter Mount Input Connection
Terminal
Wall Mount Output Connection
Pump connector on 24 inch lead
Meter Mount Output Connection
Comes with 18 foot lead
185
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
DL76 Wall mounting pulse datalogger
The DL76 is a battery powered data logger that can be used with
any Seametrics flowmeter or other device (contact Flowtechnik).
It stores pulses for up to 3 years, depending on the user selected
frequency of reading. Indicator lights on the unit flash to indicate
when it is functioning and when the battery is low.
The DL76 can be factory mounted on the meter or remotely
(wall) mounted. Housings are rugged cast aluminum, gasketed
for environmental protection.
When a DL76 logger is placed into operation, it is easily set up using a laptop computer. Data is also retrieved from the DL76 by
means of a laptop and can be analyzed on the laptop or easily loaded on a desktop computer for analysis.
*FlowInspector version 2 software (ordered separately) is required for the downloading, storing, viewing, graphing, charting and
printing of data in several formats. FlowInspector requires a PC with Windows 98, NT, 2000, XP, Vista or Windows 7; CD-Rom drive;
800 x 600 screen resolution; serial port or USB/serial adapter; and a Seametrics DC3 data cable. FlowInspector can be used with an
unlimited number of dataloggers.
Technical Information
Dimensional Information
Power
Size C 3.6 Vdc lithium battery (included)
Battery Life
~3 years (varies with sampling interval)
Temperature
0˚ to 130˚ F (-18˚ to 54˚C)
Rate Units
Volume
mL, liter, gallon, Imperial gallon, cubic foot, cubic
meter, million gallon
Time
Seconds, minutes, hours, days
Total Units
Liter, gallon, Imperial gallon, cubic foot, cubic meter,
Mgallon, acre-foot, acre-inch, megaliter, thousandgallon
Data Storage
Capacity
Capacity at Sampling Interval
11 days
at 15 seconds
22 days
at 30 seconds
44 days
at 60 seconds
6 months at 240 seconds
1 year
at 480 seconds
3 years
at 1450 seconds
Max Input Frequency
500 Hz
Indicators
Low battery; Power
Memory Wraparound
Selectable options (Stop or Overwrite)
Clock Accuracy
10 minutes/month (.02%)
•Rugged Industrial housing
•Battery powered
•Meter or remote mount option
•c/w software and cables
Option & Ordering Information
186
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
SRD-99 series multichannel analogue datalogging LCD display & software
The MultiLog SRD-99 device is designed to record and display current values as well
as to present technological parameters in the form of graphs. The device is equipped
with eight temperature (Pt100/500/1000) or current (in the 0/4-20mA standard) inputs,
one pulse (digital) input for controlling the recording process and one USB Host port for
flash data storage.
Internal memory has 2MB capacity (0.5 million data recordings altogether) or 8MB
in version with USB port (2 million data recordings). However when a USB flash drive
is plugged permanently, it can significancy extend the recording time without a need
of data transferring from the SRD-99 to a PC. For example: 1 GB flash drive allows
continuous data recording for over 1 year (8 channels record every 1 sec., approx 250
millions data recordings)! Individual alphanumeric description (text) of each recorded
channels is possible. The multi-language menu assisted with full text descriptions make
the unit configuration process quite easy.
Technical Information
Power supply: Power consumption: Display: Measuring inputs: Measuring range: Digital input: Outputs: Sensors supply (only current version): Communication interface: Transmission speed: Internal memory capacity: Type of protection:
version with USB: Working temperature: Storage temperature: Case: Case material: Case dimensions: Panel cut-out dimensions: Installation depth: Board thickness: The history of the process in time
Logging parameters
187
The current value of the
measurement signal
Height of the digits: 18mm
Device information
19V 50 V DC; 16V 35V AC or 85 260V AC/DC, all separated
typical 7 VA; max. 12 VA
graphic LCD, 128 x 64 points, with backlight
1, 4 or 8; Pt100; Pt500; Pt1000(2 and 3-conductor connection) or 0/4-20mA inputs; common
ground
±9999 + decimal point (current inputs); -100°C +600°C (RTD inputs) with resolution 0,1°C
1 input 24V DC, otocoupied
2 electronic relays (ER1, ER2) with max. load 24V AC (35 V DC) / 200 mA
24 V DC ±5%, max. 200mA, not separated from measuring inputs
RS-485 (Modbus RTU) or USB Host port, galvanically separated
1200-115200 bit/sec
2 MB (0.5 million data recordings) in version without USB, 8 MB (above 2 million data
recordings) in version with USB Host port
Version without USB: IP 65 (front), available options: additional frame IP 65 for panel cut-put
sealing, transparent door STD-99
a) IP 40, b) IP 54 (when fitted with STD-99 transparent door)
0°C +50°C
-10C +70°C
board
NORYL-GFN2SE1
96 x 96 x 100 mm
90,5 x 90,5 mm
min. 102 mm
max. 5 mm
8 channel view displayed at the
same time
Main menu of the unit
•96x96 panel mount design
•up to 8 Analogue or Temperature (Pt) inputs
•S485 or USB communications (optional)
Instrumentation
Hydrotechnik UK
SRD-99 series multichannel analogue datalogging LCD display & software
Signal convertors
SRS-U/4-Z45
converter USB/RS-485
SRS-2/4-Z45
converter RS-232/RS-485
Analysis & Configuration Software
Loggy soft
The loggy soft program enables the visualisation, archiving and printing of measurements
(e.g. temperature, humidity, pressure) stored in the SRD-99 device memory. Work with
SRD-99 type devices takes place through an RS-485 serial interface or portable flash disk
devices plugged into the USB port. Connecting a network of units to a serial port (RS-232)
or USB port of a PC is possible thanks to a converter (RS-485 to RS-232 or RS-485 to USB)
manufactured to suit.
S-Toolkit
The S-Toolkit software enables configuration reading and writing operations, updating the
device firmware and obtaining basic information on SRD-99 type devices through RS-485
serial interface or portable flash disk devices plugged into the USB port. This application
enables to quickly and easily define device parameters in one of three possible configuration
models. The set of parameteres can be transmitted directly to the device or stored in a file
for future use.
Options & Ordering Information
SRD99
Number of inputs
1
4
8
Options
Types of inputs
current 0/4-20mA
no options
00
IP 65 frame (version without USB)
01
USB host port provided with
protective cap
0B
Portable case P130 (front USB Host, no alarm connectors)
0J
1
RTD (Pt100, Pt500, Pt1000) 3
Power supply
24V AC/DC
3
85V-260V AC/DC
4
188
Notes
189
Hydrotechnik UK
FLOWTECHNIK
HYDROTECHNIK UK Ltd
Unit 10 Easter Park
Lenton Lane Industrial Estate
Nottingham
NG7 2PX
Freephone:
Tel: Fax: Email: Email: Web: 0800 068 4134
+44 (0)115 9003 550
+44 (0)115 9705 597
[email protected]
[email protected]
www.hydrotechnik.co.uk
Hydrotechnik & Flowtechnik
HYDROTECHNIK
Product Catalogue
05/12
Registered Office
Unit 10 Easter Park, Lenton Lane Industrial Estate
Nottingham, NG7 2PX
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement